Actions

Work Header

The Vocalist Returns (Danganronpa 2)

Chapter Text

Aria's Story till now

She was trapped in the Killing School Life and eventually she made it out with six other survivors, those being, Makoto Naegi, Kyoko Kirigiri, Byakuya Togami, Toko Fukawa, Yasuhiro Hagakure and Sayaka Maizono (She and Hina swapped fates in this timeline before anyone asks.)

They have captured the Remnants of Despair but the 7 of them defied the Future Foundation's orders and they set up a Secret way to save the Remnants from Despair, by cramming them in a virtual world, however, Aria whilst alone decides to do a few cheeky modifications, and hell breaks loose there!

How She became the Ultimate Vocalist.

In her previous school Shiba Academy She was a part of the Light Music Club there called Black Cherry, she loved performing there especially with her best friend Ibuki Mioda, one day Ibuki left the band due to creative differences, upset by this, Aria left aswell, eventually she decided that she if was gonna return to fame, she was gonna do it in a bang, and so she decided to be a Vocalist making her own music, her first song, was titled "Love in the Darkness of Despair" and it blew up very quickly getting 8 million copies of the song sold within the first week! She continued to do a solo career until one day she got a letter from Hope's Peak Academy.

"Dear Aria Adabat"

"Hope's Peak Academy has chosen you to attend the school, you'll be in the 78th Class as "The Ultimate Vocalist" We look forward to seeing you there"

"Sincerely The Headmaster of Hope's Peak Academy"

And that is how she got into Hope's Peak Academy.

And that brings us to the Present day, how will Aria begin her grand task on Jabberwock Island? Find out as The Vocalist Returns.

 

Click This Line for the Original Quotev Version

Chapter Text

It's almost time...

The Neo World Program is ready and we're almost ready to start it, I look around and much to my surprise, Makoto, Kyoko and Byakuya are no where to be seen, not even Toko, Hiro or Sayaka.

"Well... no one's around..." I briefly stare at the programming settings for the Neo World Program...

"Ah what the heck, What's the worse that could happen if I make a few modifications..."

I start playing around with the code in the Neo World Program but in the middle of it...

"ARIA!"

I flinch from my name being called out and I look up to see Byakuya's angry glare... that's never a good sign when he's actually mad.

"B-B-Byakuya! Wh-Where-" He immediately cut me off though...

"What was you doing just now!"

"It uh... was only a few...modifications.." A sheepish smile was plastered on my face, and then Makoto and Kyoko entered.

"What's going on in here?" The Hopeful Luckster asked

"I think Aria has messed up something with the code" Byakuya formally stated.

"May I take a look?" The Purple Detective questioned.

And so Kyoko analysed the program very carefully, she gave a sigh of relief.

"Okay so good news, none of the avatars or AI's were affected by anything, but the bad news, some parts of the Jabberwock Island simulator changed slightly." 

I asked her in curiosity, "What changed?"

"I have no idea what changed, but I can say that the First and Central Islands are safe."

"Then why don't we ask Alter Ego?" Makoto suggested.

"Good idea, he might have more a clue..." Byakuya adjusted his glasses.

Moments later the four of us booted up Alter Ego.

"Hey Alter Ego, I might've accidentally changed something in the Simulator, could you please check what changed for us?"

"Indeed I'll have a check, but you really shouldn't mess with code Aria remember what happened between you Taka and Hifumi?"

"Don't remind me! I would've died if I listened to that note."

I remembered that painful memory during the Killing School Life, the fact that I were targeted was not great for my psyche.

"Okay, I've found out!, turns out that all that's changed on the other Island's is the weather, thankfully the weather appears to be safe."

"Well that's a relief." Makoto sighed

"Okay so now that's sorted out we can finally-"

"Not so fast Aria!" Byakuya suddenly interjected.

"You need to be taught a lesson."

"Wha- But what's my Punishment?"

They were silent for a few moments, until Kyoko broke that silence.

"You will take part in the Neo World Program."

"Excuse Me!?" I snapped back

"You mean your gonna treat me like a Despair?! Are you going to wipe my memories aswell?!"

"No, cause if we did you would have no idea why you would be on the island in the first place, instead your going to be an observer." Kyoko explained

"Ah so like Usami and the Chiaki AI?" Makoto suddenly asked 

"Indeed! We luckily have a spare capsule you can use to get in."

We then spent the next few minutes getting the Participation Capsule ready and hooking it up to the Neo World Program.

"Okay then... I'm going in, let Chiaki and Usami know I'm coming, I want to talk to them first before we send anyone else in." I ordered

"WAIT! Aria before you go, take this in the virtual world with you." Kyoko then handed me what appeared to be...

"An E-Handbook?"

"It's more than just a handbook, it's the E-Handbook Deluxe." She stated

"From what I heard from Kyoko developing it..." Byakuya started

"It can do a lot of things the normal one's can't" as he finished that sentence.

"So basically you have special permission.' Makoto concluded.

I then got in the capsule as Makoto, Kyoko and Byakuya looked down upon me.

"Okay you three, fire it up! And wish me luck!"

And then my vision went black.

 

...

 

...

 

When I gained consciousness again, I found myself in the Void with nothing but a door there, I must be in the simulation now. I think to myself.

I go up to the door and open it.

And sure enough I find myself in the Classroom where the class is supposed to meet.

"You must be Aria correct?" I hear a feminine voice to the left of me.

"Yeah that's me" I then introduce myself to her.

"I'm Aria Adabat, The Ultimate Vocalist it's nice to meet you.

The Voice of Hope

Aria Adabat

Ultimate Vocalist

"...Yep, oh yeah...Introductions... I almost forgot..."

The girl was lost in thought for a bit before gathering them.

"I'm Chiaki Nanami, The Ultimate Gamer Video Games are my hobby, and I'm a fan of all genres... Nice to meet you.'

The Gamer Queen

Chiaki Nanami

Ultimate Gamer

"Actually, is Usami also here? I want to talk to her aswell" I asked her.

And right on cue...

"Ha-wa-wa! You're here too Aria?"

Magical Miracle Girl ⭐ Usami

Usami

Teacher of Hope

"Yes I'm here, I presume both of you were told that I would be joining the Heart Throbbing School Trip?"

"Yeah we were both told you were coming, and they also told us why..." Chiaki started.

"You really shouldn't mess with code to something important Aria what would've happened if something happened to one of the Remnants?" Usami suddenly asked

"...So could you please tell me what I have to do?"

"Yes, you and Chiaki need to observe the well being of everyone else, whilst you also fit in so no one draws suspicion, also I'll prepare your cottage and E-Handbook" Usami explained

"No need for the Handbook Usami, Kyoko already gave me a special E-Handbook, it can do more than everyone else's so think of it as "Special Permission" I reassured her.

"Okay then, I'll hide behind the Teacher's Desk and I'll let everyone else in, good luck you two." And then Usami disappeared.

"You ready Aria?" Chiaki asks.

"Absolutely, get ready Class 77-B"

"Because Now, The Ultimate Vocalist Returns!"

Chapter Text

It took a while for everyone to come in but eventually there were 16 of us.

"There should be one left." A fat blonde guy said who looked strangely similar to Byakuya.

Almost a few minutes later the 17th and last student finally arrived, he was a plain looking boy with brown hair and a noticeable ahoge.

"Who goes there?" The Silver haired woman asked.

The Average boy looked unsettled at that to say the least.

"Um... are you feeling alright? You look quite pale." The beautiful looking girl asked him with concern.

"U-um..." "Hey could you be... Your also a freshmen at this school right?" The Redhead asked with wonder.

"Ah...Then your all..." he trailed off.

"Indeed, all of us are freshmen aswell." I reassured the guy with confidence.

Chiaki then spoke up "I believe... that freshmen like us have been gathered in this classroom."

Byakuya? Then told him "Hey, now why don't you come inside for now."

Ahoge boy then closed the door and asked Byakuya? "So why are we all gathered in this classroom?"

"Actually we was just about to discuss that matter, since your the last one to arrive we should start our discussion." 

A punk girl then asked "Eh, this is everyone? How do you know?"

I swear that voice sounds so familiar...

Byakuya? Then replied "There are 17 desks in this classroom and this guy's the 17th student, it's obvious if you bother to think about it."

A short plumb chef then was curious. "And just what are we gonna talk about? The reason we're all in this classroom?"

"First of all..." he started "There's something I'd like to confirm, does anyone actually remembers how they came to this classroom?"

I obviously knew, but I should keep my mouth shut for now, there was a moment of silence before Byakuya? broke it again.

"So before you knew it you were in this Classroom... then everyone here is in the same predicament."

"No matter how you look at it it's unnatural, even you stupid looking ones would agree." Okay that last part was uncalled for.

The Redhead then spoke up, not realizing what he said "It... sure is strange, no one remembers how they came in here..." And then she processed what Byakuya? meant. "Hey! What do you mean "stupid looking"?"

Byakuya? Ignoring her stated "The moment you set foot on campus you felt a strange dizziness and now you're here and you don't know why. That is what I experienced before arriving here, am I correct in assuming that's the same for you all?"

Now that obviously didn't happen to me, but this is why lies can come in handy. "That is what I remember..." I lie.

The chef then exclaimed, "Eh!? That dizziness wasn't just me? Everyone felt the same dizziness? That's weird."

A timid girl then spoke up "E-Even if it's a coincidence.... it feels to good to be true.."

"So you're saying it's not a coincidence then?"

Byakuya? said with a smirk on his grin.

"Eh!?" The Beautiful girl panicked a little on the inside.

"Meaning we can only speculate Who's responsible for this strange phenomenon."

After he said this a big muscular man shouted out loud.

"Heh! I don't know what your so worried about, but it doesn't sound like a huge deal!" 

"What... do you mean?" As it came from a guy with pink hair and a yellow suit.

"I mean it's a minor problem." He started "Instead of trying to find out why we're here, we should try to figure out why we can't leave!"

To this a tan girl with a surprisingly large bust asked him

"Whadda mean we can't leave?"

"Eh!? S-Seriously!" The chef blurted out loud, he dashed to the door and tried to open it only to fail.

"I-It won't open! I can't open it!"

"Huh?! Why?" The Redhead asked.

"A little while after I got here I tried to leave to go take a shit, but that door wouldn't budge at all!" The buff man yelled. He was the first one to enter besides Chiaki and I, so it makes sense why he's looking a bit... constipated.

"Hey, Hey... what's going on?" The pink haired highlighter asked.

"Even with all my might I couldn't open it, it'll be absolutely impossible for the rest of you!" The buff man explained.

"Eh? What'd you mean you couldn't open it? Why? That's not possible!" A short girl then says.

"S-She's right!" Ahoge boy cries out "It's impossible, cause when I went through the door it opened up normally." 

I chose to speak up again, "What on earth is happening? What's going on?!"

The Silver haired girl spoke, "Though I don't understand what forces are at work here... There's no denying we've all been locked inside this classroom."

Everyone froze for a brief moment in panic after those words left her mouth. "Wh-What do you mean?!" Ahoge boy asked with fear in his eyes.

"Maybe we're...getting mixed up in something dangerous? The pink highlighter asked in a shaky voice.

"Or perhaps... Doesn't it make more sense to think that this is the entrance exam?" A guy with... what looks like a cloud for hair asked.

I then replied to him. "Last time I checked Hope's Peak Academy doesn't even do an entrance exam."

"They may say that in public, but it's possible that this is actually a special entrance exam." That was what he replied with.

"Ah your wrong, this is not an entrance exam" Better late than never Usami.

Everyone was searching for the source of that voice. "What was that just now?" Byakuya? asked.

"Hey fatass... why'd you make that cutesy voice all of a sudden?" A rude short boy with a baby face asked.

"I won't dispute your blunt remark about my weight, but that voice you just heard was not mine." Byakuya? Countered back.

"Huh? Then whose is it?" The busty girl asked.

"Um... it's actually mine."

"Who's There!? Where are you!?" The buff man asked.

"It sounds like... it came from behind the teachers desk." Chiaki said.

"All right! I see everyone has arrived! Let's begin!" Usami then jumped up from behind the Teacher's Desk revealing herself to everyone, everyone besides me and Chiaki were reasonably nervous.

"What... is that?" The Blonde girl asked.

"Um... It looks like a Stuffed Animal..." Redhead said.

"That's right! I am a squeezably soft stuffed animal, Magical Miracle Girl ⭐ Usami A.K.A. Usami, I may not look like it but I'm your squeezably soft teacher. Nice to meet you all." Usami introduced herself to the other students who all had the appropriate reaction.

"H-Huh? Am I hallucinating? I'm the not the only one seeing this right?"The chef asked.

"Nah man I see it too." The pink highlighter replied.

"What's with this talkin Chihuahua?" The busty girl asked.

"I think she's more of a rabbit than a Chihuahua." I sweat dropped.

"Yep that is what I am! a singing, dancing talking rabbit mascot."

"H-Hold on! Let me process this first!" The chef demanded.

"Okie-Doki"

"Um.. What do you guys think? I've never seen a Stuffed Animal that can Sing, Dance and Talk before." He suddenly asked us.

"It's probably remote controlled or something... Don't act like such a pussy over a child's toy." The baby faced boy grunted.

"Even if it's remote controlled... doesn't it look too lifelike?" The pink highlighter asked again.

"It's movements and mechanisms are not the issue. More importantly based on what it said..." Byakuya? turned to question Usami "It seems that you know something about our current situation?"

"Of course I do! I'm the lead teacher of this school trip." Usami says.

"School Trip...?" Byakuya? Repeats dumbfoundly "Hey! Just what do you mean school trip?" He questioned with a intimidating glare.

"A large group of students go on a chaproned trip with a lead teacher! It's the biggest event of the school year." Usami explained.

"A literal answer is not what we seek..." A guy with a big purple scarf around his neck says.

"Now let's depart for the fun school trip!"

Dawn of the First Day - 10:30 AM

Usami waves her magic stick around and the walls collapsed like a stage set, revealing a beach with blue skies and white waves, I look around and are relived to see that the 1st Island is okay, though everyone....

"Wh-what... The hell is this?!"

"Um....Wha-Wha-Wha-Wha-What!!"

"This is a joke right?!"

"Wh-Where are we?!"

"Huh?! Wh-What's going on?!"

"Everyone please stay calm the Rabbit hasn't finished talking." I tell them.

"H-How can you stay calm in a situation like this?!" Redhead asked me.

Usami continued "There is no reason to panic, Look around! Feast your eyes on this beautiful ocean, It's like your heart is being washed clean isn't it? It washes away everything, even the bad things..."

"Hold On!" The Silver haired girl interjected "Give us the details! Where in the world are we?!"

"Where you say? Well obviously we're... Out where it's better! Out where it's wetter! Out by the sea!" Usami answered the girl.

"That's a little... no, it's a very vague answer." I reply

"I-I understand that this is the sea but... what are we doing here?!" The timid girl yelled.

"You know your throat's gonna get hoarse if you keep screaming like that." Usami answered her.

"But... we were just at school before and now we are by the sea... this is impossible..." the beautiful girl murmured.

"Please do not worry! The school trip has just started that's all." Usami said, trying to dodge any straight answers to the class.

The punk girl spoke up, "But like, why are we on a school trip all of a sudden?! You totally skipped alllllll the stuff that comes first!"

That voice really does sound familiar...

"Sh-She's right! We're all supposed to be attending Hope's Peak Academy right now!" Ahoge boy snapped.

"Ah Hope's Peak Academy, I seeee, I seeee, in that case, Please forget about Hope's Peak Academy that is why we're having a school trip in the first place." Usami explained.

"The hell you mean we should "Forget about it!"" The babyfaced boy said angrily.

"Hey...  What are you? Just what are possibly scheming?" Byakuya? Asks the rabbit.

Usami reacted innocently "Wha-Wha-Whaaat? I'm not scheming anything! I'm doing this for everyone's sake, I'm just praying from the bottom of my heart that Hope will grow in everyone's heart!" And then she followed up with "There's nothing dangerous on this Island whatsoever!"

The Cloud headed boy's head perked up at that, "Island?... Did you just say Island?"

"Yep, and it certainly is beautiful, it was prepared just for us, an island free from other people and danger."

"Oh so it's a uninhabited island?" Ahoge boy asked.

The Guy then panicked and said "Perhaps.... you brought us to this uninhabited island to kill each other!"

"Wh-what made you come to that idea!?" I snapped at him, my heart skipped a bit when he said "kill each other" but before he could reply, Usami panicked.

"Ha-Wa-Wa! K-Kill each other!? Nuh-uh! No way! Bloody Business, like causing violence and inflicting pain is a big no-no on this Island, even the word 'kill' just saying it horrifies me, Kyha! So scary!"

"Then... What is this school trip you mentioned? What do you intend for us to do on this Island? Byakuya? Interrogated the rabbit who replied with...

"All righty! I shall announce it to everyone right now! While you all relax on this Island Paradise, you must get along and strengthen your bonds with each other! That is the main rule of this Heart Throbbing School Trip!"

"Heart Throbbing School Trip?!" Byakuya? Replied with shock.

"Spend these peaceful and relaxing days nourishing hope and lazing about, free from pain, free from suffering. Truly this lovey dovey Heart Throbbing School Trip is.... Everyone's Homework!" Usami once again explained.

"What....What the hell does that even mean?!" Ahoge boy asked.

"Now then, Let the Heart Throbbing School Trip begin!" Usami announced.

*THUD*

I turn around to see what that noise was only to see the Ahoge Boy fainted. "Oh dear... he fainted, can anyone take care of him?" I ask

"Let me." The cloud haired boy said "I'll keep watch for him"

"There's one last thing I would like to give you all before you scatter." Usami began passing around E-Handbooks, i took my E-Handbook Deluxe out so no one would be suspicious of me.

"What is this?" The Silver haired girl asked Usami replied with "It's called a E-Handbook, it displays your student profile's and it has a map of the island, please do not lose them, they're like a passport of some sort."

"Is that everything?" The short girl asked

"Yep, now please interact with each other and collect Hope Fragments by interacting with each other, Love! Love!" Usami then disappeared, everyone split up to explore the island, only I remained on beach with the cloud headed boy watching over the passed out Ahoge Boy.

"Hey, so you're a student here right?" He talks to me 

"Yeah I am..."

"I feel honoured to be able to talk to you, how about an Introduction?"

"Not yet, I want to introduce myself to both you and that guy, when he wakes up come find me, then we'll talk." I explain.

"Okay then, I can hold onto that promise." He hand waves at me as I leave the beach. "Now where to first?"

Chapter Text

Welcome to Island #1 Tropical Resort

I started to explore the Island, in order to introduce myself to the 77th Class, the first thing I saw was an airport, so I decided to check that place out first.

Jabberwock Airport

I step into the Airport and naturally the first thing I see in the airport are... "Airplanes!" I rush over to the glass to get a good view of them.

Then a guy approached me and talked to me, "Don't get your hopes up, using the planes are impossible."

I turn around to see that it was the guy with Pink hair and a yellow suit. "You seem pretty sure that it's impossible." I tell him.

"Unfortunately the engines have been completely removed, there's nothing I can do about that."

"Damn, someone really did went out of thier way to remove them..." I complained, of course I knew we couldn't leave this Island from the planes from the start.

"Oh right that reminds me, you and I haven't introduced ourselves to each other yeah?" He suddenly realized.

"I am Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist"

"The names Kazuichi Soda, I'm the Ultimate Mechanic, nice to meet ya!"

Love Striving Mechanic

Kazuichi Soda

Ultimate Mechanic

From what I remember on the Hope's Peak Academy Wiki, the info about Kazuichi is that he's a savant when it come to machines, if he truly says this plane is impossible to use, it really is beyond repair.

"Well.. to actually remove the engines, whoever's keeping us here must have planned this to a T." Kazuichi says.

"Yeah, doesn't it seem strange Kazuichi?"

"Yeah it's quite strange, but I think it's an acceptable level of strange you know?"

"What makes you say that?" I ask

"Well... think about it, it's not like we're being forced to do anything dangerous or something..." he trails off "That was mentioned in the safety precautions for this School Trip. Remember? The school trip guidelines written in the E-Handbook?"

I actually haven't read those yet so I take my EHD out and read the rules.

Rule 1: Extreme Violence is prohibited on this Island. Please live peaceful and relaxing lives with your fellow students.

Rule 2: Be considerate to each other and work together to collect the Hope Fragments.

Rule 3: Littering is not allowed. Let us coexist with this island's bountiful nature in "mutual prosperity".

Rule 4: The lead teacher cannot directly interfere with the students, an exception to this rule is if a student violates a rule.

I see a strange Badge on the corner of the screen, curiously I press it and it showed a list.

E-Handbook Deluxe Perks

- Can call the Future Foundation Members.

- Ignores the default 4 rules, any rules added after must be followed.

- Can play digital games on E-Handbook

I raise an eyebrow looking at these, this is like starting a video game with lots of Cheat Codes turned on... which I guess is the perfect scenario.

I put my Handbook away and looked at Kazuichi once again.

"It looks like we're being kept safe, so why wouldn't this be like any other school trip?" He sweatdropped.

"Yeah everything should be okay." I say

Mechanic Fragment 1 Obtained.

My Handbook beeped signaling that I've obtained a Hope Fragment, Kazuichi seems like he'd be a relaxed guy, but also looks like one who'd be quick to panic.

Before I leave the Airport I see another boy there, so I approached him.

"Stop right there! If you value your life, do not come any closer!" He warned.

"Wait, what?"

"I said, do not approach... hm... Very well I'll take that as courageous of you." He spoke in a voice like he was announcing something grand.

"Keheheheheh, would you like to know my name? Others may see your courage as recklessness, However.... I Welcome it." He then posed like he was someone from an over the top anime.

"In honor of your courage, I shall reveal to you my name, may you never forget as long as you live."

"You may call me, Gundham Tanaka, the Ultimate Animal Breeder, remember it well, for it is the name that'll one day rule this world!"

Supreme Overlord of Ice

Gundham Tanaka

Ultimate Animal Breeder

"As for me... I'm Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist."

"Now then, it is my turn ask questions Siren, Whose Master are you?" Is he asking me if I own a pet?

"If you mean if I ever owned a pet, then I owned 5 dogs and 2 hamsters." Gundham seemed to be taken aback by this.

"Impressive Siren, your magic caps at a high 83, you're pretty good..." Did he nickname Siren? Cause if he did, that name... fits me quite well actually...

"I bet yours is capped at the max 100..."

"Well Who do you think I am!" He started then four hamsters came out of his scarf "I am the great and powerful Gundham Tanaka, Supreme Overlord of Ice!"

I then noticed the hamsters

"Uwah! Hamsters?!"

"Taming Evil by using myself as a bed... truly this the Secret Art of the Tanaka Empire!"

He certainly likes to talk dramatically alot doesn't he? But I think that adds to his charm.

"One of my Four Dark Devas of Destruction, Mirage Golden Hawk, Jum-P has this to say "we're not used to going easy on our Enemies, so don't make us angry, you wouldn't like us when we're angry." Fuhaha, Fuhahahahaha." He really does laugh like a villain...

"Th-The Four Dark Devas are just so cute, you've taken great care of them." I complement him because to be honest, he's very cool!

Gundham seemed flustered at that, he partially hid his face behind his scarf as he blushed "Th-thank you..." he muttered.

Animal Breeder Fragment 1 Obtained.

I leave the Airport as I still have many areas to explore, I spot a bridge in the distance knowing that that's how were gonna travel between islands, so I crossed the bridge.

Welcome to Island #0 Centrico Plaza

Naturally all that's here are the other bridges, but it appears there closed off for now. Then I see a path going to the centre of the Island, so I follow it.

Jabberwock Park

I immediately I noticed the statue at the heart of the park, "Woah... that's impressive." And I noticed Byakuya standing there, so of course I got to talk to him.

"What do you want?" He boldly stated.

"I'm just here to introduce myself, I'm Aria Adabat The Ultimate Vocalist."

"....My name's Byakuya Togami, the Ultimate Affluent Progeny."

Affluent Impersonator

Byakuya Togami

Ultimate Affluent Progeny

I know that's actually not Byakuya that's just the Ultimate Imposter pretend to be Byakuya, I'll just play along so he doesn't suspect me.

"I'm done right? That's it, back off!"

At least he's a doing a great impersonation of Byakuya.

"Actually wait."

I turn to face him again.

"You said your name was Aria right?" He asked me.

"Yeah it is, why do you ask?" I ponder.

"Wasn't you the one who made the song "Love in the Darkness of Despair"?" He questions me.

"Yes sir, that was me who made that song, I was surprised with how quickly it gained popularity, it sold 8M copies in less than a week." I answer him

"I believe that's why Hope's Peak Academy chose you," he started whilst adjusting his glasses. "I've finished talking with you now, run along! That's the only things you skinny types are good at." Straight to the point and harsh, please tell me he's nicer than the actual Byakuya...

Affluent Progeny Fragment 1 Obtained.

I then returned to the 1st Island.

So continuing from the left, I saw what appeared to be a ranch, so that's my next destination.

Usami Corral

I walk in to see two girls there-

"Aww man... you found out." Usami suddenly appeared in front of me.

"Gyahh! Usami please don't do that! I may suffer a sudden heart attack." I say startled by Usami's surprise appearance.

"Ahh! Sorry about that, but...hm.. I'm a bit troubled." 

"What do you mean?" I ask.

"A ranch without any moo-cows is like a soccer team with out any balls.." she states.

I double-taked at that "We may need to work on your phrasing Usami..." I sweatdropped.

"All righty! Just leave to me and my handy-dandy Magic Stick!" She dramatically said.

She cast a spell on the chicken there and started to say magic words, "Bu! Turn into a moo-cow!" And then it happened, the chicken turned into a cow.

"WHAT!" I was flabbergasted at this, until I remembered that this was virtual reality.

"Harumph! A huge success!" She boasts before disappearing.

"...Let's just finish Introductions here..."

I first went up to the short girl in the kimono.

"Squish, Squish!"

What's she doing?

"Hey there I'm here to introduce myself, I'm Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist."

She then looked up at me, "Hm.. I'm Hiyoko Saionji, the Ultimate Traditional Dancer."

Master Dancer

Hiyoko Saionji

Ultimate Traditional Dancer

"Squish, Squish!"

She looks so young, some people wouldn't believe someone like her is a high schooler.

"Hey, if I can ask, what are you doing?" I ask

"Hm? I'm squashing."

"Hiyoko, you've gotta be more specific than that." I say sheepishly.

"Mr Ants, I'm squashing lots of Mr Ants."

I was taken aback by how demented her stare got.

"For what reason?"

Hiyoko then explains "If you squish thier tummies just right, it makes this awesome sound, wanna try?"

Since I know this is a virtual world, it should do no harm. "Okay then." I start to squish the ants with Hiyoko. "Am I doing it right?".

"Heehee, your doing it right Big Sis Aria!" We squished ants for a bit before I left to introduce myself to the other girl there.

Traditional Dancer Fragment 1 Obtained.

"Heeeyy who are you gurl?" The dark skinned girl asked.

"Aria Adabat The Ultimate Vocalist."

"Gotcha, though I pretty much suck at rememberin names since I met so many interesting characters today." She explained.

"Ditto, so who are you?" 

" Yo! The name's Akane Owari, The Ultimate Gymnast, nice to meet ya."

The Strong Gourmet

Akane Owari

Ultimate Gymnast

"So your a Gymnast, huh?" I asked her.

"Yeah, but I'm not that interested in Gymnastics to be honest, I just wanna beat the strong dudes." She says as she gets in a fighting stance. "Ya wanna fight?"

"Um I think I'd prefer all my bones intact, thank you very much, plus I'm a Vocalist not a fighter." I frantically reply.

Gymnast Fragment 1 Obtained.

I left the ranch and I found a big containment area, I open the gates and step inside.

Hotel Grounds

I see 17 cottages all lined up and a big building up ahead, "Hotel Mirai." That's what the sign says. "Mirai is Future in Japanese, considering that the Future Foundation made it, it makes sense. Three people are up ahead, I first go upto the buff man who wouldn't look out of place in Jojo's Bizarre Adventure.

"Hm..? That's right you never told me your name... my name..." he inhaled, oh crap I think know what's-

"I'M THE ULTIMATE TEAM MANAGER, NEKOMARU NIDAI!!" Ow my ears... and I have better hearing than normal people too....

The Loud Supporter

Nekomaru Nidai

Ultimate Team Manager

"I'm Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist." Then he interrupted me.

"Hold it right there! Your voice is too soft! Let your voice rise from the bottom of your stomach."

Oh god... I inhale and yell at the top of my lungs. "I'M ARIA ADABAT THE ULTIMATE VOCALIST!!"

'Gyhahaha! Now that's more like it!" I said earlier that Hiyoko looks younger than a high schooler, well Nekomaru is the opposite, he looks older than a high schooler, and he sure is a boisterous boi.

"I'M NEKOMARU NIDAI, THE ULTIMATE TEAM MANAGER!!" I heard you loud and clear the first time you know?

"Wait so you don't play on a team, you just manage them?" I asked him.

"CORRECT!!" He yelled, I'm surprised his lungs don't get tired out.

Team Manager Fragment 1 Obtained.

I then eyed the babyfaced boy on the other side.

"Who the hell are you? don't talk all friendly and shit to me dumbass." He glared at me.

Oh great, for every nice student in a class, there's always gotta that one whose way ruder.

"What are you looking at!? You got something you want to say bastard!" He barked at me.

"Woah, I only want to introduce myself." I defended

"What? Introduce yourself?" He parroted.

"Yeah, we don't know each other's names, I'm Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist."

"Tch....Name's Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu, the Ultimate Yakuza, just so we're clear, I don't plan to act friendly and shit with you guys."

Babyfaced Gangster

Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu

Ultimate Yakuza

He's a Yakuza!? Well I better be careful then, I'd like to keep all my organs intact.

"Wait..Kuzuryu... does that mean your-" I started, but Fuyuhiko cut me off.

"The Hier to the Kuzuryu Clan? No shit I am.."

"Aight, I just didn't expect that the hier would have a babyface-"

"WHAT'D YOU SAY MOTHERFUCKER!?" And so I made fun of the Ultimate Yakuza.... Ugh you stupid Vocalist, you just told yourself 'don't do that!'

"Hey Shithead! How bout you make like a tree and fuck off!" He demanded.

"Well F**k you too!" I left, don't ask me how I said fuck censored. I walked over to the Redhead, hopefully she's nicer.

Yakuza Fragment 1 Obtained.

"Hey! Aren't you the girl who was acting calm during the whole kidnapping thing?" She asked me, she looks bossy but also caring, it's a bit weird.

"Do you want me to introduce myself? I've not done it yet have I?" She asks.

"I'm Aria Adabat The Ultimate Vocalist."

"Let's see, I'm Mahiru Koizumi, the Ultimate Photographer, I'll be counting on you from now on."

The Motherly Redhead

Mahiru Koizumi

Ultimate Photographer

"Honestly I'm a little relieved..." she started "You seem decent enough."

"What do you mean by that Mahiru?" I ask her.

"Well, there's a lot of weirdos here. I can't tell if most are really Ultimates or just insane.... I'm eager to get along with everyone so we can get off this Island, but I was worried things wouldn't go well." She explained.

"Did you say "get off this Island?"" I subtly asked.

"Usami told me that if everyone can gather all of the Hope Fragments that we earn by getting along with everyone... This joke of a school trip will be over, and we can all leave this Island together." She explained happily.

"Good to know." I say. "OH! Mahiru, if you're the Ultimate Photographer, can we take pictures later?! That sounds like something fun we could do."

"Yeah, let's do that sometime."

Photographer Fragment 1 Obtained.

That's everyone outside the hotel, now lets check INSIDE the hotel.

Mirai Lobby

It looks just like any hotel lobby, there's two people in here aswell, one of them's Chiaki, she's playing an arcade game.

I peek over and she's playing Galaga, thought I wouldn't notice but I did. I then approached behind Chiaki and then, I tickle her under the arms, she loses focus and gets a game over.

She turns around to look at me with an annoyed look, her cheeks are puffed up and I can see she's pissed off at me. "....I'm sorry?" I back away before I can make it worse.

Gamer Fragment 1 Obtained .

I then approached the other girl who has Silver hair.

"State your business..." her voice was cold, sharp and to the point.

"Well I only want to introduce myself to you." I stated.

"An Introduction?" She parroted, "Understood, I don't mind."

"I'm Aria Adabat The Ultimate Vocalist." I say once again. "It's nice to meet you."

"My name is Peko Pekoyama, the Ultimate Swordswoman, it is nice to meet you too."

The Silver-Haired Slicer

Peko Pekoyama

Ultimate Swordswoman

"If what that rabbit said is true, we are expected to live together on this Island." Peko guessed.

"Yeah I just hope everyone can get along quickly." I say, to which Peko replied with...

"It is necessary for Men and Women who live together to respect each other. Don't let anyone try anything inappropriate... I would prefer... not to kill anyone."

"Kill? But isn't your Sword made of Bamboo, Peko?" I ask with slight fear.

"Though it may seem impossible to kill someone with this, an misaimed blow can be fatal." She states "Well an aimed blow can be fatal too." She corrects herself.

She's quite attractive, good looks and good comba- STOP IT! Bad Aria! Your hitting on the girls now aswell.

Swordswoman Fragment 1 Obtained.

I then see the stairs and I went up.

Mirai Restaurant

it's pretty classic up here, just a tropical restaurant, there's two people talking to each other, let's kill two birds with one stone.

"That's right, I'm having a hard time because it's full of poison, it really sucks." A short chef like guy says.

Hold on, is he- Is he using the Snake-Bite Technique?! That is not okay!

"Speaking of which, it'll be great if you could use your mouth to suck it out." He finished.

"Poison...? I see.." the beautiful girl says.

I interrupt before things can get out of hand, "Hey you two."

"Whoa! Denied!" The chef suddenly shouts.

"Hello, it is nice to meet you." The girl says.

"I'm Aria Adabat, The Ultimate Vocalist."

"Why hello there, you must be the new girl." The chef says.

"My name is Teruteru Hanamura, on the streets I'm known as the Ultimate Cook, But can you call me the Ultimate Chef instead? It has more of a.... big city flavour to it you know."

Cooking Perversely

Teruteru Hanamura

Ultimate Cook/Chef

"Hmhmhm, I hope we get along well." He chuckled

"Oh that reminds me! I have not probably introduced myself either, I am terribly sorry to keep you waiting." The girl Apologies.

"My name is Sonia Nevermind, The Ultimate Princess."

Actual Princess

Sonia Nevermind

Ultimate Princess

"Your a Princess?" I cocked my head to the side.

"I am a foreign exchange student from a small European Kingdom called Novoselic." She explains. "I may cause trouble here and there, but I hope we can get along well."

"Same" I say.

"Um.. this may be rude of me to say, but... Truthfully I feel Happy." Sonia states.

"That's not rude Sonia, don't worry about it. And why are you happy?" I speak.

"In my home country, I..... didn't have a single friend my age whose standing in society matched my own. So, to be able to do something like this with everyone is a new experience for me... I shall extol your virtues!"

"What does that last part mean?"

"Heeey you two, am I being left off the menu or something?" Teruteru interrupts

"Well Teruteru, considering your a Chef, I'd imagine this was the first place you'd look at, do you like it?" I asked.

"Mmhmhm..... I would be lying if I said I wasn't interested. And since I do not want to be a liar, then Truthfully.... Yeah I like it. Though I like the big-city flavour of my hometown, a country atmosphere like this is also splendid."

"I see, well you don't look as worried as some other people here." I pipe in

"Worried? What's there to worry about? Actually I'm really happy." He said with a perverted smile on his face.

"Well why are you happy then?" I asked with curiosity, something I shouldn't have done....

"If I can serious real quick.. I have a Sneaking suspicion that Miss Peko is actually a bit of a freak if you catch my meaning..."

"Wha...!"

"She's probably wearing a black thong too... what are your thoughts on that?" 

"You- You shouldn't spy on people like that, much less say it in public!" I growl at him.

"Well I do wonder what panties your wearing aswell Aria, shall we discuss this somewhere in private? C'mon C'mon C'mon!"

"Ah Geez!" I say before I suddenly used my Secret Attack on Teruteru.

*CRUNCH*

"Ohhohoho♥️♥️"

"Ahh! Aria! Y-you just kicked him right in the-" Sonia shrieks.

"I better not see you do that again!" I say with disgust in my voice before leaving.

Chef Fragment 1 Obtained.

Princess Fragment 1 Obtained.

Tropical Resort

I then leave the Hotel Grounds about to head to my next destination when...

"Ah..."

Oh it's the Cloud headed boy again, and it seems Ahoge boy finally woke up.

"So you finally decided to wake up?"

"Ah now then as promised I'll introduce myself and him."

"I'm Nagito Komaeda, The Ultimate Lucky Student"

The Hopeful Luckster

Nagito Komaeda

Ultimate Lucky Student

"Ah so your the Lucky Student for this class then." I say

"You know about that already?" Nagito asked

"Yeah I know how Lucky students work in Hope's Peak." Perks of having one of your own in your class. "And whose this gentleman here?" I ask.

"I'm Hajime Hinata, I hope we can get along."

The Average One

Hajime Hinata

Ultimate ???

"What is your Ultimate Talent Hajime?" I ask, I already know he's actually a Reserve Course Student, but some things must be kept secret, so I'll fake my reactions.

"Hajime can't remember, he's lost his memory due to shock." Nagito tells me.

"Oh dear... that's not good. Hopefully you'll remember eventually." I say.

"Ah! I nearly forgot to introduce myself. I'm Aria Adabat The Ultimate Vocalist."

Hajime was lost in thought for a while then turned to Nagito. "Okay Nagito what's the deal with her?"

"Ah, this is strange... I don't recall seeing her on Hope's Peak Academy message board.." Nagito mumbles.

"What! How come she's not on there!" Hajime freaks out.

"Ah! Hope's Peak probably forgot to put my information on there, lazy bums." "Want me to tell you instead?"

"Uh...okay." Hajime says.

"So have you two ever heard the song called "Love in the Darkness of Despair"?"

"I have" Hajime says.

"It was all over Japan when it first came out." Nagito says, his eyes beaming with confidence.

"Well I was the one who wrote that song, it sold 8M copies in the first week." "That is how I was accepted here." I tell them.

"That's amazing!" Hajime says.

"Now if you excuse me I must be going." I then take my leave.

Lucky Student Fragment 1 Obtained.

??? Fragment 1 Obtained.

I see another building in the distance, that appears to be the last one.

Rocketpunch Market

Wow! This is a spacious shop, I stare around in awe then I meet eyes with a girl in a nurse's outfit.

"Ah um,um....I'm sorry." She started to cry.

"Woah! Whats' Worng? Ah we should introduce ourselves, Aria Adabat the Ultimate Vocalist."

"Ah, so your name is Aria, if it's okay with you may I please remember your name?" She timidly asks

"Of course it's okay, now then what's your name?"

"M-my name is Mikan Tsumiki, the Ultimate Nurse... from the bottom of my heart I hope we can get along."

Destroyer of Diseases

Mikan Tsumiki

Ultimate Nurse

"Um... You know my mind's drawing a blank from nervousness, and I went through the trouble of preparing 5'000 topics to talk about after Introductions."

5'000! I mean I know it's better to be safe than sorry but that's ridiculous!

"Hey don't worry about it okay?" I reassured her.

"Hah Ah!"

"You seem like such a sweetheart, I know you'll be valuable to the class."

"Hehehe.. Ah! I-I'm sorry I laughed all of a sudden!" She apologized.

"I-it's just... I can't help it. I'm just so happy. I can't remember the last time I made any friends. Ah! Not that you'd actually want to be friends with me! I'm so sorry! I said something so presumptuous!"

"Mikan! Calm down, I'll be your friend okay? I'm not one to leave a girl crying."

We then hear another voice

"Peeking...Peeking...."

I turn to the source of the voice, and was shook by what I saw, or rather WHO I saw.

"No fuckin way..." I muttered

I rushed over to her.

"It's really you, Ibuki!"

"Wha! Aria!?" Ibuki gasped

"Oh.. y-you two know each other?" Mikan asks

"Yeppers! Aria and Ibuki knew each other growing up, we never stayed together, we just attended the same school." Ibuki says before realizing, "Ah that's right, Introductions are a go-go." "I-Buki-Mio-Da! Put it together and what do you get? Ibuki Mioda! The Ultimate Musician!"

The Music Goddess

Ibuki Mioda

Ultimate Musician

"All right, Introductions are finished! More importantly check out this bombastic supermarket!" Ibuki said whilst pointing all over the place.

"Look! They've got hamburgers, ramen noodles, chili beans, bratwurst, ohhh Melons! Americans, Chinese, Mexicans, Germans, Italians and even people from Yubari would shop here! Man I'm getting hellaaaaa stoooked! I'm thirty one flavours of stoked for all of this deliciousness! But when I'm excited I get super hungry-mungery! I don't understand at all.... Why do I get so hungry when I'm excited?" "Kyahahaha The human body sure is a mystery." Ibuki said without wasting any breath.

"Still as energetic and exciting as ever Ibuki?" I excitedly asked.

"S-she sure talks a lot, doesn't she?" Mikan timidly asks.

"Yeah Ibuki and I were in a band together called Black Cherry, however due to creative differences she left the band, I left shortly afterwards because a band without Ibuki is like a day without sunshine." I explain.

"Cr-Crative Differences..." Mikan parrots, clearly interested.

"Are you interested?" Ibuki says.

"Huh? Y-you could hear me?" Mikan says Suprised.

"Duh! Of course, Ibuki's a musician after all! Like, Schubert, Bach, Edison, Van Gogh, Perez and Senna, I too am a awesome musician!" Ibuki boasts.

"Most of those aren't even musicians Ibuki..." I sweatdropped.

"Don't sweat the details!" 

Nurse Fragment 1 Obtained.

Musician Fragment 1 Obtained.

*Ding Dong, Ding Dong*

"Hm?" The three of us turn towards the monitor in the supermarket.

Usami appeared on the monitor to make an announcement. "Congratulations everybody! It appears everyone has finished collecting the Hope Fragments." "I'm *sniff* I'm so happy!" We seem to have cleared the first leg of the Heart Throbbing school Trip.

"Soooooo I've prepared a present for everyone that'll make you all very happy! I apologise for the trouble but please gather at the beach!" She announced

"The beach huh?" I then look at Ibuki and Mikan "Well girls, shall we go?" The three of us then made our way to the beach.

But little did we know that shortly afterwards, a familiar Despair would wash it's way upon the Island.

And that... was where the true hell began.

Chapter Text

First Step Beach

Ibuki, Mikan and I arrive at the First Step Beach, we were greeted by everyone else, all we're waiting for is Nagito and Hajime, after a bit they finally arrived.

"You guys are the last to arrive! What are you dilly dallying for?" Byakuya scolded the two boys for being late.

"Sorry for keeping you all waiting." Nagito apologizes.

"Well it's alright. More importantly this is our only chance to talk between ourselves before that rabbit returns." Byakuya states.

"Kyahaha! Let's talk!" Hiyoko says with excitement.

"Now then, let me hear your initial impressions of this Island." Byakuya demanded.

Peko was the first to speak up, "I happened to notice numerous blocked off bridges at the Central Island."

Ibuki then confirmed something, "Oh those are so we don't get lost, I tried to cross one earlier and Usami came and told me that, though she also said something strange was going on behind those bridges, though she never told me what it was."

I believe I'm the only one who knows what Ibuki was talking about, but just because she's my best friend, doesn't mean I can tell her what's going on.

"Is this Island really that big that we would get lost? And what strange things are happening on the other island's?" Peko questioned

"Ah there Also a biiig ranch!" Hiyoko said with happiness.

"Um...there's also a large supermarket too... it looks like it stocks everything from food up to living amenities." Mikan spoke in a quiet timid voice that we barely heard her in the first place.

Mahiru was the next to speak up. "The hotel was really nice too, It'd be great if we could stay there."

Sonia then piped up, "I am certain I saw 17 cottages there, so it seems that we are staying there. Also the restaurant inside the hotel was very nice, it seemed to cater to a more plebian taste."

"Can you guys listen to what I wanna say too?" Teruteru asks, but knowing what he was about to say I quickly shut him up.

"Don't even think about saying it!" I sharply tell him. Then he kept his mouth shut, fearing another kick to the "planets".

"And what of the statue at the park?" I ask, Byakuya's eyes widen at that. "The statue was of 5 legendary animals, that each worshipped an Island, plus the name of the park also leads me to guess the name of this Island, this island if I'm correct, is likely Jabberwock Island."

Byakuya looked astonished for a moment before going back to a serious look. "I see, glad to know at least one of you noticed it then." He then started Monologing "You see, when I saw it I remembered a story I heard before. There was an Island in the Pacific Ocean, a beautiful island paradise where summer never ends. It consists of a central Island surrounded by five other islands. It's also said that the five holy animals symbolize each of those islands. And indeed as Aria said that Island's name is Jabberwock Island, I'm impressed you managed to deduce that Aria." He praised.

"Thanks I knew my World Tour's were good for education sometimes." I say.

"Still, there is something on my mind." Byakuya continued "In fact according to what I've heard Jabberwock Island is already... Nevermind." He trailed off.

I believe that Jabberwock Island was abandoned at some point, though I'm not completely sure.

Nekomaru then spoke up loudly. "Hold it right there! That's a rather incomplete story you told us."

"No need to shout, I'll let you know once I obtain more information." Byakuya tells him.

"Meh, I don't care what this Island is called, Nikoniko island, or Papua Island, or Utsuroshima Island or whatever, it doesn't change the fact that we all gotta live here right?" Akane spoke whilst cleaning her ears.

Ibuki then spoke with joy again. "Living on this Tropical Island is sure exciiiiting I'm Super looking forward to it!"

Kazuichi then had his two cents to say "Right On! This ain't such a bad school at all."

Hajime was starting to get a little nervous though, so he spoke up "H-Hey? You guys?" Though his words fell on deaf ears.

"Hmhm, I like this Island too!" Hiyoko started but she then followed up with "Can't say the same about most of you cretins." Her smile then grew twisted.

"Huh? Did I hear something?" Teruteru says pretending to ignore Hiyoko's comment.

Mahiru then talked "I'm still worried, but I don't feel as worried as I did earlier." She still does look worried judging by looking in her eyes.

Hajime tried to say something again, this time though everyone paid attention to him "Listen we need to stay calm and think about this..."

"Well what is it you want to say Haj?" I asked him, deciding to use a nickname

"We're all here to attend Hope's Peak Academy right? But we're living on this Island instead. Besides we don't even know if we can trust Usami! No matter what, it's completely weird."

Teruteru then spoke up "E-Even if we wanted to leave, there's no way we can."

Kazuichi then confirmed "There's no boats and the planes are just for show."

Peko had something to add to that "From what I've discovered, there's no way to contact the outside world either... In conclusion, it would be impossible to call for help." She sighed.

"Then why don't we just swim home?" Akane suggests, however that has two flaws, the main one being that this is a virtual world, but even if it wasn't...

"T-There's no way we can swim that far!" Mikan shrieks stealing my thunder.

"SHOW SOME SPIRIT!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"Th-Then why don't we cut down some trees and make a raft?" Hajime suggests, but he was immediately shot down by Usami.

"Nuh-uh! You can't do that! That's the biggest of no-no's!" Took you this long to show up Usami. "Please recall the guidelines of this school Trip! "Littering is not allowed, let us coexist with this island's bountiful nature in mutual prosperity." Got it? I want everyone to get along and live peacefully on this beautiful island."

"What's with these rules!? Who cares about that?!" Hajime protests.

"Just stop, this rabbit seems to be rather finicky about these rules. Based on that, what if your actions place everyone here in danger?" Byakuya says countering Hajime in the process.

"Th-The word 'danger' is a bit much! I wouldn't do something like that!" Usami says defending herself, she does seem to panic easily at violent sounding words, I just notice.

"Anyway Usami!" Ibuki yells, clearly wanting to change the subject. "What is this present you mentioned in your announcement earlier?"

"Ah! That's right! Well of course I didn't forget..." She then got out the present and handed to each of us. "Love! Love! This is it" It was an Usami Strap, I suggested these as the prize for everyone getting one Hope Fragments from everyone. Though I love it, everyone but Chiaki begs to differ.

"What... is this?" Hajime asks with disappointment.

"Pfft,Teeheehee it's an Usami Strap! If you squeeze it's tummy it talks." I then squeezed the tummy "I'm Usami, Magical Miracle Girl ⭐ Usami. I'm a itty bitty girl whose sweet like milk." It was really cute.

"Isn't it cute? Love! Love!" Usami says, though most of the class weren't happy about this.

"What a waste of my time!" Byakuya coldly says

"Man, and I got my hopes up too..." Ibuki complains.

"I'm ashamed I even had my hopes up..." Teruteru states.

"Really? I think it's cute, especially how the ears look like a rabbit's." Chiaki says making Usami feel a bit better.

"Well Usami does mean rabbit you know?" Usami says.

"Err no, it's actually Usagi with a 'g'." I correct Usami, then I see everyone except Chiaki and I toss the Usami Strap's aside, this did not make me happy.

"Hey! You can't taint nature with trash!" Usami shouts.

"See! Even you think they're trash!" Ibuki says pointing out Usami's contradiction.

I then had enough and proceed to drop my friendly side for a bit.

"Pieces of Shit! All of you!" I suddenly snapped at them.

A few gasped at my sudden dark tone of voice and turned to me.

"Usami worked hard on these straps to give you all as a gift, and then you all just cast them aside, as if they were stack of empty tins!"

"That's what they are though!" Fuyuhiko tries to argue against me, but I was having none of it.

"Silence Babyface! I'm not done talking! If you spent a long time making a gift to give a friend and then THEY throw it away immediately, wouldn't that make you upset aswell? Go on! Pick your straps back up! That means you too Fuyuhiko and Byakuya!"

Everyone else reluctantly picks them back up.

"Th-thanks Aria, I'm glad your here to sort that out." Usami says whilst Sweating.

"Usami, just so they don't toss them away behind my back, can you make a new rule? "Your Usami Strap is to stay with you at all times" can you do that?"

"Okay then." Usami agrees

Island Guidelines have been updated.

Usami then whispers to me "Remember any rules added after the first four are ones you also have to follow."

"Got it."

"Now then, I've prepared another present aswell!" Usami announces.

"Hm? You have something else aswell?" Peko says intrigued with this.

"Well compared to the Usami Strap, it's really not that big of a deal... Basically I prepared a motive for everyone!" Usami explains, my heart skipped a beat when she said 'motive' as it reminded me of the Killing School Life I was stuck in, but thankfully I'll never have to go through a situation like that again.

"A...Motive...?" Hajime says with curiosity.

"That's right! A motive for everyone to get along. We've come all this way to a tropical island, so I thought it'll be great to do something Island themed." Usami explains once more.

"Like what? Are you thinken of throwin' a big party or somethin'?" Akane asks.

"Coooooreccct!" Usami cheers.

"Is it a festival? Or maybe a miniature shrine? How wonderful" Sonia says with her eyes beaming with excitement.

"Excuse me Miss Soni-" 

"Don't you even entertain the idea Teruteru!" I sharply shout at him before he can say anything lewd.

"If we're talking about fun parties on a Tropical Island, maybe it should be a barbecue or something." Ibuki suggests jumping around like a giddy school girl.

"Ah! A campfire sounds fun too!" Mahiru added to Ibuki's idea.

"Let's find a hoop snake and kill it!" Hiyoko suggests with a joyful smile, but a twisted tone of voice.

"Isn't looking for one not enough for you?" Kazuichi says, shocked at this whilst also lampshading it.

 "It seems everyone has different ideas." Usami starts "But if we're gonna be at the ocean, then first..." she then waved her Magic Stick and summoned two bags.

"Taaa daaa! This is what we're all about!"

"A Swimming Bag?" Nagito guesses

"Correct! Love! Love!"

"Whoaaa! Then that means..." Kazuichi says with a bright shine in his eyes and smile.

"That's right! I have swimsuits for everyone! Well, school swimsuits actually... I hope that's okay." Usami speaks.

"A-Are you telling us to go swimming?" Hajime says with worry, great what is he worrying about now?

"It's not like I'm ordering you guys to swim or anything. It's just if you wanna go swimming, you can." Usami explained desperately trying to calm Hajime down.

"But do you REALLY think anyone would-" Hajime started to argue again but he was cut off by Ibuki.

"YAHOOOO!"

"Aw Yeah! This is what I'm talking about! With this nice weather, there's no way I'm gonna pass up on swimming." Kazuichi says being very happy.

"I agree...even my loins agree, see?" Teruteru says, I'm gonna let that one slide.

"Ahh, how long has it been since I last swam in the sea?" Mahiru asks herself.

"ALLLL RIIIIGHT! LET'S GO CHANGE!" Nekomaru yelled out loud.

"What are you gonna do Hajime?" Nagito asked the worrying brunette.

"Um..." He was lost on what he wanted to say as he embarrassed himself earlier.

"I understand how you feel, and I won't force you to do anything you don't want to.... But if you feel up for it, I'd be happy if you came along too." Nagito tells Hajime.

"🎵Nagito and Hajime, sitting on the beach K-I-S-S-I-N-G🎵" I sing to tease Hajime and Nagito further.

Everyone who grabbed a swimsuit ran off to get changed, only Hajime, Byakuya, Fuyuhiko, Akane, Hiyoko, Chiaki and I stayed behind.

"Ah! It seems everyone has returned." Usami notify's

Then I watched the other students play in the water.

"YAHOOOO!" Kazuichi is very happy.

"Yay! The Sea!" Mikan squeals with joy.

"Ahh, the water is so cool, it feels great!" Sonia is loving it.

"Ughh, too salty! This water's too salty! It's not going easy on me!" Ibuki is enjoying herself.

"Heeey! I got some suntan lotion from the supermarket, would anyone like a rubdown?" Teruteru asks, this could go wrong so fast.

"Oh, your quite considerate, now would you please apply some?" I guess Nekomaru missed the hint.

"Eh? Rubbing lotion on a muscular man? All right no problem, my tastes are pretty open you know." Oh my god Teruteru...

"You seem a little too open... Like you're covering too many bases by yourself." Mahiru points out.

"Hmhmhm, I'll be sure to slather you with lots and lots of oil." Teruteru says in a saucy voice.... I don't even wanna kn-

"What is this feeling of intense bloodlust?!" ....Someone please pass me the Brain Bleach!

Hajime then walks up to me and starts to talk to me.

"Uh..Hey Aria, I'm just a little surprised your not going swimming, this seems like something you'd enjoy." He says.

"Sadly I can't swim, I'd totally go if I was able to swim though." I tell him "By the way, I apologise for how I acted when you all threw away the Usami Straps, it's just that throwing away a treasured gift someone gives you really pisses me off."

"Ah.. I see.."

"Hajime, you should swim aswell, I know you're sceptical about all of this, but it's nice to relax and release the stress your building up, that should wash that all away, besides this might be the only opportunity you get in your life to enjoy something like this with your class." I try to motivate him to go swimming.

"You know what... yeah" He then turns to Usami, "Hey! Throw me one of those Swimsuits."

'Hey! You guys! Don't forget about me!"

"Hey Hey! Wait for me! Let me join the fun!"

I laugh at this, then I felt water hit the back of my head, I thought it was the ocean so I brushed it off, then it happened again, and again.

"Wait, what the... it's raining?" I say, and that's when it happened. The sky then turned red, as if something ominous was about to happen.

"Usami, what's going on?" I ask her.

"Eh? Uh?"

"What's happening? What did you do? This isn't right, it was sunny just a few moments ago." Hajime yelled

Did...did my shitty programming skills finally do something to the 1st Island's weather?

"Wha-Wha-Wha What is this!?" Usami has no idea either?  And then the monitor turned on, and Despair returned to me.

"Uhh uhh, Mike check, Mike check! Ah! Ah! Can you hear me? Can you hear me?"

I froze when I heard that voice, as it was a voice only I heard before.

"Puhuhuhu Suprised? You were totally surprised right? Now then sorry to keep you all waiting for so long. Let's leave all this worthless entertainment behind... It's time for the main attraction. You guys better hustle over to Jabberwock Park."

"This voice! No it can't be!" I yell out

"Not this time.... I'm not letting this happen again! I'll go deal with this myself!" I then ran off to Jabberwock Park.

"O-Oh no! Everyone please go after Aria she could seriously hurt herself." Usami commended

Sure enough everyone already changed chased after me, whilst everyone else went to change back.

Jabberwock Park

"Where are you Monokuma! I know you're hiding here! Why don't you just show yourself!" I yell out

Everyone else just entered the park.

"ARIA!!!" Hajime and Chiaki cry out.

"Puhuhuhu."

"Hey Hey! Where are you show yourself!" Usami says

"Ahahahahahahahahaha!"

Monokuma then jumped up onto the statue

"Why hello there, thank you all for waiting!"

"Long time no see Aria, I am Monokuma I'm the Headmaster off this academy." 

Despair Bear

Monokuma

Hope's Peak's Current Headmaster

Monokuma then begins his speech. "Ahem, now that I've made my dashing appearance, the first thing I wanna say is... this is so friggin lame! Lame I say, Lamer than the Lamest lamesauce, oh wait lamesauce.. is that tasty?"

"I knew it! You was the cause for this rain and that red sky!" I growl at the bear

"H-How... why is Monokuma here?!" Usami panics 

Good point why is he here? Please don't tell me I accidentally added him too...

"Aww shaddup! I'm livid you know... and I'm about to barf thanks to your lukewarm attitude!" He was focused more on Usami than me though.

"Just what's with this "Heart Throbbing School Trip" crap anyway?! I'm bored! So hopelessly bored! This just ain't fun at all! You better knock off this farce right now!" He was soooo angry at Usami "You've gotta make this... Y'know meet the demands of the world! Nobody wants to read high school students living calm and peaceful lives! What everyone wants to read is... Other people's Misery and Despair..." Ah shit, here we go again with the whole 'Hope Vs Despair' thing.

"Wh-what the hell is with this stuffed animal?! Nothing he's saying makes any damn sense!" Fuyuhiko says with discomfort.

"What... What is going on?! What is that thing?! Byakuya muttered in confusion.

"Be careful everyone! Stay back and leave this to me! I don't know why Monokuma is here but as long as I have this Magic Stick-" Usami was cut off.

"Yah! An Opening!" Monokuma attacked Usami, I desperately try and find a opening to pull Usami out, but the brawl was non-stop and reached a winner.

"Duh-Duh-Duh-Duuuuhhhh! VICTORY!" Monokuma yells whilst breaking Usami's Magic Stick.

"Nooo! My Magic Stick!"

"Now then, what to do after my flawless victory? First of all, your too plain. White Rabbits are faaar too plain, soooo I'm gonna-" Without thinking I scoop Usami from the ground before Monokuma can hurt her worse than he all ready has.

"Not on my watch you don't!" I tell him.

"How disappointing I wasn't able to Remake Usami in my image, Keh! Fine I'll spare her appearance though in return... she's gonna be my little sister now." Monokuma talked in a disappointed tone

"L-Little sister?" Usami repeated.

"Your current position is too wishy-washy, so I'm setting you to be my little sister, Usami! Though it's only an external setting after all." Monokuma says.

"W-why do I have to be your little sister?" Usami protested.

"Big sister then? You wanna be the older sister who got separated at birth?.... Hmmmm that doesn't really feel right.... Yep, your definitely more like a little sister, Soooo that's how it's gonna be....Usami, from now on if you disobey me, I will never forgive you!" I hate to agree with Monokuma, but Usami does indeed fit more as a little sister.

"Hey! I won't let you make your own settings!" Usami tries to fight back verbally, but....

"UGYAAH!"

"Stupid Fool! You think you can win against me without that stick of yours?" Monokuma taunts as he punches Usami in the face.

"Ow! It hurts a lot when you punch me!"

"How about that? Now you've finally learned your lesson!" Monokuma says with annoyance.

"Ugh.. If only I had my Magic Stick, then I would've beaten that awful Monokuma.." Usami sobs over.

"Don't worry too much, I really should have warned you when I noticed." I say

"Puhuhu! It's your fault for leaving yourself open! Even a one second opening is life threatening on the Battlefield." Monokuma say with a devilish grin.

"Hey... what's with this stupid performance?!" Fuyuhiko says with his patience running thin.

"Wh-Who friggin knows." Akane replied to Fuyuhiko.

"But...it's obvious something bad is happening..." Chiaki notes.

"Yeah, Usami would've ended up being weird looking if I hadn't picked her up in time." I say

"Weird looking? She would've matched me you know? How insensitive..." Monokuma glooms.

"Th-There's another one?!" Ibuki noticed

"Wh-what does this mean? What is that black and white tanuki?" Peko asks.

"I'm not a tanuki! I'm a bear! I'm Monokuma!" He yells at Peko.

"I-I don't understand it myself, but a new stuffed animal appeared, I mean why is that stuffed animal even talking?" Kazuichi asks

"Seriously I'm not a Stuffed Animal! I'm Monokuma, the Headmaster of Hope's Peak Academy!" He says clearly annoyed at the repeated questions.

"Monokuma?" Does Nagito know this guy too?

"Did you say...Headmaster?" Nekomaru says, shocked that the Headmaster is a simple plush.

"Regardless...It appears everyone has gathered. Now then, as the Headmaster, I shall make a formal declaration! From this point forward the Killing School Trip will now commence!" He announced, I can't believe I'm gonna be trapped in a Second Killing Game, and this time I might not make it out.

"Not again..." I mutter

"Hm?" I heard Byakuya hum behind me.

"A school trip where everyone gets along has no stimulation at all! And it's so damn boring! Nobody wants to play a game like that!" I beg to differ Monokuma. "Sooooo, let's begin our Killing School Trip, naturally you guys are the contestants."

"K-Killing contestants..." Teruteru says with fear.

"Wh-what are you saying!? I will absolutley positively not allow any bloody events!?" Usami screeched at Monokuma, only to be replied by a kick to the face.

"Ow! It hurts a lot when you kick me too!" Usami says.

"Jeez...your brain sure is tiny Usami! How many times do I have to tell you? Pay attention this time, Except in Manga a little sister is never smarter than her big brother." Sadly Monokuma has a point.

"Now then, we got off topic for a while, so let's go back to the explanation of the Killing School Trip."

"Wh-what do you mean, 'Killing School Trip'?" Mikan asks with a worried expression.

"Isn't it obvious? You guys are going to kill each other." Monokuma chuckles

"Kill each other... I see.." Kazuichi says calmly, not realising how serious that is, and then he really freaked out once he proceeded it. "K-KILL EACH OTHER!?"

"Wh-what are you saying?! That's impossible!?" Teruteru panics

"Well don't you think it's kinda lame and boring that you can't leave the Island unless you all get along? So I'm changing the rules, If you want to get off this Island, then please kill one of your friends! And make through the Class Trial without getting caught." Monokuma explains, I'll admit this is a faster way to leave the Island, but as someone who knows how Class Trials work, it's riskier and only one person can leave instead of everyone.

"Class....Trial....?" Chiaki questioned with worry.

"That's right! The Class Trial is the real charm of this Killing School Trip." He then proceeded to explain the Class Trial rules.

"If one of you gets murdered.... then the surviving students must preform in a Class Trial, at the Class Trial there'll be a battle between the blackened and the spotless students. During the Trial you'll present your arguments about who you think the blackened is, the outcome will be decided by a majority vote, if you arrive at the correct answer, only the blackened will be punished and the rest of you may continue the Killing School Trip, however...if you choose poorly, then the one who got away with murder will survive and the rest of you will receive your punishment. As far as Class Trial rules go... that's all there is to it. Which means if you kill someone and make it through the Class Trial, you'll get to leave the Island, however if you are found guilty during the Class Trial, then you will be punished, Puhuhu, it's a simple but familiar rule right?" It's familiar to me at least, but thank god he explains the Class Trial rules right away.

"You keep repeating that word 'punish' over and over, What's the deal with that?" Kazuichi asks.

"He's obviously referring to execution." I coldly state.

"E-Execution!?" Sonia freaks out.

Monokuma then speaks with an extremely dark aura surrounding him "The pleasing Punishment that follows the Class Trial! This is one of the perks of the Killing School Trip. Puhuhu, what sort of spine-tingling punishments will we see? I can't help it I'm already getting excited! There may even be some unique punishments, like impaling you through the head with a Thingamajig-claw!" He then calmed down just a bit before speaking up again.

"Ahem, any method of killing is fine, popular ones like bludgeoning, stabbing, strangling and poisoning... to shooting, beating, running over, burning, bombing, slashing, drowning, electrocution, crushing, cursing. Please choose whichever Killing method you like. No time limit, so you can kill as you please, it's an all you can murder for buffet, a theme park of murder, that's what this Killing School Trip is about." Monokuma says without much breathing inbetween words.

"Don't fuck with me..." Fuyuhiko mutters.

"Th-That's right! Who on earth would kill someone?!" Kazuichi snapped.

"I'm not ordering anyone to kill, Weather or not you kill someone is entirely up to you. But be careful youth doesn't last forever, it'll be too late if you guys wait until your forties to start killing someone." Can we even age in the virtual world? I forgot to ask Kyoko about it.

"I-I don't believe any of this.... I don't believe any of this..... I don't believe any of this." Teruteru repeats to himself.

"Wh-What if nobody gets murdered? Does that mean we'll never be able to leave this Island?" Mahiru asks the bear.

"Who knows?" Monokuma taunts "Anyway, I'd like for you all to go through with this Killing School Trip in a healthy and positive manner."

"W-Wait just a minute! Why do we have to do this!?" Mahiru asks with shaking rage.

"Well it's obvious, There's a reason you all need to kill each other." Monokuma was gonna say more, but he was cut off by Nekomaru, who lost patience.

"Hold On... You've been running your mouth for quite some time now.." He started by cracking his knuckles, "I don't want to get violent, but if I do, I have no idea what might happen."

Akane's eyes lit up "What? A fight!? Do I need to beat the crap outta that black and white bear?!"

Peko then unsheaved her bamboo sword "Who would dare try to kill? I'll put a stop to it, with force if necessary."

The three of them then approached Monokuma, and then I realized... they're going to die... they be 'punished' if they attack him, I won't let Monokuma do to them, what he did to Mukuro and almost to Mondo.

Ibuki then scolded Monokuma "If you keep saying stupid stuff, the athletes in our group are gonna lose their patience!"

"Wait! Don't attack him!" Unfortunately my cries to stop them feel on deaf ears.

"Ah, is that so? Well, I guess I expected this reaction, If you guys want to do this by force... then I'll have to fight back with a little force of my own." Monokuma says whilst turning his back to us.

"Force!? What are you gonna do!?" Usami started to panic.

"Surge... O gods who dwell between light and darkness... In accordance with our contract, I summon thee now... Come Forth Monobeasts!" Monokuma chanted.

The statue started to crack and break away, until Monokuma was surrounded by the Monobeasts.

I..I've seen a lot of ridiculous stuff in my life, but this!? This puts all of those to shame, he brought actual back up this time?

"Huh? Huh!?" Sonia was trembling at the sight of them.

"Wh-Why.... did the statue move!?" Mahiru looked like she was about to faint.

"That's no statue, their Monobeasts!" Monokuma cackles.

"M-M-M-M-Monster!!!!" Kazuichi screeched

"No! I just said thier Monobeasts!"

"Were they... there this entire time?" I ask myself

"No...This can't be... This is just... too weird." Mikan also looked like she was about to faint.

"Am I.... having a nightmare or something?" Fuyuhiko trembled, I guess even he's afraid of these....things.

"Kyhahahaha 'A nightmare' he says! He just admitted his brain's a total Flower patch." Hiyoko giggles

"Now's not the time to worry about that." I tell her

"Jeez... You guys sure are a sceptical bunch... If something doesn't fit with your narrow notions of common sense, you just deny it outright... How stupid, Ignorant cavemen are better than you all. Classifying events according to thier genre is a disease of the modern age." The bear monologues

"Everyone! Please stay back!" Usami orders "I-I will protect everyone! Even at the cost of my own life, I will protect everyone!"

Monokuma then gagged and vomited "Hurk!... Huh? What's this?... Blurgh Ugh... Ah I know! This is nausea, your sickly sweet sense of justice makes me wanna puke!" He then jumped on top of the Eagle Monobeast (Let's call it Monoeagle) "All right! It's decided, you'll be my example to everyone who doesn't understand!"

Monoeagle then loaded a gatling gun and at Monokuma's signal bullets started tearing through Usami's body making her stuffing fall out, before she eventually keels over. A bullet scrapes the side of my torso.

 "wah...Wah....WAH!!!!" Teruteru was the first to freak out.

"Wh-What is that!?" Byakuya says with a fear hidden in his voice.

"A blub-blub-blub... It's only the first stage and Usami is already dead..." Ibuki says whilst foaming at the mouth.

"I-Is that a Demon...? Or perhaps a weapon... from the future." Gundham says his first line since I met him.

"Monobeasts are dreadful weapons of destruction!" Monokuma laughs wildly after finishing Usami.

"D-Don't worry too much about Usami everyone... I'm positive that she has plenty of spares somewhere on the Island." I try to reassure them.... it doesn't work.

"Puhuhu... That's right, this is what I wanted, this feeling of Despair! Giving a example was totally the right call! Ahahahaha!" Monokuma boasts about Despair again.

"Also in addition to the Killing School Trip, I've already updated the E-Handbook, There, the rules for the Killing School Trip are already written, so you better read through them thoroughly, Ignorance of the rules is no excuse, well.. that's also true of any society really. Now then.... Enjoy the remainder of this liberating and harsh school Trip." Monokuma says before flying away on Monoeagle, then the Monorilla, Monotiger, Monosnake and Monohorse jump away from the park.

Mikan then walks up to me and I have her deal with my wound.

"Um...um, I-I just won't believe it... That's it... that's all there is to it.." Teruteru mutters, wanting to forget this ever happened.

Nekomaru spoke up next. "It'd be one thing if we were up against a human or even an animal... What the hell can we do against a monster like that!?"

"I-it's impossible... Why is something impossible happening?" Kazuichi says fighting back tears.

"Well... It's not really impossible.." Byakuya started, whilst trying to maintain his composure "Those Monobeasts or whatever thier called are machines, Thus Monokuma must be the same... meaning someone made them, and is controlling them."

"But... who could be responsible? Why were we put into this unexplainable situation?" Peko questioned.

"Hey! Who is it!? Who!?" Mahiru desperately asks

"Aha...haha...It could be anyone, it's not like I believe it anyway, there's no way I'd believe something like that." Teruteru mutters. " More importantly are you guys hungry? Let's stop thinking about this and get something to eat and out of this rain."

"You can eat first..." Chiaki says with sorrow.

"No matter how confused or upset you are, I don't mind. However remember this... I don't know who in the world is orchestrating this.. but we don't need to be cautious of those machines or even of whose controlling them..."

I then spoke up "They aren't the most dangerous things on the island right now... right now the most dangerous thing on the Island is... Ourselves..."

"The 17 of us are trapped on Jabberwock Island, with people most of us hasn't met for a whole day, and the only way out... is if one of us kills another."

Byakuya then finished the speech for me "That creates fear in our minds, and the desire to escape that hopeless fear...is our worst enemy."

We all then left Jabberwock Park as the rainstorm cleared up.

Mirai Restaurant

I then use my E-Handbook Deluxe to phone Future Foundation.

"Aria, something's just come up in the Neo World Program..." the actual Byakuya informs me.

"What's going on your end?" I ask.

"There seems to be a virus infiltrating the program, and unfortunately it's extremely difficult to enter or leave the program with this virus in there." Kyoko says.

"And on my end... the worst possible thing happened, Kyoko, Byakuya, Makoto, I wish I didn't want to say this but... He's back... Monokuma is back."

Prologue: Dangan Island, Huge Panic at the Heart Throbbing School Trip - END

Surviving Students - 17

Chapters

Dangan Island, Huge Panic at the Heart Throbbing School Trip - Clear

Destination Despair - Next

Sea and Punishment, Sin and Coconuts

Trapped by the Ocean's Scent

Do Ultimate Robots Dream of Clockwork?

Smile at Hope, in the Name of Despair

This is the End, Goodbye Academy of Despair

Chapter Text

Chapter 1

Destination Despair

Daily Life

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Night of the First Day - 9:55 PM 

I was inside my cottage after my talk with Future Foundation and I was reading the new rules Monokuma added.

Rule 5: Your Usami Strap is to stay with you at all times.

Rule 6: Once a murder takes place a Class Trial will begin shortly thereafter. Participation is mandatory for all surviving students.

Rule 7: If the blackened is exposed during the Class Trial they alone will be executed.

Rule 8: If the blackened is not exposed, the innocent students will be executed.

Rule 9: As a reward, the surviving blackened will be forgiven of thier crime and allowed to leave the Island.

Rule 10: The Body Discovery Announcement will play when three or more students discover a dead body for the first time.

Rule 11: Destroying any property on this Island without permission is expressly prohibited, this includes the Survalence Cameras and monitors.

Rule 12: You are free to investigate the Island at your own discretion, Your actions in this regard are not limited.

Last Rule: Any additional school rules may be added at the Headmaster's discretion.

So... those are the rules, damn I can't believe this is happening to me again. There are two other functions on my E-Handbook Deluxe. One is a alarm clock, I'll set to go off at 6:10 AM every morning, the other is a reset code.

I read the note of the reset code, 'If you input the same 5 digit code as the ruins, you'll reset the positions of everyone' Note - Only to be used for emergencies.

*Ding dong, ding dong*

The monitor then lit up reviling Monokuma, "Ahem, Hope's Peak Academy School Trip Executive Committee has an announcement to make, It is now 10:00 PM, nighttime can be confusing, and if you're out at night and accidentally meet a killer, then it sucks to be you, however if you're worried about that and can't sleep, then I've prepared a cottage for each of you, however before you go to sleep, I strongly recommend you lock your doors, you never know who could be planning to kill you, Phuhu sweet dreams."

So that's the night announcement, well I may as well sleep since there's no reason to go out.

Dawn of the Second Day - 6:10 AM

I woke up to my alarm that I set up, so once it went off, I got changed into my clothes. The reason I set my alarm to so early in the morning was so that I could go for a walk in the morning, so I went for a walk around the Central Island.

Centrico Plaza

I was just walking around and then I saw something strange. "GWHAA!" I saw the Monobeasts guarding a different bridge each. Monotiger guarding the Second Island, Monosnake for the Third, Monoeagle for the Fourth and the Fifth was guarded by Monohorse, which begs the question... where the heck is Monorilla?

"Do not engage Aria." I turn around to see Byakuya standing behind me. "I presume you were going on a walk as well Aria." He asks me.

"Yeah I was."

"Come with me, you need to see this, it's at Jabberwock Park so hurry over there." He tells me, so I naturally head over to Jabberwock Park.

Jabberwock Park

As soon as I step in the park I immediately notice the large black timer where the statue used to be.

"There's a timer here, something that wasn't there yesterday, in addition I saw Usami show up and she took out the Gorilla Monobeast, she never saw me though. How she destroyed one of those machines is a mystery for now." Byakuya explains.

"If I can ask, why'd you choose to tell me of all the students?" I ask.

"I chose to, simply because your already here, I'll be noting the other students later during breakfast. So can you come to the Mirai Restaurant? We'll discuss this with the rest of the class." Byakuya states.

Mirai Restaurant

It's 7:00 AM and everyone has gathered at the restaurant except...

"We're missing Hajime and Kazuichi." I noticed

Byakuya then talks "We can't afford to waste time like this, Peko can you do me a favour and get Hajime and Kazuichi."

"Understood, I'll go get them." Peko then left to bring Hajime and Kazuichi over to the restaurant, though she only returned with Hajime.

"You're late Hajime, and where is Kazuichi? I thought the two of you were together." Byakuya coldly asks.

"He ran away somewhere." Hajime briefly says.

"Huh? Where?" The Gymnast asked.

"Well, he pretty much said he was running... but I don't know where too..." Hajime thinks out loud.

"Running? But where?" Mikan timidly questions

"There's no where to run anyway, what a weirdo." Hiyoko giggles with playful malice.

"However, after what we witnessed yesterday, his behaviour is understandable." Nekomaru states.

"Eh? What do you mean? Did something happen yesterday? I don't remember anything happening and even if i did it looked totally fake anyway." Teruteru is still trying to deny everything that went wrong yesterday.

"So? Why have you gathered us all here?" Redhead Mahiru asks.

"Not yet! Not until Kazuichi arrives." Byakuya explains.

"Wait... that means the reason you told us to come here is..." Hajime started to talk, but Ibuki cut him off.

"Oui! Apparently Monsieur Byakuya has something to tell us." Ibuki explains some more.

"What could it be?" Peko thinks to herself.

"Obviously we're here to talk about our strategy for defeaten' those monster's!" Akane shouts getting ready to brawl.

"Th-There's no way we can fight those things... I mean... they have heavy weapons and stuff." Mikan says trying to talk Akane down from seriously injuring herself.

"ANYTHING IS POSSIBLE WITH A FIGHTING SPIRIT!!! Nekomaru bellowed.

"A bold boast.... however let me give you some advice." Gundham starts before posing like an anime character again with the Dark Devas "The truly strong do not raise their voice so recklessly."

"Hey! Hey! Let's just start talking already!" Hiyoko says getting more impatient by the second. "Hmph.... this is probably some lame excuse to make us feel better or something..."

"No it's a lot more important than you may think Hiyoko." I tell her

"Don't make me repeat myself... when everyone is here, then we can start talking." Byakuya states.

Mahiru finally lost her patience and her cool. "Ah! Geez! Fine I'll bring Kazuichi myself!"

"Then let me help you Mahiru, he may be difficult to restrain by yourself." I then moved out of the restaurant with Mahiru to find Kazuichi."

Tropical Resort

"Hajime said that he fled from the Hotel Grounds, so he should be close by." Mahiru deduced

"Okay then, let's search all over the First Island." I suggest.

I left to search for him in the Usami Corral, but unfortunately I wasn't able to find him there, so my next idea to search was the Rocketpunch Market.

"Ah! Aria just in time, I found Kazuichi, he was hiding at the supermarket." Mahiru says whilst dragging Kazuichi by his sleeves.

"Stop it!!! Don't pull there, you'll rip my sleeves off."

"Let me help you there." I then put one of Kazuichi's Arms over my shoulders and pick him up whilst Mahiru does the same on the other side.

"Finally, let's get you back to the restaurant Kazuichi, everyone else is there and we're waiting for you, Byakuya won't tell us what he wants to say until you're there." I explain.

"Please just put me down!!!!" Kazuichi whimpers.

Mirai Restaurant

"We're back everyone! Sorry it took a while, Kazuichi was a slippery one." I apologise.

"Hey! Straighten up a little more! Shouldn't a man like you be embarrassed to walk like that?!" Mahiru began insulting Kazuichi, a bit harshly though.

"S-s-Sorry..." Kazuichi mumbles whilst his head is down.

"Kyahahaha, Even though you look all flashy, you're actually a big coward! Are you gonna be okaaaaay? People like you are usually the first victim you know?" Hiyoko started to bully Kazuichi, but we're having no bullying on this Island.

"No Hiyoko! You don't get to bully him like that, I know we're all trapped in a Killing Game, but that's no excuse." I scold the Short Dancer.

"I-I just want to go home already!" Kazuichi shouts, I'm hoping he doesn't resort to murder, but I can't predict the futur-

*CRASH,CLATTER,BOOM*

"What was that?" I ask.

"Ahhh!" I hear Mikan scream from behind me, I turn around only to find her in a... compromising position.

"Oh no no no no no, I-I tr-tripped." Mikan panics.

I rush over to her and then I untangle the wires she tripped on before anyone can say anything about it.

"Let us never speak or think of that again! More importantly are you okay Mikan?" I ask the nurse.

"Ugh... My head is throbbing a little... but I'll be fine." She timidly says.

"She's beyond being a clumsy girl, that fall of her's was like a magic trick or something." Mahiru sweatdropped.

"Anyway, everyone's here now right? Then let's get going. Since *yawn* I'm getting sleepy." Classic Chiaki...

"You're right... Though I'm not quite ready to stop eating breakfast, I should begin my talk." Byakuya says.

I decided to eat breakfast whilst Byakuya was talking, because I haven't had mine yet, thanks to Kazuichi.

"First I have a question for you all. That Monokuma thing ordered us to kill each other, so under these strange circumstances, what do you think we need right now?" The fat progeny asks.

"Tch, who the fuck knows? Get to the point already!" Fuyuhiko barks clearly impatient.

"If you want me to get to the point, you better hurry up and answer my question first." Byakuya coldly states.

"What do we need? Food and sleep obviously, right?" Akane asks as she's still wolfing down on the food.

"No you forgot about shitting! Which means we need a good appetite, a good night's sleep, and a good shit!" Nekomaru says.

"That...uh...doesn't even sound close to what Byakuya wants..." I sweatdropped again.

"...Does anyone have a real answer?" Byakuya asks with annoyment in his voice.

"Could it be...a bond?" Nagito suggests.

"Bond?" Hajime asks with curiosity.

"This is what I believe... as long as the Ultimates work together, there's nothing we can't accomplish. You'll even be able to create a hope that can overcome any Despair, that's why... if we want to escape this Island, we need to promise each other that we'll work together." Nagito monologues with a hope inspiring speech.

"Wow! He said all of that with a straight face, how is he not embarrassed?" Hiyoko says with surprise.

"Ah... just as I figured, that was kind of lame huh?" Nagito says in defeat apparently.

"But you have a point Nagito..." Peko starts. "That must be why Monokuma is enforcing a rule that will cause us to be suspicious of each other."

"I see... that's a pretty good answer... Since it's impossible to face our enemy as individuals under these circumstances, it's better if we fight as a group..." Byakuya says with a small smile before straightening up "However, what we need to achieve that solidarity is not sonething as simple as a 'bond'."

"Then...what?" Nagito says whilst being baffled.

"What we need right now, is a disciplined leadership, provided by an unmistakable leader." Byakuya confirms.

"I see, even sport teams need captain's after all." Nekomaru says.

"Rejoice, I will accept the position." Quick to pick that aren't you Byakuya?

"Huh?" Hajime is confused.

"Now then, I'll wrap up this Introduction, and let's move onto the main question." Byakuya says

"Wait just a second!" Mahiru interjects.

"What is it?"

"What did you just say?! I don't care how you excuse it, you're being too forceful! Deciding to be the leader all on your own! And why does it have to be you anyway!?" Mahiru began arguing.

"Who Is more fit to lead other than me? I'm the Ultimate Affluent Progeny of the Togami household, destined to stand above all others." Byakuya countered.

Byakuya then suddenly talked again, "Though if you are concerned... then I suppose having a Vice Leader wouldn't hurt."

"Huh? A Vice Leader?" Mahiru perks her head up.

"Exactly, basically a secondary leader to go to should I be.... unavailable, in one way or another." Byakuya explains. "And out of the 16 of you... I think the person whose our most capable of being the Vice Leader is Aria." I perked my own head up at the sound of that.

"Huh? Why me?" I ask.

"Well, it's just that you seem more...aware of the whole Killing Game idea, infact when that bear first told us to kill each other, I heard you mutter 'Not Again'" Byakuya says.

"Ibuki did confirm that she overheard that." The Musician states.

"By chance Aria, did you Take part in a previous Killing Game?Byakuya asks me, well I guess there's no going back here... I'll admit to taking part in a past Killing Game, but I won't say which one.

"Yes...I did, this is actually my Second Killing Game." I admit, "Before coming to Hope's Peak Academy I was trapped in a game 2 years ago, I was one of only 7 survivors, we only reached that many survivors because the Mastermind's sidekick betrayed them." I am referring to my last Killing Game, but I said it was two years ago, which is true. But they lost about 4 years worth of memory, so they wouldn't know what actually happened.

"Th-That is..." Hajime stumbles clearly terrified.

"You...were trapped like that?" Sonia says.

"We're all in this situation now. So I would know good ways to survive." I say.

"It's decided then, I'm the Primary Leader and Aria is the Vice Leader." Byakuya states.

"Don't worry, as long as we're the leaders, we won't let there be a single victim. We will guide you all, that much we promise." Byakuya says.

"Kyaaa! So reliable!" Ibuki squeals.

"Now then... let's move to the topic at hand, for real this time. I have something to show to everyone." Byakuya starts.

"Something to show us?" Hajime questions

"It's at Jabberwock Park, at the central Island, come! Follow me." Byakuya says whilst stomping away.

"Geez we may have made a mistake in choosing him as the Primary Leader!" Mahiru groans.

"We didn't pick, he chose for himself." I reminded Mahiru.

Jabberwock Park

"For skinny people your awfully slow!" Byakuya complains.

"It seems... you are just too fast for us." Sonia says.

"Jeez, I never expected a fatso like him to run so fast!" Kazuichi says, which is a good point I wouldn't mistake him for the fast side.

"So everyone, can you please turn your attention to the black round item that was where the statue was?" I ask

The others then look at the item and are startled by it suddenly being here.

"It's saying that there are 21 days left on this timer." I say.

"It's....counting down." .....You only just noticed now Hajime?

"Was this here, when we were here yesterday?" Mahiru asks.

"No, I'm pretty sure it wasn't." Nekomaru answers.

"Aria and I saw it this morning, when I was investigating the Island again in my case and when Aria was going on a walk in her case. It's unknown, when this was actually placed here." Byakuya explains how we found it.

"Monokuma must have placed this object. But what does this countdown even mean?" Peko ponders.

"No clue." Ibuki admits

"Once again something has appeared that I do not understand, but it's got nothing to do with me. Because I refuse to believe that this is happening." Teruteru states, he just flat out isn't listening.

"Could it be? It better not be a bomb!" Nekomaru guesses.

"A b-b-boooooooommmmb!!!???" Kazuichi really freaked out at that.

"If they wanted to blow up the Island, they would have done it by now. There's no need for a countdown." Byakuya says to calm Kazuichi down.

"Then...what are they counting down?" Mikan asks.

"It's a mystery." Akane states.

"A mysterious mystery right?" Usami says- wait a minute, Usami!?

"Kyha!" Sonia cried out as everyone was startled by Usami's sudden appearance.

"Kyaaah!" Usami replied back.

"U-Usami!?" Hajime says with shock.

"Wh-Why are you here?!" Mahiru panicked.

"I heard everyone talking whilst I was patrolling, so I came over." Usami explained.

"No not that, didn't Monokuma kill you?" Ibuki clarified whilst twiddling with her fingers.

"Ah,so that's why you're surprised? Don't worry about that, after all I can never die." Usami explained.

"I see... you must be an undead abomination, risen from the foulest depths of the Netherworld by Black Magic... *gasp* Do you want me to make you my thrall!?" Gundham asked in his own Gundham way.

"Usami's a mechanical Stuffed Animal right? Doesn't that mean she can't die in the first place?" Chiaki questioned.

"Yeah, I did say that she would have a couple of spares." I remind everyone.

'"A Spare' What a mean to say." Usami tears up.

"Ah! I meant nothing bad by it of course." I apologise to Usami.

"Since you've arrived at the perfect time. There's something I want to ask you." Byakuya then pointed to the timer for Usami. "What is the meaning behind this timer and countdown?" 

"Ha-wa-wa! What is this? Uh-Uh I'm sorry I have no idea what this is." Usami admits.

"You really don't know." Peko asks.

"I'm sorry... I don't really have a grasp as to what Monokuma is planning."

"You don't know even though your Monokuma's Little Sister?" Hiyoko asks.

"I am not my brother's little sister!" Usami objected, wait did she choose to play along or not? "Anyways let's all do our best! Let's kick the evil Monokuma off this Island."

"If you don't know what this countdown's for then you're useless to us, get lost." Byakuya spat out.

"U-um...let's....together..."

"I said Get Lost!" Byakuya snapped.

"Kyha! I'm sorry!" Usami says before running away in tears... Do robots cry or is that considered, as the kids say it now, robophobic?

"Umm maybe you're being too harsh... I'm starting to feel sorry for it." Sonia states.

"Miss Sonia, there's no need to feel sorry for that Stuffed Animal! She's obviously working with Monokuma!" Kazuichi protested.

"Who the fuck cares about that Stuffed Animal!? More importantly, what the hell's with that clock.?" Fuyuhiko asks.

"Looks ominous, doesn't it? Who put that object there and how did they do it in one night?" Byakuya questioned

"Hmm, I can't imagine.." Hajime says out loud.

"Which means it doesn't make any sense! Also it's deadly." Teruteru thought.

"If it was deadly I'm pretty sure Monokuma would've said something." I tell him.

"However, that's not all that's unimaginable. This Island is full of mystery's that we can't even begin to imagine, for example, how were the seventeen of us brought to this Island?" Byakuya starts.

"I wasn't trying to think about it since it's been bugging me too, but...he's right, that is a mystery." Kazuichi says.

"There's more.." Byakuya continued "Why is Jabberwock Island, which was known for being a popular resort destination, now an uninhabited island? There are no signs of tourists or even citizens on this Island.... Is something like that even possible?"

"All civilisations are destined to collapse, nothing begets existence, and existence begets to nothing" Gundham suggests.

"So it collapsed!?" Mikan says shocked.

"Society is much like fruit. Once it matures it is inevitable that it will eventually rot. As the economy grows, the private sector as elders and bureaucrats become more and more powerful... And as time passes, this power becomes the status quo, and crushes the seeds of any possible reformation... such is a sad trend. Sonia says with her knowledge.

"Mmm I don't really understand all that... but I feel like the situation here is somewhat different." Mahiru says with a confused look.

"Maybe the Monobeasts killed everyone on this Island? Hiyoko suggests.

"And that's how it became uninhabited?" Nekomaru says.

"That could be a possibility yes, but we'll never know for sure." I say... now I do know the actual reason why Jabberwock Island is uninhabited, but let's not accidentally say that out loud.

"Grrrrr! It's like everything here is just full of mystery's". Ibuki said.

"Filled with them, A cipher wrapped in a enigma, smothered in super secret sauce." I chime in.

"You're right, it's mystery's on top of mystery's." Byakuya starts "However since these mysteries are overlapping with one another, I doubt some no-named group is behind all of this."

"What are you trying to say?" Hajime asks.

"He's saying that an big organisation could be the Mastermind's behind our situation." I say

"Right once again Aria, some enormous organization must be behind all of this." Byakuya says.

"Enormous..Organisation?" Mikan parroted

"Usami, Monokuma and the Monobeasts... they're all machines that require major technical skill to operate." Byakuya explains

"Plus they need a ton of funding, and there's no way those were made just for the hell of it!" Kazuichi adds.

"That organisation might be controlling those machines in monitoring the Island with those cameras." Byakuya deduced

"Could those fiends really be hiding on this Island?" Peko asks

"Not likely, There probably running this from somewhere else, somewhere safe." Byakuya includes

"Where would that be?" Nekomaru asks.

"We have no idea at the moment, they could be anywhere." I say.

"There's no mistake that an enormous organisation is behind this." Byakuya states

"A big organisation huh? I can't imagine what kinda people they could be." Akane thinks

"Well, let's see... There's my Togami Corporation, Sonia's Novoselic Kingdom... and the Kuzuryu Clan. It would definitely have to be an organisation as powerful as one of those groups, if not more so." Byakuya explains.

"Huh?!" Sonia gasps Suprised that she would end up as a suspect.

"I'm used to being distrusted, do what you will." Fuyuhiko says.

"Hold On! I don't care about you or the Kuzuryu Clan, but I won't allow you to doubt Miss Sonia!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Wha-?!" I gasp in shock, he already found someone to love?

"Miss Sonia is a hot blonde princess! There's a sharp distinction between you punks and her." Kazuichi continued to snap. You're such a bloody simp Kazuichi.

"Yeah, yeah just shut up already you loser." Hiyoko giggles.

"L-Loser! Are you talking about me!?" Kazuichi babbled.

"It's obvious from your flashy clothes that you just want to stand out because your actually a loser." Hiyoko my god... "Hehe, it must be hard to make your living in the Lame-Ass-Loser industry." She said with a tone of joy and hatred.

I then elbow in the gut. "Can you not make such rude remarks, your just as vulnerable as he is."

Hiyoko kept silent after that.

"Hey Byakuya, were you serious? About this being related to your family and Sonia's and such?" Hajime asks him.

"I'm just using them as an example. I'm not saying that they have anything to do with this." He says. To be fair two of the three have collapsed by now, I know the real Byakuya is trying to restore the Togami family.

"But...you're certain we're up against an huge organisation, right?" Hajime asks him.

"Even if such an organisation exists... why would they make us go through something like this?" Peko asks.

"Whatever, how long are we gonna keep talking about this? Why don't we talk about something more realistic?" Teruteru asks.

"Because your just desperate to deny anything that you don't understand." I say.

"Our enemy's purpose is still unknown... as long as we find out whoever's behind this, we'll learn thier purpose. So what we must do is find out who our enemy is, if we do that we'll be much closer to a breakthrough. Luckily according to the E-Handbook, we are free to explore the Island, there'll definitely be a clue about the enemy somewhere on this Island. Let's start looking." Byakuya ordered 

"All right! Let's get this crap done... Uh what are we looking for?" I then face palmed, you really need to pay attention Akane. 

"Akane, were you even listening? We need to find clues that will tell us who the enemy is." Mahiru told Akane.

"No matter how large this organisation might be... they will not be able to stand against us. They are destined to burn and turn to ash against my Four Dark Devas of Destruction!" Gundham says whilst posing like an anime character again.

Wow! Hamsters just came out of your scarf. Tee hee there so adorable." Sonia squeed at the sight of the Dark Devas.

"A-Adorable you say!?" Gundham then hid in his scarf blushing "Th-Thank you."

"You're pretty happy about that, huh?" Ibuki points out.

"Look at that guy... talking to Miss Sonia all casually... I'm gonna bear the crap outta him later." Kazuichi mumbles blatantly jealous at Gundham.

"Anyway, let me just say this." Byakuya says trying to get back on topic "There's no time, to think about something as foolish as Killing each other. You must do what you have to do. Observe, speculate, recognize, comprehend. Even if it seems impossible... just persevere. But most importantly follow my lead, and Aria's too, we'll make sure to return you to your normal lives. This is your leaders orders. Understand?" I still can't believe Byakuya made me the Vice Leader, but I guess it's more of a back up.

"Uhaha! That's like Totally awesome!" Ibuki squeals.

"That right hand of his is soooo plump, I've got the perfect nickname for him, Ham Hands!" Hiyoko says joyfully.

"H-Ham Hands you say!?" Byakuya then put his head down. "Hmph.. I'd never thought I'd see the day when someone called me something like that."

"Why...aren't you getting mad?" Hajime asks him

"Why would I get mad at something as petty as that? She's observed me directly and thought up a nickname, There's nothing dishonest about a name like that... perhaps I've always yearned for this.. Though it may seem ironic for me to realise that in this particular situation." Byakuya monologues

He then realized what was happening and regained his composure. "Don't worry about it, I was just talking to myself."

"All right then, we should listen to Byakuya and not waste our energy thinking about pointless things. It's true we're not in the best situation, but it's also not the worst. Because we're not alone, We have friends we can count on to support each other." Nagito monologues aswell.

"Seriously!? That sounds so lame." Hiyoko complains.

"Ahaha, I knew it, I was thinking to myself just how lame I sounded for saying that." 

"Please don't blame yourself Nagito..." I say.

We all then went back to the Hotel Grounds thinking what we should do.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

What to do, what to do...

*ding, dong*

"It's open." I say

The person who ringed the doorbell then came in and it was...

Chapter Text

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

What to do, what to do...

*ding, dong*

"It's open." I say

The person who ringed the doorbell then came in and it was...

"Yahoooo! Hey Aria, want to go out on a walk? Just Peko, you and Ibuki!" It was Ibuki, because of course it is, she's my best friend after all.

"Oh it's you Ibuki, well I guess the three of us can go for a walk... You didn't invite Teruteru, Fuyuhiko or to a lesser extent, Hiyoko right?" I ask cautiously.

"Nope! Just the three of us." Thank god for that, Ibuki is my best friend and Peko... if I wasn't straight I'd so have a crush on her.

"C'mon let's go!" Ibuki then grabbed my arm and dragged me to the front door of the Hotel Grounds.

Tropical Resort

"Ah, Aria it's nice to see you again." Peko greets.

"Yeah... so then let's have our walk.." I say.

We walked around the Tropical Resort for a while doing a couple of laps.

"Say Aria, Ibuki was really sad when you didn't come swimming with us on the First Step Beach yesterday." The Musician notes.

"I wish I could've joined you both, but sadly I can't swim, I was never good at it... though I suppose I never learned." I explain

"Well...In case something like this happens again later... do you want to know how to swim?" Peko asks.

"Oh! You'd... be willing to teach me Peko? I saw you swimming earlier at the Beach and you were really good at it, you really would teach me?" I ask the Swordswoman.

"Of course, just in case we have Events like this planned in the future." Peko explains

"Yay! Thank you Peko! So... what should our swimming schedule be?" I questioned.

"Let's see... starting from tomorrow we'll swim for one hour from 2:30 PM to 3:30 PM, under your orders as the Vice Leader, I will not miss or skip a single lesson, no exceptions." Peko stated with a sharp tone of voice.

"Thee-hee-hee, Ibuki is excited to see Aria and Peko get along! *gasp* Ibuki just realized, we need to get swimwear! We're right in front of the supermarket." Ibuki joyfully squeals.

"Yeah.. we might aswell since we're here." I say.

Rocketpunch Market

The three of us went inside the Rocketpunch Market to purchase swimwear, there was a changing room we could use to try them on.

"Alright Peko, are you done changing in there?"

"Yes, I just finished." Peko came out of the changing room wearing a black bikini "How does it look on me?"

"Looks good, no I'd say that's perfect on you." I praised.

"And your body too.." Ibuki started, staring at Peko's body "Young Ladies sure are well endowed nowadays, is that a challenge against all the women in the world? Fine Ibuki accepts that challenge with the power of technology, time to pump these puppies full of silicone!" Ibuki appeared to be very challenged by Peko's bust size.

"Don't say such asinine things." Peko states

"Now's not the time to say things like that Ibuki, Teruteru would flood the island with a nosebleed if he overheard this." I tell her "Let me try mine on." I went into the changing room and changed into my bikini I set my eyes on. When I went out Peko and Ibuki examined the cyan bikini I was wearing.

"Uwah! Aria looks soooo cute in a bikini." Ibuki gleed.

"It certainly fits you." Peko said whilst smiling, an actual rarity.

"Thank you, now it's your turn Ibuki." I told the Musician.

Ibuki then went into the changing room and after a few minutes, she came out wearing a pink bikini with a star pattern. "How does Ibuki look?" She asks.

"That certainly suits you." Peko states

"That's probably the best one that matches you Ibuki." I say.

"Yay! Ibuki is happy! Let's go and purchase them."

We then changed back to our normal clothes and then Usami told us that the only things in the supermarket that require money are what's in the Monomono Machine.

"Alright, now that we've got what we need, we'll be ready for your swimming lessons starting tomorrow." Peko says.

"Alright then, I'm looking forward to it." I tell her.

"Hm? Ibuki hears voices, they're coming from... First Step Beach." Ibuki then dragged Peko and my arms over to the beach, just in time to hear a perverted comment from Teruteru, who was with Kazuichi and Hajime.

First Step Beach

"Grrr, I've got a gaggle of goosebumps all over my skin! Honkhonkhonkhonk!" Ibuki said whilst sneaking up on the trio.

"Uwahh!" Kazuichi was startled by the sudden appearance of Ibuki.

"I-Ibuki! When did you-" Hajime was about to ask Ibuki where she came from but Ibuki answered before she could finish.

"I just got here! I was shopping and going on a walk with Aria and Peko whilst holding thier hands when I heard you guys." Ibuki explains.

"We.. weren't holding hands..." Peko cleared up.

"She just grabbed our arms and dragged us over here when she heard you guys." I tell the boys.

"Hngh, Hngh... Yes I see it-" Teruteru started but knowing what he was gonna say I quickly cut him off. "Don't you even finish that sentence, unless you want another kick to the 'planets' Teruteru!"

"Soooo, what are you boys doing around this coconut tree?" I ask

"Well....we really want to split open this coconut so we can drink the juice inside of it." Kazuichi explains.

"I see.... Hajime, let me burrow that Replica Sword of yours." Peko requested the talentless student.

"O-Okay." Hajime then lent the Replica Sword over to Peko.

"It's best you all stand back, I'm going to hit the tree with the sword, then when the Coconuts fall, I'll quickly cut each one in half." Peko explains.

Hey, Hey! If you split them open like that the juice won't just spill out it'll splatter all over us." Kazuichi points out.

"I won't make such a mistake, I've been practicing with swords for a long time." Peko states.

"Kyaaaah! Sooooo coooool! I might just fall in love with those quiet words of yours!" Ibuki squeals once more.

Peko then did her trick, she hit the tree with a swing of the sword, then one coconut fell down as it was loose, Peko then sliced it in a way that the juice would not spill before Ibuki and Hajime caught the half's.

"Yahoo! Great success Peko!" Ibuki cheered

"Once again I have cut a worthless object..." Peko badassly boasts.

"Sooooo, boys how does the coconut juice taste?" I ask.

"IT'S SO YUMMY!" Kazuichi yells.

"Geh-heh, the smell is to die for, and it's perfectly ripe! It tastes like the Kalakaua Road at night!" I'm not sure if you should be tasting a road anyways Teruteru.

"So wait, that means it's tasty?" I ask.

"Yeah! It's so good it makes all the coconut juice I've drank till now seem like a total sham." The chef explains.

"Then Ibuki's gonna have some too! You too Aria, and Peko!"

"Oh! Thanks." I then drank some from the coconut itself, and it was really good.

"No thanks.." Peko declined, but we all insisted she has some.

"Please, drink some. We wouldn't have been able to enjoy such tasty juice if it wasn't for you." Hajime says trying to convince Peko to drink coconut juice.

"That's Right! I finally got to taste this Tropical Island sensations! Seriously, Thanks Peko." Kazuichi thanks the Swordswoman.

"Mhmhmhm, I'm even starting to come up with a new coconut recipe in my mind, When it's finished, it'd be nice if Miss Peko could sample my dish." Please tell me that's genuine of Teruteru and not an excuse to see Peko's black thong.

"You're all just exaggerating, I only did what I could. But if you're all enjoying yourselves because of that... then I'm truly glad." Peko said with a faint smile on her face.

The six of us talked on the beach for a while, then we went back... but not before Hajime wanted to talk to me.

Mechanic Fragment 2 Obtained

Swordswoman Fragment 2 Obtained

Chef Fragment 2 Obtained

??? Fragment 2 Obtained

Musician Fragment 2 Obtained

"So, what did you want to talk to me about Hajime?"

"Well, I just wanted to give you this before we leave, it was something I got from the Monomono Machine earlier." Hajime then lends to me a Notebook and Pen. "You can write what happens in each day in here." Hajime explains.

"Ah Thank You Hajime." I say, we left the beach and back to our own cottages.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Night of the Second Day - 20 Days Left

*ding dong, ding dong*

"Ugh! What does he want now."

"Ahem, Hope's Peak Academy School Trip Executive Committee has an announcement to make. Hello everyone, the fun time you've been waiting for is about to begin! I wonder what festivities await you? Oops, better not ruin the surprise! It was a little meh at first, but anyway, please assemble at Jabberwock Park!" Monokuma said through his announcement.

"Ohhh boy! Knowing Monokuma, he's probably gathering us all over there to give us all a motive. I better not keep him waiting." I then rush over to...

Jabberwock Park

Apparently I'm not the last one, Hajime hasn't shown up, but he finally arrived after a while.

"Once again your late, Did you lose your nerve?" Byakuya questioned Hajime who was late again. "Anyway, it seems everyone is here now."

"Ugh! What is it this time? So friggin annoying." Kazuichi grunts.

"Then you shouldn't have come." Fuyuhiko mutters.

"Well... I mean, I don't know what will happen to me if I don't come." Kazuichi points out.

"Heh! Since none of us know what'll happen, maybe you should be the one to test that out." Fuyuhiko smirked.

"Hey! You talk like your tough, wiseguy, but you wouldn't be here unless you were scared too!" Mahiru calls him out.

"WHAT!!??" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"I guess even a big bad Yakuza such as yourself must've been scared at that monster too huh?" Mahiru said, mocking Fuyuhiko in the process, never a good idea to mock the Yakuza.

"What the fuck did you just say!?" Fuyuhiko's anger switch was absolutely switched on at the sound of that.

"S-Stop it you two. Fighting amongst friends isn't good!" Nagito said trying to calm the fight down, though it unfortunately had the opposite effect.

"What did you just say! 'Friend'? I'm not your friend, dumbass! When did I ever become friends with you bastards?" Fuyuhiko shouted.

"Eh?" Hajime looked nervous.

"Hmph... Let me make it perfectly clear.... I can do it you know!" Wait...is he....is he serious?

"Huh?" Teruteru panicked at the sound of that.

"Y-You.... What did you just say!?" Mahiru said with a combination of anger and nervousness.

"Oh? You didn't hear me? Then I'll repeat myself once just for you. I said "I can do it!"" Fuyuhiko repeated

"Hey..Fuyuhiko, why don't you just calm down a bit?" Hajime said pleading to shut the Yakuza up.

"Don't talk to me like were friends or something! I live in a completely different world than you bastards, Kill or be Killed, that's the kind of world I live in. Heh, the current rules makes more sense to me than that Play nice and get along crap." He grunted.

"If you don't stop it right now I'm going to get seriously angry!" Mahiru yelled at Fuyuhiko.

"Don't treat me like a kid, bitch!" He countered back.

"Just stop already.... this kind of fighting will not get us anywhere." Peko states.

"Shut the hell up! There's no way I'm dealing with this Kumbaya crap! If any of you guys wanna die, step forward, I'll fucking kill you right now!" Fuyuhiko yelled even louder.

"That's enough, there's no point Killing anyone here." I tell him.

"What'd you say motherfucker!?"

"Listen, if you killed someone right here, right now, we'd all be witnesses to the crime, and everyone would know you would be the killer, and as Monokuma said, if you fail to get away with murder, you'd be executed, so if you wanna die right now, then kill one of us right here! And you'll die aswell. Besides I already agreed to Byakuya that no one will die." I tell him.

Fuyuhiko was about to yell at me again, but Byakuya spoke up before he could.

"That's enough!"

"Huh?"

"Aria I appreciate you talking some sense into him." "As for you Fuyuhiko, I understand what you're saying. I do not intend to dismiss your feelings. There was a time where I also thought the same way as you." Byakuya monologues

"Are you treating me like a kid too!?" Fuyuhiko shouts again.

"But what would reckless killing accomplish? If you fail to get away with it, you'll be executed just like Aria said. Or perhaps... that's what you really want? If so you're only Killing yourself to run away from this predicament, that's what a child would do." Byakuya says.

"Wh-what did you say!" Fuyuhiko started to calm down a bit.

Listen! So long as we're here, Aria and I will not let any of you die! We will not let any of you become a victim! And that goes for you too Fuyuhiko! We won't let you die!" Byakuya shouted.

"Wh-what the hell! Everything you're saying, it's all empty promises!" Fuyuhiko said calmly.

"It's my true words would ring hollow if anyone else spoke them... but I am Byakuya Togami! And I am destined to bring these promises to fruition!" Byakuya said.

"Yowza! He's so cool!" Ibuki praised.

"Heh.. I don't care what you say.. I'm gonna do whatever I feel like." Fuyuhiko finally calmed down.

"Do what you will. However remember what I said earlier. Aria and I will not let any of you become a victim, That is the duty we've appointed ourselves." Byakuya says.

"Tch." Fuyuhiko looked away.

Monokuma then appeared wearing a suit... well this a first, Monokuma actually wearing clothes. "Umm..."

"Uwahhh!" Hajime and Kazuichi yelpped in unison.

"It looked like you guys were arguing so I wasn't sure when to actually show up. It looks like I showed up at an awkward time." Monokuma says.

"...Why....are you dressed like that?" Chiaki asked him.

"Oh! I didn't mention it in my recent broadcast? It's my costume for the fun time!" Monokuma cheered.

"Oh.. don't tell me you're going to...." Peko started.

"Since we're on a Tropical Island, I'm here to do my two-man comedy routine." Monokuma explains.

"Wh-Why does it matter that we're on a Tropical Island?" Mikan asked, only to be ignored.

"But... can you do a two-man comedy routine all by yourself?" Sonia asks.

"Of course not. That's why I brought my partner." Monokuma says, pulling Usami into the picture who was wearing a frilly pink dress.

"Hmm, that figures." Nekomaru said whilst picking his nose.

"Now then, without further ado, I'm pleased to present Monokuma's Side-Splitting Live Two-Man Comedy Show!" The bear announces the start of the show.

"Huh? I didn't hear anything about this! Are you telling me I have to improvise?" Usami says.

"I'm speechless.." Gundham bluntly said.

The show was starting and Monokuma and Usami were on the stage.

"Hellooooooo! I'm Monokuma!"

"Um, I'm Usami..."

"And together we're the Monokumas!" They both said that one simultaneously.

"Now I know it's sudden, but I guess I should show you guys my amazing mind reading ability!" Monokuma cheered.

"Eh? You can read minds?" Usami says.

"As a practice I'll guess your favourite food, hm your favourite food is..." Monokuma started stroking his... chin I guess.

"You can do it! It's obvious what Rabbits like." Usami cheers.

"Ca...."

"That's right."

"...davers!" Monokuma guessed

"I'd never eat a dead body!" Usami cries out.

"Now then...Usami's next! C'mon do a short skit or something!" Monokuma said.

"Wh-what? There's no way I can do that!?" Usami cries out.

"No worries, it's all good. I know a technique to summon the God of Comedy." The show's decent so far...

"Soooo. Which one do you think is better? Taking blood while your still alive, or after you're already dead?" Monokuma asked.

"Why would you ask such a cruel question?" Usami sweated.

"If I'm gonna summon the Comediety, then I'll need alot of blood." Monokuma explains.

"So a god of comedy wants blood..." Usami trailed off.

"Hngh! Pretty Please.." Monokuma started to make a cutesy face.

"No matter how charmingly you ask, there's no way I'll let you take my blood." Usami shrieks.

"You're always so quick to make a scary face Usami." Monokuma then looked at all of us. "You guys better be careful too..Ya know, since Usami's actually a bad guy. She's as bad as the first villain the hero fights in a teen manga." And here it comes I know this is where he announces a motive.

"There always the underdog!" Usami cried out.

"Believe me, it's a fact that Usami's a villain. I'll let you all in on a little secret of hers. Usami went out of her way to erase your memories." Monokuma grinned.

"Say what? Wait huh?"

"You guys don't remember how you came to this Island right? Well that's because Usami took your memories away." Monokuma explains, so that's his motive? It won't have any effect on me and Chiaki, but everyone else...

"Wh-what are you saying all of a sudden!?" Usami cries out.

"But wait! There's more, She didn't just steal your boring memories, like how you guys got to this Island. She completely took away your memories of the years you spent inside Hope's Peak Academy! What a shocker!" Monokuma kept talking.

"Ha-wa-wa!"

"Phew... I fell great now that I've shared that with you. Seriously memory loss plots are so old hat nowadays. Only a total hack would wait until the very end of the story to reveal a cliched twist like that." Speak for yourself Monokuma.

"P-Please Stop!"

"Puhuhu, wasn't that a huge surprise? In truth, you guys aren't freshmen students at all. You guys just thought you were because you lost all of your school memories! Quick someone get a plagiarist because I feel like I've heard this story before!" Monokuma said in a mocking tone, likely towards me.

"S-Seriously! This is bad in so many ways!"

Monokuma then punched Usami in the face.

"I'm through dealing with you!" Monokuma chillingly stated.

Everyone fell silent, with thier mouths open.

"Huh?" And of course Hajime broke it.

"Wh-What did he mean?" Nagito asked.

Monokuma then stripped off his costume, going back to his normal self, "So how was it? Was it funny? Or was the comedy too high-brow for you?"

"It was good until the Memory Loss thing." I review.

"Hey..what were you saying just now?" Byakuya questioned.

"What was I saying just now? Oh, you mean when I said that your school memories were stolen?" Monokuma said.

"Aha..hahaha there's no way... Cause I entered Hope's Peak Academy, and then I was brought to this Island right away..." Ibuki said whilst she's twiddling with her fingers.

"That's because that how you remember it! All thanks to Usami stealing your school memories." Monokuma explains.

"Wh-what are you saying!? That's impossible!" Hajime shouts.

"Man.. how many years has it been since you guys first entered Hope's Peak Academy? I wonder what happened to your friends and family, They're probably worried sick about you...maybe." Monokuma says in a taunting tone.

"Our School memories were stolen!? That's ridiculous!" Nekomaru shouts.

"That's right! There's no way I have memory loss!" Kazuichi snapped.

Usami showed up without her dress, "D-Don't listen to what he says!" She tried to get us to ignore Monokuma but we couldn't.

"Blub-blub-blub-blub...Limit....breached.." Ibuki said whilst foaming at the mouth.

"I refuse to believe such a thing, yep, everything's okay....I don't believe it." Teruteru refuses to believe again, though this time makes sense in thier view.

"Y-Your lying right? Stealing our memories...that's a lie right? You're trying to make fools of us..right?" Mikan said timidly.

"Nope, it's not a lie. If it was a lie, then how do you explain this? The moment you all arrived in Hope's Peak Academy, you all experienced a strange dizziness." Monokuma chuckles.

"Wha- H-How do you know about that?" Hajime asks nervously.

"That was the cut-off point Hajime, our memories were removed from that point." I explain.

"Correct!" Monokuma cheered.

"Wh-what the hell!?" Hajime shouts.

"So....a long time has passed since then?" Mikan says.

"Impossible! There's no way!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"On the contrary, why is it impossible." Monokuma asks.

"Whether or not it's possible... there's no way we can believe it." Nagito says.

"You just don't want to believe it right? But don't worry... I'm a generous guy." Tch the hell you are. "I can give you your memories back." Monokuma says.

"Huh?" Usami and I exclaim in unison.

"However, there's a catch..."

"Don't tell me..the catch is..." Chiaki says with a serious face.

"Phuhuhu, figured it out yet? That's right you guys have to kill each other! That's my bargaining point!" Monokuma laughs.

"Ha-wa-wa!"

"Hey..stop runnin' your mouth.." Akane says with a pissed off look.

"My my, why so angry? I'm just providing you all a motive from the bottom of my big, generous heart! Otherwise you cowards wouldn't get any Killing done! Well that's not your fault. Humans are natural born cowards. They even cry after their mom squeezes them out, That's why I'm giving you a motive. Think of it as an excuse to commit your future crimes." Monokuma explains.

"S-stop this at once! Do you really think your delusional rambling will convince us to commit murder?" Byakuya asks.

"I don't even believe that memory loss crap in the first place!" Mahiru yelled.

"But more than that... what you guys really don't believe in is each other right?" Monokuma asked.

"Wh-what do you mean?" Mahiru asks with a shaky voice.

"You guys don't know each other. Which means... none of you realise that there's Two Traitors hiding amongst you, right?" Monokuma dropped the bombshell on all of us, myself included.

"TWO!?" I say

"Hey.. why are there seventeen of you? If a total of Fifteen students from Hope's Peak Academy were arranged to come to this Island...that's right! There's probably Two Traitors I don't even know hiding amongst the group....just kidding!" He's likely referring to me and Chiaki, we're the only two that aren't Remnants of Despair.

"Wh-what are you saying? All this shit about Traitors doesn't make any sense." Fuyuhiko grunts.

"It's obviously nonsense." Peko states.

"How can you guys be so sure? You don't know anything about each other. Therefore, if someone is planning to kill... you'll never know because you guys are just strangers to each other.

"But seriously, those traitors though, playing friends with you all, only to stab you in the back, so you'd better find both of them, before one or both of them kill you! Phuhuhuhu!" Monokuma then left, leaving everyone in a state of shock and paranoia.

"Is it true... are there really Two Traitors among us? Ah! I'm not one of them! I know I may look suspicious! But I'm not one of them!" Mikan freaks out.

"Who are you two? Hurry up and reveal yourselves, you're both making it worse by staying silent!" Nekomaru demanded.

I wish I could reveal myself, but I don't want to risk the possibility of everyone turning on me.

"Just stop... there's no way there's Two Traitors. There's no way, it's pointless to even discuss something so foolish." Byakuya states.

"Th-That's right.. I don't believe it... because there's no way I can believe it, there's no reason in the first place to believe it." Teruteru mutters about that again.

"Usami... you would know." Peko asked the rabbit.

"Huh?"

"Is what Monokuma said true? About our memory loss and both traitors?" Peko questioned.

"Um...I mean... Everyone needs to look to the future, that's why... you shouldn't look back to the past, Keep your eyes fixed on the future! Let's do our very best." Usami then ran away.

"That didn't even give us any hints." I sweatdropped.

"Hmph... how ridiculous... memory loss, two Traitors... it's completely fictional... I can't deal with this bullshit man." Fuyuhiko mumbles angrily.

The night time announcement then played, as we were told we should return to our rooms for the night.

"Hey, what should we do?" Chiaki asks.

"It's better if we call it a night here. We should try and get some sleep, and try to keep our minds calm." Byakuya says.

"I guess, you're probably right." Chiaki yawns.

"We should all meet up at the restaurant tomorrow and discuss what should plan." I say.

"Just so you know, do not think about unnecessary things, This is your leaders orders." Byakuya says.

"How troubling, I think the saying goes 'I am frightened so stiff'" Sonia says.

We all then went back to our cottages after that.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage.

Well, this is troubling... I'm probably gonna be a target once someone finds out I'm one of the Traitors... tomorrow's gonna be a busy day that's for sure.

I then fall asleep and start dreaming.

Chapter Text

Dawn of the Third Day - 20 Days Left

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

My E-Handbook Deluxe alarm went off... it's 6:10 AM, So I naturally get ready for the morning, and then I step outside, only to find my mailbox glowing indicating that I've got mail.

Hotel Grounds

I open it and read the note, and the words on it ran my blood cold.

BE CAREFUL!

The first kill will happen tonight.

Someone will definitely kill someone.

What the... is this a murder warning?

"So you got a similar warning aswell Aria?" A voice sounds from behind me. I turn around only to see Byakuya there.

"Yeah... wait, did you get a murder warning aswell Byakuya?" I ask.

"Indeed, please look at this." Byakuya then hands me a note.... on the note were the exact same words that was on my note.

"I think if we both got these... We could assume that someone is planning a murder. It's likely that yesterday's.... performance has driven someone to kill." Byakuya states.

"Isn't there anything we could do to stop the murder?" I ask.

"I plan on throwing a party tonight, if we keep everyone in one place everyone can keep tabs on each other." Byakuya explains.

"That sounds like a good idea, we should also prepare a safety measure, to make sure no one brings any dangerous items." I suggest.

"Indeed, we'll discuss this with everyone else in the restaurant, now come on." Byakuya says stomping his way towards the restaurant.

Mirai Restaurant

It took a while after Monokuma's morning announcement, but... almost everyone was here.

"We seem to be missing Fuyuhiko..." I notice, as he was the only one to not appear.

"Hehe, Maybe he already got killed?" Hiyoko says with a wicked smile on her face.

"Gyah! Dead Bodies already?" Ibuki uproared

"Don't go killing people off. I saw him outside earlier. However he told me that he would not be joining us this morning." Peko says.

"Why does he have to act like a lone wolf at a time like this?" Mahiru complains.

"Maybe...he's thinking of a plan to kill someone by himself?" Kazuichi suggests.

"Kazuichi! You should not doubt your friend!" Sonia scolds him.

"Well, he's a Yakuza isn't he? That means he's part of the Japanese Mafia!" Kazuichi snapped.

"I presume he's the kind of person who would not come, even if we summoned him. I guess that can't be helped... We should just talk amongst ourselves. Someone can fill him in later." Byakuya says.

"Talk? What are we going to talk about?" Hajime asks.

"Rejoice... Aria and I have decided to throw a party tonight." Byakuya says.

"A p-party?" Mikan asks.

"Indeed. We decided it'll last from dusk till dawn." I explain

"Party until the Sun comes up!?" Ibuki shouted.

"Just so it's clear, we will not allow ANY absences, your attendance at this party is absolutely mandatory." Byakuya coldly states.

"H-Hey... now's not the time to talk about stuff like partying." Kazuichi says.

"Actually, there's no better time than this." I countered.

"But still...we really shouldn't be partying." Mahiru says.

"Um, hold on." Nagito interjectes "I agree with Byakuya and Aria... it doesn't do us any good to stay bummed out like this. In fact, because of the situation we're in, it's probably best if we all strengthen our friendships with one another. That's what you both thought too, right? That's why you both want to throw a party?"

"It doesn't matter why we're doing it. Anyway it's of vital importance that we all stay in one place tonight." Byakuya states.

"You say that with such significance..." Gundham mutters.

"It's decided! We're having ourselves a party!" Byakuya quickly states.

"E-Even so, I'm not sure it needs to last all night..." Mikan timidly says.

"Well if either of us thought that, we would've said so from the start." I say.

"I-I-I'm terribly sorry! I'm so, so sorry for trying to meddle with your plans." Mikan frantically apologizes.

"It's okay Mikan, don't worry about it." I reassure her, what kind of life has Mikan had that made her this apologetic?

"It's important to be flexible in situations like this... perhaps a diversion from all this is just what we need." Nekomaru says.

"Then let's party hard!" Akane cheers.

"Ah! In that case I'll put my amazing cooking skills on display for you guys." Teruteru says, I am slightly concerned about that.

"Where is the party going to be held? Would this restaurant be okay?" Chiaki asks.

"No, this won't do... we need a location that's impervious to interference from outsiders... A place even Monokuma can't enter, what we need is an enclosed space." Byakuya says.

"An enclosed space?" Chiaki parrots.

"If the restaurant won't do then neither will the lobby, that's not nearly enclosed enough." Gundham says.

"Nor will the cottages, with so many people, we'd all be pressed against each other." Sonia added.

Teruteru was ready for a perverted comment, but he stopped himself when he realized I was there, I guess my secret attack was just the fix he needed.

"Then... how about that old building next to the hotel?" Nagito suggests.

"That run down place?" Chiaki asks.

"Yeah.. but if we do our best to clean it, I'd think it'd be perfect. Plus it's basically the only place that meets our needs for an enclosed space right?" Nagito says.

"However..Usami has forbidden us from entering that old place. As I recall it's in the middle of being renovated." Peko says.

And then Usami suddenly appeared once more.

"I have heard your conversation! Heard it all with my very own ears! Ahem I have good ears! Cuz I'm a rabbit!" Usami boasts.

"Oh? So you use your ears? That's Strange." Byakuya says.

"Huh?"

"Then what are the reason for those surveillance cameras? Are they for Monokuma's eyes only?" Byakuya asks, come to think of it, I don't think my cottage has any camera's.

Usami then looked down at the ground as she then gloomed.

"Ah! She looks so disappointed!" Ibuki notices.

"Well, it's of no concern. More importantly regarding the old building, you came to tell us something about it." Byakuya says.

"Yes, if it strengthens everyone's bonds with each other, then I will not hesitate to cooperate. So in that case, I shall allow you to enter the old building. I'll cooperate so we can all party together." Usami cheers.

"Together? That's not gonna happen because you're so disgusting. Do yourself a favour and stay away from mirrors. You'll be grossed out by what you see." Hiyoko giggles in her bullying.

"Hiyoko Saionji! I've told you this before! But bullying is not welcome in an Island environment!" I guess Taka's catchphrase is starting to rub off on me.

"Tch!" Hiyoko looked away, with puffed cheeks.

"Ugh! Your kind words make me wanna cry." Usami then ran away.

"Um.. so we're all good with the old building? Then what about the preparations? If it's in the middle of a renovation, don't we need to clean it first?" Mahiru asks.

"I have never done the dirty work known as cleaning before. I am excited to finally experience it." Sonia gleed.

"No way! There's no we can dirty our dear princess's hands!" Kazuichi protested. What a simp.

"Nyeeeh! I don't wanna do it either." Hiyoko yawned.

"What... nobody's gonna do it?" Nekomaru says.

"Why don't we decide just by a random drawing?" Nagito suggests.

"Random drawing?" Hajime parrots.

"To be honest, I already prepared a drawing because I assumed something like this would happen." Nagito explained.

Something about that is suspicious... he suggested we use the old building and then he has us draw chopsticks to see who'll clean said building....could it be... I then shake my head a bit, for now he's my prime suspect.

"Whoever draws the chopstick with the red mark will be in charge of cleaning Okay?" Nagito explains.

"Well then, let us entrust our destinies to the whims of this drawing." Gundham says.

"Well, no hard feelings." Mahiru says.

And thus we all drawed a chopstick each, when I drawed mine it was just a plain chopstick, and then the cleaner was announced.

"Huh? I'm left with the red mark?" Nagito looked surprised.

"Haha.. for someone called the Ultimate Lucky Student, you don't seem very lucky right now." Hajime snarked

"Hmmm, I guess it can't be helped. Well if it's just cleaning, then leave it to me I'm actually pretty good at it." Nagito says.

Something's definitely not right..

"I thought so, you'd seem like you'd make a good stay at home dad." Mahiru says.

"I'll take that as a compliment." Nagito replied.

"Well, I'll handle the cooking. All right, first I'll need to prepare the ingredients, then I'll start cooking at the old building. I Teruteru Hanamura, will go all out! I will prepare the world's tastiest dishes for you all."

"Then I'll just need to pass along the party details to Fuyuhiko." Peko says.

"Let's go about our business then.. after Monokuma's nighttime announcement, we'll meet at the old building." Byakuya says.

Everyone then started to leave, until only me and Byakuya remained.

"Aria, can I ask you to come to the old building earlier? About 1 hour earlier if that's okay?" Byakuya asks.

"Sure thing, we'll need all the preparation we can get." I say.

"I'll get the equipment we'll need, you just spend your day with the others." Byakuya says.

I then left the restaurant.

Hotel Grounds

I heard a voice call me over, it was Mahiru.

"Hey! Aria, I'm going to host a baking party. It's a girls only event though, so I'd love it if you could join." Mahiru says.

"Sure. It's nice to get along with the other girls." I say.

"C'mon then let's get everything ready, oh! Yeah I should give you a heads up, Hajime will join for a bit to observe, as a reward for delivering me a recipe book." Mahiru says.

"Okay then."

Mirai Restaurant

We then got everything ready and then Mahiru and I  left to get the other girls. When we came back we heard...

"...-big no-no, This is a girls only gathering! No boys allowed!" Usami yelled.

"I know but Mahiru asked me to come." Hajime says.

"Huh? Why is Hajime here?" Chiaki asked.

"I heard this was for girls only..." Peko states.

"Mahiru, asked me to bring her the dessert recipe." Hajime explained.

"Oh. That's why, you're a special participant." Mahiru explains.

"Uh, why's Usami here?" Hiyoko asked

"Um..Chiaki invited me." Usami explained.

"Yep, that's right. I invited her" Chiaki confirms.

"Whhhhhyyyy!? The snacks will taste gross if that thing hangs around." Cruel as usual Hiyoko.

"Shock! Just from me being here!?" Usami cries.

"But all the girls are making desserts, right?" Sonia asks.

"Oh.. that's right, Usami is sort of a girl too." You...only figured that out now Akane?

"Even though it's a Stuffed Animal?" Peko asks.

"Oh well, at this point, it's mean to kick her out, plus I've already made an exception for Hajime to be here anyway. All right! Let's start!" Mahiru says.

"Yahhhhoooooo! I'm gonna kick it into overdrive!" Ibuki yelled.

"I don't think you need to be so energetic..." Mikan says.

We all then tied our hair back, put our aprons on and started baking, I doubt anything we make would beat Teruteru if he was here, but there's no way to know for sure.

"Mikan, watch your fingers, you can be clumsy." Hajime warns her.

I-I'll do my best, I'll try to live up to your expectations so you don't hate me." Mikan timidly says.

"N-No I mean... I'm just saying lighten up a bit." Hajime cleared up.

"My femininity is hella boss!" Never thought I'd hear Sonia of all people say those words.

"This sort of activity... is not so bad once in awhile..." Peko states

"Hmm.. it's not bad but... ideally it'd be more bowl shaped." Ibuki said whilst admiring her creation.

"Ibuki.... What is that? What are you making?" I asked in disbelief.

"For many years now... Ibuki has always dreamed of making a cookie statue of her boobs!" Did...did I hear that right?

"Om...Nom..." And of course Akane is just eating absolutely everything, I'm surprised she manages to keep her perfect figure.

"I wanna try eating it." She said.

"That... you mean the one on this page?" Hajime asks.

"Damn Right! That looks totally delicious!" Akane cheers

"It looks like a simple recipe, so we should all try to make that too!" Mahiru said.

Traditional Dancer Fragment 2 Obtained

Gymnast Fragment 2 Obtained

Photographer Fragment 2 Obtained

Gamer Fragment 2 Obtained

Swordswoman Fragment 3 Obtained

Princess Fragment 2 Obtained

??? Fragment 3 Obtained

Nurse Fragment 2 Obtained

Musician Fragment 3 Obtained

Eventually the rest of the girls kicked Hajime out, I felt bad for him, then I realized that 2:30 PM was drawing close, so I was quick to remind Peko.

"If you excuse us girls, Peko and I will take our leave now." I tell them.

"Huh? Why?" Mahiru asks

"I'm giving Aria swimming lessons, she wants to learn how to swim, so I obliged." Peko stated.

We then went back to our cottages and then I changed into my bikini I bought yesterday.

First Step Beach

"All right then... so your ready Aria?" Peko asked

"Yes, I would really like to know how to swim."

"Alright then follow my steps." Peko instructed 

Peko and I then trained to swim for a solid hour. I think I'm learning quickly. After the one hour has passed we went back to our cottages, I changed back.

Hotel Grounds

I'm thinking of maybe helping Byakuya... then I look at the old building... Nagito and Teruteru are in there, I should check on them, but I also want to help Byakuya... what to do, what to do...

Should I

Help Byakuya with Safety Equipment?

Or

Check on Nagito and Teruteru?

Chapter Text

Hotel Grounds 

I've made my decision... I should see how Nagito and Teruteru are doing in the old building..., so I made my way over to the old building.

Old Building

Nagito should be in the dining hall, so I should make my way over there...

I wondered around the Old Building for a while, eventually I heard a voice, it sounds like it's coming from the storage room, so I get closer and listen into the conversation.

"Been caught? Wh-what are you doing?"

"I'm planning to kill someone of course!"

What!? I can hear Nagito and Teruteru talking, and Nagito is planning to kill someone... I knew he was suspicious... I should listen into the conversation more...

So I eavesdrop on Nagito and Teruteru, I don't think either of them noticed me... then I peek into the dining hall.

Okay so I think I've got the idea of Nagito's plan, so my own plan is...

Hangout in the Upper right corner of the dining hall, once the blackout happens I'll push Nagito away from the table then head under and grab the knife so no one can use it, then once the lights come back on, I'll hand the knife over to Byakuya, expose Nagito of his murder plot. And that is the plan!

I head outside and then I wait for night to strike.

Night of the Third Day - 19 Days Left

It's 9PM, I should head inside and meet with Byakuya.

I head back into the Old Building and I see Byakuya at the entrance.

"You're here Aria, so here's what I want you to do... we're going to preform a body check on everyone, you'll handle the girls, I'll take the guys, if any of them have an item that's considered dangerous, then throw it into that duraluman case, the other once has emergency equipment for me to use should things go awry." Byakuya explains.

"I understand, okay let's get this started okay."

One by one everyone started to show up and Byakuya and I preformed body checks, I of course kept my plan a secret, can't have Byakuya interfering.

"Hold on, Aria I'll need to use the bathroom for a bit, if any of the other males come can you do thier body checks whilst I'm gone?" Byakuya asks.

"Sure I can do that." Byakuya then leaves to use the toilet, this was my chance. I open the Emergency case and find that Byakuya has night vision goggles in there. "Jackpot!" I then pocket the night vision goggles and close the case, hopefully Byakuya doesn't notice.

Peko came in the meanwhile, so of course I preformed a body check on her.

"My apology's Peko, but I'll have to confiscate your bamboo sword."

"I see, understandable, but why are you and Byakuya checking dangerous items?" Peko asks.

"That's for us to know and for you not to know, so can you make your way to the dining hall." I tell her

"Sure, oh but I should let you know that Fuyuhiko refused to come... I apologise about that.." Peko apologized

"Byakuya and I said that everyone needs to attend. Your the last one to arrive though, so it should be fine. He can't kill anyone if he's by himself." I say.

"I'm back." Byakuya says, "So Aria is everyone here now?"

"Only Fuyuhiko is not here, Peko told me that he would not be coming.. I know we said everyone must attend, but if it's only him that's not here... it should be fine." I tell him.

"At this point, let's head over to the dining hall, everyone else is waiting there." Byakuya says.

Dining Hall

"Thank you all for waiting!" Byakuya announces "Teruteru is in the kitchen and it appears Fuyuhiko didn't come."

"I apologise, I did inform him about the party, but..." Peko ended up trailing off

"You don't need to apologise Peko, it's his fault for not coming." Mahiru states

"We told everyone that attendance was mandatory, though if it's only him that's not here, it's okay, he can't do anything by himself." I tell everyone.

"More importantly, hm?" Byakuya then eyed the table, "Hey! What is that?!" Byakuya stared at a peculiar item at the table. "Dangerous!" He stomped over to the table and then began munching on the food.

"H-Hey! What are you doing?!" Hajime asks

"You're hogging all the food! No fair!" Akane protests.

"No, I'm not.." Byakuya says with his mouthful.

"I don't care what you say, you're totally pigging out!" Mahiru shouted.

"I'm telling you I'm not... look carefully at this dish." Byakuya states.

"Ah! Those are Iron Skewers!" I gasp.

"That's right! These Iron Skewers are dangerous items, I must take full responsibility and collect them." Byakuya says as he finishes the last of that meat.

Teruteru then came into the dining hall. "Hey! Looks like everyone is here, I should bring out the rest of the-" Teruteru then noticed the table. "Wha! Some messy eater ruined my arrangement!"

"Who made this dish?" Byakuya asks.

"Um.. that would be me, but by any chance, are you a food critic?" Teruteru asks

"What are you plotting? Cooking with such dangerous items?" Byakuya interrogates the chef.

"Dangerous? That's churrasco, it's a South American meal where you stab meat on an Iron Skewer and then cook it. It felt really Tropical and exotic and so I thought it would really fit the party's atmosphere." Teruteru explains.

"Well the Iron Skewers are somewhat of a problem..." I say.

"Eh?! Iron Skewers aren't allowed either!?" Teruteru exclaimed 

"If that's how your reacting there might be more skewers than these.." Byakuya trailed off "Hajime can you come with me? And Aria keep watch in here!"

"On It!"

"Huh? Why me?" Hajime asks.

"It's your fault for standing right in front of him... my condolences." Kazuichi says.

So I kept watch of the dining hall and everyone else, I just needed to get ready for my plan to foil Nagito's murder scheme. Eventually Byakuya and Hajime finally came back.

"Ah! There finally back." Mahiru noticed.

"Hey, let's eat already! I'm starving!" Akane said.

"There's still an issue we need to address first." Byakuya states.

"Eh? An issue? Who do I gotta beat the crap outta? Just say the word, I'll do it for ya!" Akane was clearly impatient and wanted to eat.

"That won't be necessary, the issue is where to store this duralumin case that has all the dangerous confiscated items."  Byakuya clears up.

"Can't we just leave it here?" Kazuichi asked.

"I made sure to lock the case when carrying it here for Byakuya, I've put the key to that case in the other one." I tell them.

"Yes, but we need to up the ante and keep it some place safe." Byakuya finishes.

"Some place safe? Oh! There is a storage room in the back of this Old Building." Sonia suggests.

"A Storage room Huh? Even so we can't leave the case alone in there." Byakuya states.

"Then we should have someone guard it aswell." Peko suggests.

"Eh? Who? Who?" Hiyoko asks.

"I'll do it of course." Peko volunteers

"E-Eh? Are you sure? I guess if you insist... just kidding." Mikan fumbles with her words.

"But it'll be lonely there by yourself." Ibuki points out.

"I don't mind, I'm usually not good in situations where I have to be around lots of people anyway." Peko explains

"Nahahahaha, if I wrote a song title about this, the title would definitely be, "Lonley Girl in the Storage Room!" Ibuki glees

"And mine would be "Never Turn Back" I add.

"However, Teruteru has gone to the trouble of cooking, is it all right to bring some of it with me?" Peko asks.

"Yeah! That's completely fine!" Teruteru answers.

"But if you're going to do Guard Duty anyway... it might be better if you avoid the storage room." Nagito interjected, this man is definitely using this as part of his murder scheme.

"Eh? Why's that?" Hajime asks.

"Well not only is the Storage Room packed with lots of things, it's hard to see in there and full of cobwebs. Also I was so busy cleaning the dining hall that I didn't even have a chance to clean the storage room." Nagito explains, um..yeah "busy".

"If you stayed in there for a long time, I think it would be bad for your health." Hajime concludes.

"Maybe try the office instead? I believe there's a circuit breaker in there, which should also be important to guard aswell." I suggest.

"Yeah, the office sounds nice, I'm pretty sure it's not that dirty either." Nagito says.

"Understood, so I need to be on guard duty at the office, well then I'm going now, good night everyone." Peko grabbed a plate of food and the weapon duralumin case and walked off.

"Mmm, seeing Peko's back as she walks away makes me feel like she's got this super cool melancholy vibe.." Ibuki commented.

"But shouldn't she have taken that other case aswell?" Hiyoko asks.

"This case? No this case is fine." Byakuya says

"Ah, no fair you're like the only person who got to bring thier own stuff." Hiyoko complained.

"When you're as special as me. You get special privileges." Byakuya boasts.

"It's hard to argue with him there." I say

"Aria leave this duralumin case to me, you just have fun with the party." He tells me.

"Got it." This is perfect, I'm in the perfect range to quash Nagito's plan.

"M-More importantly... we're all done now right? Let's start the party!" Akane says whilst a waterfall drools from her mouth.

"No, there's still more." Byakuya said.

"Ugh. Who do ya want me to beat the crap outta?! Hurry up and tell me already!" Akane's patience grows thin.

"Seriously it has nothing to do with that!" Hajime says.

"Actually, if you're volunteering, I do have one particular nuisance in mind." Byakuya starts.

"It's Monokuma isn't it?" I ask.

"Indeed, he's the one thing that can disrupt this party." Byakuya confirms.

"Awwww right! So you'll let me eat if I beat the crap outta Monokuma right?" Akane says getting ready for battle.

"No, if you attack him, you'll just get killed. Remember what happened on the first day?" I remind everyone.

"Are you just tellin' me to wait until I starve to death!?" Akane rages.

"S-Starve to death? That's a little extreme.." Mahiru sweatdropped.

"Our opponent is not someone we can just fight. Rather, it's better if we use our heads and think of a plan." Byakuya says.

"...I'll do something about it." Chiaki spoke up.

"Do something? You?" Byakuya harshly states.

"Hey, now... what can a girl like you do? You're just gonna put yourself in danger." Kazuichi says.

"I won't. It's not like I'll personally do something." Chiaki says.

"You won't..." Hajime curiously asks.

"Do you intend to utilise Usami?" Gundham asks.

"Yeah, if I can talk her into helping us... She might be able to keep Monokuma at bay, I think..." Chiaki says.

"Ah! That's probably a good idea, she seems like the type to be easily manipulated." Mahiru says.

"Plus, Usami and Monokuma totally have a rivalry going on." Ibuki cheers.

"Well, it's a pretty one sided rivalry." Hiyoko giggles.

"But, will you really be okay Chiaki? I still think it's pretty dangerous." Nagito says concerned about Chiaki.

"I'll be fine, if things get dangerous, I'll just run away as fast as I can. Well then I'll be going now." Chiaki then took her leave.

"S-So, it's settled now? Then... can we...?" Akane says with more drool flowing.

"You're right. Let's begin." Byakuya says.

"AAAALLLLLLL RIIIIIIIGHT!!!!!" Akane bounces around in excitement.

"Feh! So the banquet has commenced... Fuhahahahaha! You better keep me entertained!" Gundham laughs.

And so the party begun, so I make my way to the upper right corner to speak with Nagito to pass the time. So I can ruin his plan later.

"So you made the dining hall look really good Nagito!"

"Yeah, I did my best to clean it, though I couldn't get a carpet big enough to cover the whole floor." Nagito says.

Then...

"Hmmm...."

"Um.. Nekomaru? Did something happen?" Hajime asks.

"Th-The party's just started, but I must.... return to my cottage." He says whilst looking.... constipated again.

"Don't be foolish, I won't allow such selfish actions." Byakuya huffed.

"Don't stop me Byakuya... there comes a time where a man knows he's gotta go, and if I don't go now, it would shame me as a man. Shitting my pants would shame me as a MAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNN!!!" Nekomaru bellowed. That really hurt my ears.

"So he WAS talking about the toilet..." Hajime snarked.

"If you need to use the bathroom, there's one in the old building. Why do you need to go back to your cottage?" Byakuya asks.

"I've been trying to use it many times... but the door just won't budge at all!" Nekomaru complained.

"What is this blasphemy!?" Gundham cried out.

"What now!?" Byakuya scowled.

"My-My Hell Hound Earring! Has vanished. Did it vanish into subspace?!" Gundham worried.

"Calm down, you probably dropped it somewhere." Byakuya reassured the breeder.

"Oh Shit! I'm gonna SHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!" Nekomaru bellowed once more.

"Stop doing that you'll hurt my ears!" I complain.

"Hey, is it alright if I eat all of this?" Akane asked.

"Don't be an idiot! Make sure you leave some for me!" Byakuya said, he's starting to get annoyed.

"Hey Byakuya, Everyone! C'mon I'll take a picture! Say cheese!" Mahiru then took a picture.

"Why can't you all act a little more mature?!" Byakuya rhetorically asks.

The sound of beeping went off in the dining hall, knowing what this was I got ready to put my plan into action.

"What was that sound just now?" Byakuya asked.

Zap!

The power went off in the dining hall.

Showtime!

I push Nagito away ensuring he won't get in the way.

"Ow!" He yelped

I then hastened to put on my night vision goggles that I stole from Byakuya's case.

"Uwah! It's a..blackout."

"Hey! I can't see anything!"

I admit seeing the class in a panic was a bit funny, I rush to the table where the knife was hidden.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!"

I rush under the table and there I see it, the knife Nagito was about to use.

"Everyone calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this..."

"Waah! Don't step on my feet!"

I then grabbed the knife! Now I need to wait.

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Wh-Where are..."

A sharp pain made it's way into my body repeatedly.

"Ugh! H-Huh? What the.." I mutter out.

It hurt everywhere, I was losing my consciousness..

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!"

I couldn't move... I couldn't do anything, Damn...it...I .knew....I wouldn't....make it....this time.........

"You guys? Where are you wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?"

My.... vision slowly.... fading....

"Perhaps the breaker overloaded?"

"H-Hold on a sec, I'll go along the wall, and... do something about it."

I....can't.....die...here.....

 

 

 

 

But I just did.....


Hajime POV

Zapp!

The lights came back on.

"Th-That is..." Sonia gasped.

Mikan's appearance has been...compromised.

"I-I'm sorry I tripped again!"

"Get up Mikan! A serious issue has just occurred." Byakuya spat out.

Everyone then quickly helped Mikan up.

"Everyone! Does anyone know where Aria and Kazuichi suddenly went?"

"Eh? Aria? Kazuichi?" Nagito piped up.

And as if on cue.

"Oh? I'm glad the lights are back on in here too!" Kazuichi sighs relief.

"So you were the one who fixed the breaker Kazuichi! You were unusually useful this time." Hiyoko cheers.

"Well, no... I couldn't find my way to the office in that pitch blackness." Kazuichi admitted.

"Huh? Then why are the lights back on?" Mahiru asked.

"That doesn't matter right now! What matters is where Aria is." Byakuya states.

"But... that's weird. She was here earlier right?" Mahiru asks.

"Did she... run off somewhere during the blackout?" Ibuki asked.

"In that pitch blackness?" I say.

"I'm... a little worried. We should split up and search for her. I'll look in the storage room, so can I ask you to check the entrance Hajime?" Nagito requested.

"Y-Yeah, got it!" I say.

"I'll go aswell." Byakuya states.

"Then.... I guess I'll look in the office." Kazuichi says.

"I shall look in the hallway!" Sonia says.

"I'll wait here, since I'm in the middle of eating." Akane says.

"Not a chance! You search with Kazuichi!" Byakuya ordered.

"I-I....must.....bathroom... I must man up and check the bathroom!" Nekomaru said.

"Jeez, Big Sis Aria sure ran away because there was an itty bitty blackout!" Hiyoko said.

Byakuya and I then left to the entrance, where Chiaki and Usami were.

Hotel Grounds

"Chiaki! There's something we want to ask." Byakuya spoke up.

"Huh? The party's not finished yet right?" Usami asked.

"No, have either of you seen Aria?" I ask.

"Aria? No I haven't, why?"

"There was a blackout in the old building and Aria vanished when it cleared up." Byakuya explains.

"Well, Aria hasn't come out of here." Chiaki states.

"Thanks Chiaki." I say before Byakuya and I went back into the old building.

Dining Hall

Everyone was back in the dining hall except Peko, Chiaki and Fuyuhiko.

"Did anyone find her?" Byakuya asks.

"No" Everyone said in unison.

"She wasn't outside.." I say.

"I saw no one in the storage room." Nagito says.

"She wasn't in the kitchen, obviously." Teruteru mutters.

"No one was in the office." Kazuichi said.

"Not even Peko?" Byakuya asks.

"Yeah, even she's gone." Kazuichi confirmed.

"Eh? Peko's gone too!" Mahiru exclaimed.

"Maybe those two took advantage of the blackout to have themselves a major makeout session in the bathroom? Truly Truly outrageous." Teruteru comments.

"Okay, that's not a good sign... she usually interrupts my perverted comments." Teruteru notices.

"Hm? Hmmm?" Akane was sniffing the air.

"What is it Akane?" Sonia asks.

"Do any of you smell that? I think... that's the smell of blood." Akane guessed.

"BLOOD!?" Byakuya and I shouted in unison.

"I think.... it's coming from over there!" Akane pointed at a table in the back.

Byakuya and I dashed over there.

"Yeah! Under there I think!" Akane confirms.

A speck of fear rose in me, I was nervous.

"No! It can't be!" With a shout Byakuya grabbed the tablecloth and flipped back in one go, he wished he hadn't...

Behind that tablecloth..... and under the table......

 

 

 

Lay Aria Adabat's lifeless body.

 

Chapter 1 Route B

Destination Despair

Deadly Life

Chapter Text

3rd Person POV

Dining Hall

"Ari.....a? Wh-Why is Aria...?" Sonia starts to panic.

"N-no.... NNOOOOOOOOOOO! Wh-Why?!" Mahiru screams out.

"WHAT IS THISSSSSSS!?" Nekomaru starts to freak out aswell.

"GAAAAAHHHHH!!" Teruteru screams aswell.

Byakuya then fell to his knees and stared at Aria's Lifeless body.

"I've failed everyone as a leader.... I am truly ashamed of myself...." Byakuya says melancholy.

His reaction was bad enough, but.... none of them could've been prepared for Ibuki's reaction.

"No...Aria...." Ibuki's perky personality took a massive nosedive once she lay eyes on Aria's body, She approached the body and... began crying.

"Why....why did it have to be you.....we...we just reunited....and now...I-I'll never see your smile again..."

"AHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

That laugh was so familiar the students knew who it belonged to.

"How ironic. You've made it all the way through your last Killing Game, only to be the first to die here. My my, things are getting very interesting! On this Tropical Paradise known as Jabberwock Island, the first murder has finally taken place." Monokuma blurts out.

"M-Murder!?" Hajime exclaims.

"H-Hold on, does this mean...?" Nagito realized what happened just now.

"Puhuhuhu, of course! Aria was killed by one of you!" Monokuma confirmed.

"Wha-" Hajime yelps.

"Well if you look at the body you can instantly tell she was murdered." Monokuma then walked over to Aria's body and lifted her head up showing her frozen pain on her face. "Look she has such a horrible expression on her face wouldn't you say? A face filled with regret that her life was ended by force, all thanks to someone's selfish desires... to have a dying face like this, if this isn't murder, then just what on earth could it be?" He then let go of her face. "Aria was thankfully sacrificed by someone who realllllllly wanted to leave the island."

"L-Lies..." Hajime started then lashed out "It's all lies! Your lying she was murdered!" Hajime then realized... that he just accepted the fact that Aria was murdered.

Peko and Chiaki then entered because they heard the commotion and was wondering what was going on.

"W-What is this....Is that.....Aria...." Peko asked her face starting to lose composure.

"Why...why did this happen..... Why Aria?" Chiaki said with a shaky voice.

"I see, it appears that Fuyuhiko is the only one not here, soooooo in the spirit of letting everyone know I'll do this the usual way so he's aware." Monokuma then clapped his paws and that's when...

*Ding Dong, Dong Ding*

Monokuma then appeared on the monitor to make an announcement.

"A body has been discovered! Now then after a certain amount of time has passed, the Class Trial will begin!"

Monokuma then began talking again.

"I've told you this before right? If one of you gets murdered the rest of you will attend a class trial to find the killer responsible for the victim's death."

"Even so I'm a little disappointed Aria died first, this Killing School Trip would be much more interesting had she lived longer. Oh well, she's dead, that's the indifference of death for ya!" 

"Wait.. your saying we also have to investigate her death?" Hajime mutters.

"Yes indeed! You all need to investigate now! How do you all expect to catch the killer if none of you have any evidence?" Monokuma said.

"It can't be! Someone actually killed? There's no way!?" Mahiru outbursts.

"Phuhuhu, if you make an outburst like that, you'll end up as a suspect." Monokuma says.

"I won't believe it... one of us killed Aria... There's no way something as hopeless as that would happen.." Nagito says whilst in shock.

Byakuya was still upset, then he had a serious look on his face, a look... of determination.

"We might as well start investigating." He said, everyone turned to look at him, but they were cut off by Usami's sudden appearance.

"Hey! What are you saying!?" She yells at Monokuma before turning to face everyone else. "Everyone you can't believe what Monokuma says."

"Perfect Timing Usami!" Monokuma replied

"Huh?"

"Turn around..." Monokuma bluntly said.

Usami did so and her eyes laid on Aria's corpse.

"GYAAAAHHH! Wh-Why did this happen?!" Usami says.

Monokuma took the opportunity to attack Usami again. "You ain't my comedy partner anymore!"

"Gyha! It hurts so much when hit me with a charging corkscrew attack!" Usami replied.

"Did ya see that!? That stunning display of power!? Defy your big brother and I'll show you no mercy!" Monokuma said whilst riled up.

"Ugh! If only I had my magic stick, then none of this would've happened..." Usami whimpers.

"Yeah, Yeah whatever let's leave the whiny rabbit loser alone and get back to investigating! Now then... in the spirit of lovely doubt and dovey deception, put your heart and soul into investigating. Best of luck everyone!" Monokuma then disappeared.

"Wh-What did all of that mean? I don't understand at all..." Mahiru melancholy says.

"A search for Aria's Killer... why'd it turn out like this..?" Peko says with a pained expression.

"Ugh! Gimme a break! Why do I have to be involved in this situation?" Kazuichi complains.

"U-Um... you can't doubt each other...cuz...you're all friends..." Usami says trying to demotivate the students to investigate.

"However! Aria was murdered, we have no choice but to investigate the truth behind her murder, if we don't... everyone except the killer will be executed." Byakuya spat out at Usami.

"That being said. I cannot abide by this. I've made so many friends.. no way I'm going doubt them now..." Sonia says sadly.

"Were you even listening to me!? Even though it's somewhat of a cruel act, we have no choice but to do this. Or...we'll all die." Byakuya counters.

"Noooo! Friends doubting other friends is a big no-no!" Usami shouts.

"Agh! Go away you useless piece of trash!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Ha-wa-wa! Threats are scary..." Usami then left.

"So..we really have to do this?" Hajime asks.

"No..I don't want to do this..." Mahiru mutters.

"I don't want to do it either... it sounds so scary..." Mikan mutters.

"But it is just as Byakuya said... if we're going to get killed for not doing it... then we may as well do it." Peko reluctantly says.

"I-I can't believe someone would do this to Aria..." Ibuki mutters with tears still flowing from her eyes. Mahiru walked over to Ibuki to try and help her calm down.

"There's no way I can believe it... there's no way... So for that reason... I'll do it! I'll investigate Aria's death. I will do my best to prove that there's no killer among us. There's no need to deceive and doubt each other. What we need to fight is not ourselves... but what's trying to crush us... This Despair!" Nagito Monologues

"Ah! Before you start can I say something? In closed circle detective games, the player usually has to decide who's going to guard the crime scene." Chiaki pipes up.

"Good point.. if we left the crime scene unguarded, the killer could use that as the perfect opportunity to get rid of some evidence." Byakuya says.

"Mr Ham Hands is right." Hiyoko says.

"Y-Yeah I-I agree." Mikan says.

"Nekomaru can I ask you to guard it? You would keep an eye on everyone in the dining hall." Byakuya suggests.

"....OOOOOHHHHHHHHHH!" Nekomaru ran away.

"Wh-What the heck!? What just happened?" Hajime asks.

"That guy has a sensitive heart despite his looks.." Kazuichi comments.

"Um...Ibuki and I can guard the crime scene, I don't have enough confidence to investigate the body, and I doubt i have the brains either... we'll just stay by Aria's side. That's the least we can do.." Mahiru says, Ibuki agrees.

"Mikan, can I also get you to stay behind? I want you to preform an autopsy on Aria, can you do that?" Byakuya asks.

"O-Okay... I'll preform a-an autopsy..." Mikan says.

"What about the rest of us?" Sonia asks.

"It's pretty obvious we're all amateurs.. Going through each grain of sand to find a clue would be a waste of time. The only ones who can do that are the police. There's no way amateurs like us would be able to do that. So.. let's first relay on our intuition. We'll start and prove that none of us killed Aria." Nagito says.

"F-Fine....I agree.... I'm in." Teruteru says.

"If we are to survive... this is our only path." Sonia says.

"Now then everyone. Begin the Investigation! Don't let Aria's death be in vain! This is your leader's order! Understand?' Byakuya declares.

And so... the First Investigation begins.

Chapter Text

Investigation Start!

"TA-DAAAAAA! You thought it was time for investigating but... I forgot to hand this out." Monokuma then passed out Monopad's to everyone "This is the Monokuma File #1 it displays information about the crime scene, think of it as starter evidence, oh yes but information that points to the killer will be left out. Now then happy investigating!" Monokuma then vanished.

"I suppose we'll start by reading this. It may be important." Byakuya deduced.

Sure enough everyone started to read the Monokuma File #1

"The Victim is Aria Adabat, The Ultimate Vocalist, her body was discovered in the dining hall of the Old Building. The estimated time of death is 11:30 PM. Aria was stabbed ten times between the abdominal region and throat resulting in death. Aside from that no other injuries were made and no chemicals like poison were detected."

"Now that we've read the Monokuma File I suggest we start." Byakuya demanded.

So everyone went thier separate ways. Hajime and Nagito decided to investigate together, naturally the first thing they check is the area around the body.

"I-It'll take a wh-while for me to finish the autopsy. S-So can you investigate around the body until then?" Mikan asks.

Hajime immediately took notice of the lamp that's plugged into the wall, noticing that it's the only thing that's on this table so something might involve this lamp.

Hajime then looks in the area where Aria's body lays and he immediately noticed three things that can marked down as evidence.

"A knife? That seems like that would be the murder weapon... it's bloody and it has this weird green substance on it..." he then looks at the item next to the knife. "Night Vision Goggles?" He examined "That's where they are!" Byakuya spoke up from behind, scaring everyone slightly.

"Huh? What about them?" Hajime asks.

"Do you remember that case I kept in here for emergencies only? Well it contained emergency equipment should anything disastrous happen." Byakuya explains.

"Including the blackout?" Nagito asked.

"Yes, I had Night Vision goggles in that case should a blackout like the one we just experienced happen, but when I opened the case when the blackout occurred... the night vision goggles were gone, I couldn't find them in thier case... which means... someone stole them." Byakuya explains.

"And if Aria had night vision goggles... then, did she take them?" Hajime asks.

"Looking back she probably did, she's the only one who could've stole them. When we were doing body checks I went to use the bathroom for a bit. Aria probably took the Night Vision goggles in the time I was gone." Byakuya deduced.

"Okay, so we know the 'who' but we need to find out why as well." Nagito says.

"And if you look here, there's also glowing tape where her body lies.. I'm not sure what it's for, but I suppose we'll figure it out soon." Byakuya finishes, leaving to investigate else where.

Mahiru, Ibuki, Mikan and Gundham were still here...

Hajime and Nagito chose to talk to Ibuki, who still looked sad at her friends demise.

"Ibuki... um can we ask you something?"

"What you need to know Hajime?" Ibuki asks in a sad tone.

"We know you're a musician, and I was wondering... since you're a Musician you must have better hearing than most of us here." Nagito says.

"Well, yes I have good hearing... Ibuki thinks that you want to know who said what in the blackout, am I right?" Ibuki asks.

"Wow. We didn't even have to ask you." Hajime says confirming it.

"Let's see... who spoke first? That's right it was you Nagito!" Ibuki starts to recall the voices of the blackout.

"Ow!" Nagito yelps in pain.

"Uwah! It's a..blackout!" Mahiru noticed.

"Hey! I can't see anything!" Kazuichi begins to panic.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!" Ibuki yells.

"E-Everyone! Calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this." Mahiru says trying to get everyone to calm down.

"Wah! Don't step on my feet!" Hiyoko yelps in pain.

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Wh-Where are..?" Byakuya confusingly said.

"Ugh! H-Huh? What the.." Aria mutters out.

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!" Akane says.

"You guys? Where are you? W-Wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?" Teruteru asks.

"Perhaps the breaker overloaded?" Sonia suggests.

"H-Hold on a sec! I'll go along the wall and do something about it." Kazuichi says.

"That should be it." Ibuki concludes.

"..." "Is something on your mind Nagito?" Hajime asks.

"I suppose... but, what do you make of Aria's last words?" Nagito asked.

"Ibuki just thought she hit her head on a table or the floor. Ibuki just... didn't think that was her yelping in pain..."

"Nagito, you yelped in pain too, what happened?" Hajime asks.

"When the blackout happened I fell to the floor, but I have no idea why..." Nagito says.

Hajime and Nagito finished thier talk with Ibuki and then went to Mahiru.

"...Oh hey you two..." Mahiru mutters.

"Mahiru, I was just thinking... do you have photos of the party?" Nagito asked.

"Yeah. As a manner of fact I have these photos right here.." Mahiru showed Nagito and Hajime the photos in the camera.

"Mahiru, with these photos, do you think you can draw a map of the old building and write down everyone's positions before the Blackout?" Hajime asks.

"It could lead us to a clue... then I suppose I should make that diagram." Mahiru says and then she went to work on it.

All that left in here for now is Gundham.

"Oh, Hell Hound Earring! Answer my call!" He shouted, but nothing happened.

"Tch, this method is futile aswell." Gundham snarled.

"Are you... still looking for your earring?" Hajime asks.

"Indeed I've been searching for my Hell Hound Earring for quite sometime." Gundham says.

"Maybe it fell beneath the floorboards? The carpet doesn't cover the whole room so it's possible it fell under there." Nagito suggests.

"Hm.. a bold idea, I'll shall take it." Gundham says.

After searching in the gaps for sometime...

"Ah! I've found it! Truly that is the Hell Hound Earring! Fuahaha! It seems God exists for my benefit after all!" Gundham says.

"I see, good for you." Hajime snarks.

"However... how do I reach it? My arm cannot fit through this gap, were I to use a tool it probably wouldn't fit either..." Gundham notices.

"I think there might be a way to get under the floorboards... if you were able to find a way, it might give us more clues." Nagito says before Gundham took off to reclaim his earring.

That's everything in the dining hall, Nagito and Hajime chose to search in the hallway next.

Old Building

They immediately notice Sonia examining the fire door, so they went to her to talk.

"Oh! Look at this, these doors are made of a different material and colour from all the others, do you two know what this is?" Sonia seems very interested by this door.

"It's... a fire door right? It's to stop fire from spreading beyond where the doors close." Nagito answers.

"Indeed! That is what a fire door does!" Sonia confirms.

Hajime and Nagito then move to the back room which is dusty.

Storage Room

"It's so dusty in here! I can see why you didn't have enough time to clean this place Nagito." Hajime comments.

"Yeah! Hajime look at that!" Nagito points.

"Irons? There's three of them.. and they're all turned on!" Hajime notices.

"That definitely would use up alot of power, let me turn them off." Nagito then turned the irons off.

"Why were there irons in this room and why were they plugged on?" Hajime asks himself.

"I've found this aswell." Nagito hands Hajime a tablecloth, which is splattered in blood.

"Blood!? How did this get there?!" Hajime asks.

"That's probably Aria Blood, there was a lot splattered under the table where she died." Nagito notices.

The two of them examined every potential clue so they set sights on the kitchen next.

Kitchen

Teruteru was in the kitchen because of cause he was.

"Hey, Teruteru you was in the kitchen when the blackout happened right?" Hajime asks.

"Yes, I was, the blackout completely took me by surprise. I thought it was only in the kitchen, so I went out only to find the whole building was affected by the blackout, I moved along the wall and was trying to find the dining hall where everyone else was." Teruteru explains.

"Thank you Teruteru, say I must ask about that giant meat on the bone. Why didn't you bring it in?" Nagito asked.

"I actually was about to bring it in, but then that's when the blackout happened." Teruteru says.

"It definitely is a big meat on the bone." Hajime notices.

"Nekomaru killed the cow at the ranch with his bare hands and that's how I was able to make it." Teruteru explains.

Nagito then grabbed a list and read the items listed on it. "So these are the kitchen items?" Nagito asked.

"Yeah, but there was one iron skewer missing, it was missing from the start, no matter how clean a building this old can get, stuff is bound to go missing right?" Teruteru says.

Hajime and Nagito then left, there was one room left to examine.

Office Room

Kazuichi and Peko were in here, and so was the duralumin case.

"Nagito and Hajime huh?" Kazuichi noticed, "look at that." He pointed at the breaker which was very high up.

"Wouldn't this mean that Peko's the killer?" Kazuichi asks.

"Hello? I'm standing right here Kazuichi." Peko says annoyed that Kazuichi is already accusing her.

"But wait Peko wouldn't be able to reach the circuit breaker." Nagito notices.

"If that's the case then how'd it go bright again?" Hajime asks.

To which Monokuma suddenly appears.

"It's me Hajime! It was me all along Hajime!" Monokuma laughs wildly.

"AAAHHHH! IT'S HERE!" Kazuichi screams.

"You idiots had no idea what to do during the blackout, so I flipped the power back on, oh but I wasn't the one who broke it. The killer did that." Monokuma says.

"How would you even reach the breaker?" Hajime asks.

"My body stretches."

"Don't wanna know! Stop talking!" Kazuichi snapped.

Monokuma then disappeared.

Hajime then talked to Peko.

"You already suspect me don't you?" She asks.

"No I don't, why?" Hajime says.

"An unexpected blackout happened, and during it Aria was killed. The circuit breaker is in this office. Naturally I'd be suspicious since I was supposed to be here." Peko says.

"Wait 'supposed' so you weren't in the office were you!? But you were supposed to guard the duralumin case and the circuit breaker." Kazuichi says.

"Um... that is... Ngh!" Peko suddenly fell to one knee and began clutching her stomach.

"Woah! Are you okay?" Hajime asks.

"I'm fine.... I just.... excuse for a bit..." Peko then wobbly walked her way out, Nagito decided to support her to the closest available bathroom.

Hajime then decided that he should investigate outside whilst he waits for Nagito to return.

Hotel Grounds

As Hajime stepped outside he saw something interesting, Chiaki and Gundham were checking the boards outside.

"Um... what are you doing?" Hajime asks.

"What am I doing? you say! Pah! Such a question that's merely for the weak!" Gundham boasts.

"We're just checking to see if we can get under the floorboards from here." Chiaki clarified "If it's possible to get under them from here, it might change the upcoming trial drastically."

"Chiaki there's something I want to ask whilst you're here. Did you see Fuyuhiko at any time?" Hajime asks.

"Um...Yeah I did, he passed by a few times. We did talk for a little bit. He seemed strangely on edge for some reason." Chiaki testifies.

"So that gives you and Fuyuhiko an alibi... so neither of you could do it.." Hajime concludes.

"Ah! Hajime, I escorted Peko back to her cottage and that gave me a idea. Why don't we investigate Aria's Cottage aswell?" Nagito asks.

"It could have a clue or two about something... let's go." Hajime says. They reach Aria's Cottage and tried to go in it.

*rattle, rattle, rattle*

"Locked! Damn it!" Hajime curses.

Suddenly Monokuma appears.

"You want to search Aria's Cottage right?" Monokuma asked.

"Yeah, can you please unlock it?" Hajime asks.

Monokuma then pulls out a book and reads it.

"Let's see according to the The Vocalist Returns (Danganronpa 2) Strategy Guide I bought last winter, Aria Cottage can only be unlocked by singing the famous "Song of the Dead"" Monokuma says.

He then clears his throat "🎵 I'm a little teapot, short and stout, here is my handle, here is my spout.🎵"

*click*

"Huh? That actually worked..." Monokuma left Suprised.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Hajime and Nagito search around for a potential clue. Then they stumble over to the desk.

"There's a letter here.." Hajime says.

"We should open it and see what it says." Nagito concludes.

They did just that, and they froze when they read what was on there.

BE CAREFUL!

The First Kill will happen tonight.

Someone will definitely kill someone.

"What...is this?" Hajime timidly asks.

"It seems that someone sent Aria a threatening note, but..why and for what reason..?" Nagito ponders.

Hajime also noticed Aria's diary sitting there, the same one he have her yesterday. Hajime chose to read it and it made his blood colder.

All that was written in the book was the phrase "I will stop your murder!" It was written over and over again, the further it goes on the more spelling and grammar errors there were. 

Unsettled by this Hajime went back to the dining hall to see if Mahiru and Mikan have finished their tasks.

Dining Hall

"Ah! Hajime, good timing! I just finished making the diagram." Mahiru says.

"Can I see it?"

"Here it is." Mahiru handed Hajime the diagram. After Hajime examined the diagram he went over to Mikan to get the autopsy report.

"U-um... I finished the autopsy report... so here's what I gathered. Aria was indeed stabbed ten times. The sharp weapon was roughly 5mm in diameter." Mikan explains.

"Thanks Mikan this will help tremendously." Hajime.

"Heee! I-I'm being praised!?" Mikan mutters to herself.

Hajime then noticed that Nagito wasn't with him. He stepped out to find Nagito.

Old Building

"GYHAHAHAHA!" A loud laugh erupted from the halls, it was Nekomaru.

"I feel so light-hearted right now! I NEKOMARU NIDAI HAVE BEEN REBORN! I HAVE NO INTENTION OF LOSING TO ANYBODY! He bellowed so loudly that Hajime had to cover his ears a bit.

"Losing? Who to?" Hajime asks.

"I won't lose to anyone.. Not even my past self!" He said.

"That sounds cool and all but... what are you talking about?" Hajime asks.

"SHHHHHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIITTTTTTTTTTTTT!!!!!!!!!!!!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"Huh?"

"Gh. I don't know who was behind it, but somebody tried to make a shitty bastard out of me. Some scoundrel occupied the bathroom before the party was about to start!" Nekomaru says.

"When was it freed up?" Hajime asks.

"It was finally open after Aria's body was discovered." Nekomaru says.

"I see."

*ding dong, ding dong*

The monitor went off and Monokuma had an announcement to make.

"Alrighty guys! It's finally time! Time for the long awaited Class Trial! Now then I shall tell you all the meeting place, At Centrico Plaza there's a mountain with my adorable face carved into it, that my friends is Monokuma Rock! Once your there please wait until everyone is there and take the elevator the underground! Phuhuhu see you there."

"Time is up then. We should get going." Nekomaru says leaving with Hajime following suit.

Monokuma Rock

"Your late once again Hajime!" Byakuya scolded.

"I'm not the last one this time though!" Hajime.

"Yeah but... when did that get here?" Kazuichi asks.

"It seems I may be right... there really could be an enormous organisation behind this." Byakuya says.

"Like... what you and Aria theorized before?"

"Aria.... she was taken from us to quickly..." Sonia somberly says.

"Tch. I still can't believe she's dead!" Nekomaru says.

"Aria, Aria, Aria, Aria" Ibuki repeats blatantly still missing her best friend.

"What's taking Gundham and Fuyuhiko this long!?" Byakuya asks.

"N-Now that you mention it... there both...not here." Mikan says

"Ah! They ran away of course!" Hiyoko suggests.

Monokuma then appeared.

"Aw hell naw! There's no way I'd let them escape! Look I dragged this one back here!" Monokuma says whilst dragging a very upset Fuyuhiko.

"I-I'm telling you! Let me go!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Hey now! If you keep acting violent I might just eat you up!" Monokuma says.

"Hey! Fuyuhiko, what was you doing this whole time!?" Mahiru shouts.

"Nothing. I wasn't really doing anything. I was just chilling my room when I heard that bubbly singer got killed. Tch, who the fuck cares about that anyway?" Fuyuhiko scoffed.

"You..how can you say something so irresponsible!? We've been working hard to investigate this murder even though we didn't want to, just to survive." Mahiru scolds Fuyuhiko.

Fuyuhiko then turned away.

"I guess we're just waiting for Gundham now." Akane says, and as if on cue.

"I am right here. Remember this well! a main character always arrives when he intends to!" Gundham says.

"Hm." 

"It seems like you've noticed it too." Nagito tells to Hajime.

"All right! Now that everyone's here! Let's all take the secret entrance together!" Monokuma cheered.

Usami appears all of a sudden.

"Please! Wait!"

"My, my, Usami what are you doing here?" Monokuma asked.

"I-I..." She mutters

"Hm? Do you actually wish to join? Do you want to know how useless you really can be? You're a bigger masochist than I thought. Oh well, I'm a big brother who dotes on his little sister, that's why you'll have special permission." Monokuma says.

"I'll go on ahead and wait for you guys. So Hurry over!" Monokuma disappeared once more.

"He told us to come but... how do we get there? I don't see any doors or anything." Teruteru says.

The ground then shook violently.

"Th-This looks dangerous! Everyone get down!" Usami commands.

An escalator then popped out of the rock going into one of the faces.

"Something came out!" Mikan says startled.

"We have no time to waste everyone. Monokuma is waiting, we shouldn't keep him waiting for too long." Byakuya states.

Everyone then got on the escalator and into the mouth of the stone Monokuma. And then they descended.

"This..is an elevator!" Nekomaru noticed.

"So this entire rock is just one big elevator." Byakuya says.

"Once again... Monokuma is doing what he pleases." Chiaki says.

"However..if he's gone to the effort of making this, then he's defeat not fooling around." Peko states.

"Even so, we're going pretty deep." Akane says.

"Yeah..." Hajime mutters.

They were quiet most of the way down. Eventually the elevator stopped and the doors opened revealing the Trial Grounds.

Trial of Vocals

"Welcome! This is the Class Trial field! How do you like it? It's the place where you'll decide all of your fates!" Monokuma explains.

"What is he thinking locking us up in a shitty place like this?!" Fuyuhiko grumbles.

"Complain all you want! C'mon! Find your seat with your name and let's begin." Monokuma says.

Everyone then got in thier seats which were...

1: Hajime Hinata

2: Hiyoko Saionji

3: Gundham Tanaka

4: Akane Owari

5: Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu

6: Ibuki Mioda

7: Nagito Komaeda

8: Mikan Tsumiki

9: Aria Adabat

10: Byakuya Togami

11: Chiaki Nanami

12: Nekomaru Nidai

13: Sonia Nevermind

14: Empty Seat

15: Teruteru Hanamura

16: Peko Pekoyama

17: Kazuichi Soda

18: Mahiru Koizumi

With everything ready the Trial for the murder of Aria Adabat

 

 

 

 

Was in session!

Chapter Text

Trial of Vocals

CLASS TRIAL

ALL RISE!

Monokuma: Let's begin with a basic explanation of the Castle Trial, during the Trial you'll present your arguments for who the blackened is, and vote for 'whodunnit' if you guess correctly then only the blackened will receive Punishment, but if you pick the wrong one, I'll punish everyone besides the blackened and that person will earn the right to leave this Island.

Monokuma began by reminding everyone of the Trial rules to which Usami replied with.

Usami: S-Such a cruel rule!

Byakuya: Before we start I want to know something.

Byakuya then pointed at the picture of Aria that was crossed out by microphones.

Byakuya: What's with this picture?

Monokuma: I'd feel awful if she was left out just because she died. Friendship penetrates even deaths barrier.

Teruteru: Friendship....penetrates...

Hiyoko then quickly cut Teruteru off before he could say something else.

Hiyoko: But if that's why her seat is empty... then why is that seat over there empty?

Hiyoko pointed at a seat that lay between Sonia and Teruteru.

Hiyoko: Seventeen of us were on this Island to start with, but then why are there eighteen seats?

Monokuma: If I told you it wouldn't be a surprise. But just know there is a reason for the eighteenth seat.

Nagito then spoke up

Nagito: Also I want to know, is there really a killer among us?

Monokuma: Most definitely, there's no doubt that the blackened is lurking among you, such a sad state of affairs isn't it? By the way this Class Trial is going to be 100% fair so there's no need to worry, I'm the type who hates favoritism and prejudice, well not as much as I hate Usami and Aria anyway.

Usami: You hate us that much!?

Monokuma: Now then, let's begin!

Mikan: Y-Your telling us to begin but... what are we supposed to do?

Akane: No complainin' let's just settle this with our fists!

Kazuichi: Were you even listening to the rules?

Fuyuhiko: Didn't that bubbly singer get killed in the dining hall? Then everyone there is a fuckin suspect.

Mahiru: Yeah, Yeah your just trying to prove your not the killer yeah?

Fuyuhiko: No shit! You guys went off on your own and started killing each other, this has nothing to do with me. 

Mahiru: Huh? What does that mean?

Byakuya: First of all, there's something I would like to discuss first.

Teruteru: Something you want to discuss first?

Byakuya: Where we found the body. I found a bit strange that we found her body underneath a table.

Chiaki: Then.. let's start with that mystery.

Non-Stop Debate!

Nagito: Why was Aria's body... in a place like that?

Gundham: Her body was underneath a table... at the very back of the dining hall.

Kazuichi: After the killer murdered Aria.... they probably moved the body there.

HajimeNO THAT'S WRONG!

BREAK!

Hajime: Actually the killer didn't move the body at all.

Kazuichi: Huh? Why?

Nagito: Try to remember what the body looked like under the table. There was a lot of blood everywhere, yet there was no sign that the killer moved the body.

Mahiru: So that's why you think it's impossible that the killer moved the body, I see, I get your point.

Kazuichi: Agh! And here I thought I had a genius idea!

Hiyoko: Too bad your soooooo stupid and boring and unpopular. Your life is meaningless.

Kazuichi: I-I respond better to praise you know!

Ibuki: But if the killer didn't move the body, then why did Aria move under the table?

Hajime: Aria was probably killed... under the table.

Nekomaru: What? You think she was killed under the table?

Byakuya: Aria went under the table for unknown purposes and was killed then, and we found her body shortly after.

Nekomaru: T-That makes sense but... why'd she go under the table?

Akane: Obviously she was hiding so she could surprise us. That girl was always a big jokester.

Kazuichi: Could be.. she definitely was that kind of person..

Teruteru: Hm... maybe she panicked during the blackout and hid under the table.

Nekomaru: It's a blackout not an earthquake! Just because the power went out doesn't mean she'd dive under the table.

Hajime: It probably has something to do with the knife that was under the table.

Ibuki: Knife? Oh! You mean that thing that totally screams "I am the murder weapon!"

Byakuya: Aria must have somehow noticed that Knife under the table which was why she went under there.

Gundham: Byakuya and her were particularly sensitive to the presence of dangerous items. So I cannot deny that possibly. But how did she notice the knife under the table?

Mahiru: I think if she realized it before hand she would have done something before the blackout.

Chiaki: Then.. instead of realizing it was there, perhaps she just noticed it at that point in time.

Peko: No that's not possible.

Nekomaru: What? You seem rather confident about that.

Peko: Of course, I have proof to back me up.

Monokuma: Phuhuhu this almost starting to sound like a real trial.

Non-Stop Debate!

Peko: I'm sure Aria ducked under the table... during the blackout.

Sonia: That sounds correct.

Hiyoko: If that's the case... during the blackout Big Sis Aria... must have seen the killer take the knife.

Ibuki: But it was super pitch black!

Akane: It was so dark I couldn't see my food!

Peko: Aria couldn't see in the dark either...

HajimeNO THAT'S WRONG!

BREAK!

Hajime: No. Aria was probably the only one who was able to see during the blackout.

Peko: Why do you say that?

Hajime: There was a pair of night vision goggles at the crime scene, and Aria was wearing them when we found her body before Monokuma took them off to show us her pained face.

Peko: So... are you saying Aria was the one who used the night vision goggles?

Hajime: Yes, that appears to be the case.

YOUR REASONING IS OUT OF FOCUS!

Mahiru: No that's wrong, it should be the other way around!

Hajime: O-Other way around?

Mahiru: Seriously! The Killer used those night vision goggles! Not Aria!

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Mahiru!

Mahiru: If you just use common sense... the killer obviously used those night vision goggles! That's gotta be it!

Advance

Hajime: Where's your proof that the killer used them?

Mahiru: Because if they used night vision goggles, then they could've killed Aria even in the dark! In reality that what happened! Those goggles were planted in advance, the killer brought them to the crime scene!

HajimeALLOW ME TO CUT THROUGH THOSE WORDS!

Break!

Hajime: Okay, someone did bring those goggles, however they couldn't use them as it was stolen from them.

Mahiru: Huh? But who?

Hajime: Byakuya was one who brought those goggles, they were supposed to be in the duralumin case. But Aria snuck the goggles for herself when Byakuya wasn't looking.

Byakuya: It's understandable if you think I'm the killer after hearing that, but I can assure you that the night vision goggles were only used to help you should a blackout happen.

Ibuki: Which means, we can be certain that the night vision goggles were supposed to be in that duralumin case aswell. Who hoo! I said 'certain' Ibuki never uses such clever language.

Mahiru: I see. When you put it like that... It makes sense.

Teruteru: Then was that knife inside the duralumin case aswell? If there were night vision goggles inside it wouldn't be weird for a knife to be in there.

Chiaki: It WOULD be weird.

Teruteru: I am weird aren't I? At times like this, I'd rather be fantasizing about... tonight's main dish.

Hiyoko: Ewww! You totally mean that in a perverted way!

Byakuya: I also noticed duct tape under the table.

Teruteru: Huh? Duct tape?

Hajime: They probably hid the knife under the table by taping it under the table.

Mikan: Oh! So that's why we found duct tape there!

Nekomaru: Aria was thorough, but she wouldn't have noticed a weapon taped to the underside of the table.

Peko: This may be off topic, but why was Byakuya and Aria so paranoid during the blackout? Not only did they bring a self defense kit, but a pair of night vision goggles too..

Nekomaru: That's true, they went above and beyond being a little cautious!

Mahiru: Now that you mention it, that applies to the dangerous items they confiscated aswell, it's one thing to be a little cautious but performing body checks are a bit much.

Nagito: They probably knew, someone was trying to commit a murder.

Gundham: Are you saying they predicted the murder!? Could it be!? Were they also in possession of the All-Seeing Eye?!

Nagito: You think so to, right Hajime?

Hajime: Everyone can please look at this!?

Hajime took out a note and showed it to everyone and the note read.

BE CAREFUL!

The first kill will happen tonight!

Someone will definitely kill someone.

Fuyuhiko: Hey... the hell is this?

Nagito: Hajime and I found this in Aria's Cottage.

Byakuya: Hold on! I should let you know that I received a letter that had exactly the same details.

Byakuya then pulled out another letter and showed it to everyone and it looked identical.

Hajime: You have one too Byakuya!?

Byakuya: We received them the day after the motive was presented. It was a threatening letter someone sent to us.

Akane: So who's the someone?

Hiyoko: Nobody besides Monokuma would write such a dumb threatening letter like that.

Monokuma: Wasn't me!

Usami: Are you sure?

Monokuma: The only lies I tell are friendly lies!

Usami: Those are still lies!

Peko: It doesn't matter who wrote it yet. So Byakuya and Aria became paranoid because of this threatening letter?

Byakuya: Yeah. We did...

Nagito: And because of that they decided to throw a party.

Teruteru: What do you mean?

Byakuya: If Aria and I kept you all in one place, it would create a situation where everyone could keep tabs on each other. Doing so it would make whoever wrote that letter be in a difficult position to act.

Teruteru: But the letter might've just been a little prank.

Byakuya: As long as we were determined to keep all of you safe, we couldn't take that risk.

Nekomaru: Tch! You should've told us both you and Aria received a threatening letter.

Byakuya: If we did you would've panicked, and everyone would start to get suspicious of each other.

Sonia: So you both tried to do something about it without telling anyone?

Peko: Then that letter ended up being Aria's undoing...

Akane: Tch! Screw that noise! Who the hell wrote that letter!

Mahiru: Well obviously... the killer..

Gundham: Hmph! Enough already! Show yourself you coward!

Hiyoko: If they were willing to come forward then they would never have committed a murder in the first place.

Sonia: Um... pardon me, can I say something?

Kazuichi: What is it Miss Sonia?

Sonia: I regret that I must return to this topic, but I just realized something concerning the night vision goggles. If Aria was Indeed wearing them, then.. how'd the killer manage to navigate in the dark?

Teruteru: You're right. They wouldn't have been able to see anything without the night vision goggles. But if the killer did take the goggles when they took the knife then, how'd Aria manage to see them?

Nekomaru: Even if the knife bore some kind of mark it would be difficult to see in that darkness.

Hajime: What if the glowing paint was the mark? With that you'd be able to get the knife even in the dark. In actuality the knife we found under the table and the duct tape holding it up were both marked with glowing paint right?

Mikan: Does that mean... the killer painted them in advance?

Mahiru: But painting them with glowing paint? It's if they knew the blackout was going to happen.

Chiaki: They have to have already known that's why they used glowing paint as a mark.

Hiyoko: Then whoever set up that blackout is the killer.

Kazuichi: That seals it! The killer had to be whoever was guarding the office. Which means It was you! Peko Pekoyama!

Ibuki: Peko... please don't tell me you killed Aria... and after all the time we spent together aswell..

Peko: Don't worry Ibuki I'm not the killer.

Akane: Oh I guess she's not.

Kazuichi: How can you believe her so easily?

Mikan: But... with Peko's height I don't think she'll be able to reach the circuit breaker.

Kazuichi: I-I don't care about a technicality like that! Peko's the one who tripped the breaker and caused the blackout.

Non-Stop Debate!

Kazuichi: Since Peko was in the office... she could've caused the blackout at anytime!

Peko: That's impossible...

Hiyoko: Huh? Why is it impossible?

Peko: Because I was not in the office... not even before the blackout.

HajimeI AGREE WITH THAT!

Break!

Hajime: No I think Peko's telling the truth.

Kazuichi: Mhmm, Don't tell me you're crushin' on Peko...

Hajime: I-it's nothing like that at all! Nekomaru's account is actually Peko's alibi.

Nekomaru: It's true someone was occupying the bathroom for a long time, and it was finally freed up after Aria's body was discovered.

Mahiru: Ah! So the person who was in the bathroom that whole time was actually...

Hajime: Everyone besides Peko was in the Dining Hall after the party started right?

Hiyoko: I see then there's no way anybody could've possibly locked themselves in the bathroom besides Peko.

Peko: I-I guess that would be.... true...

Kazuichi: You locked yourself in the commode!? You should've said so earlier.

Mahiru: There's no way she actually would've said that! Gosh you're so insensitive!

Nekomaru: If she locked herself in the bathroom for that long... there's no doubt.. it's shit... GHAHAHA! Aw there's no way she'd admit it! There's no way she'd admit she was taking a shit!

Mahiru: Hey! Weren't you raised with some basic manners or were you raised in a locker room?!

Nekomaru: Gh! I'm sorry..

Peko: I-it's fine... how about... we stop talking about this.. and move on to something else?

Nekomaru: Don't worry the smell wasn't that strong, I used the bathroom right after you so you can trust me.

Peko: I-I said it's fine!

Hiyoko: But still you were in the bathroom for a really long time, did you get food poisoning or something?

Peko: As soon as I stepped into the office, I felt this sudden rush of pain in my stomach.... because of that I was unable to leave.. including when the blackout occurred.

Teruteru: Hey! How'd it feel to do your business in the dark? Did you get excited?

Hajime: Seriously stop it.

Fuyuhiko: But still... your stomach ache was that really just a coincidence?

Mahiru: Hey! What's the deal? Don't butt into other people's business, especially if you didn't do any investigating!

Fuyuhiko: Heh! I'm only butting in because you fucking idiots are outta your element!

Gundham: Stop this childish nonsense! Just what do you mean by coincidence?

Fuyuhiko: What I mean is, is it possible someone slipped her some laxatives?

Mikan: L-Laxatives?

Fuyuhiko: If so then the killer could've tripped the breaker as soon as that girl left the office.

Akane: I see that might've happened.

Non-Stop Debate!

Fuyuhiko: Did you eat anything weird?

Peko: I don't remember eating anything weird...

Sonia: Now that you mention it... you brought food to the office right?

Peko: Just a little bit from the dining hall...

Fuyuhiko: There mighty been some laxatives it don't ya think?

HajimeNO THAT'S WRONG!

Break!

Hajime: No! It's impossible that laxatives were slipped into the food from the dining hall, because Peko wasn't the only one who ate food from the dining hall, Akane and Byakuya ate some of it too.

Mahiru: If the food had laxatives I'm pretty sure both Akane and Byakuya would experience stomach issues aswell.

Akane: I feel totally fine.

Byakuya: I have not experienced stomach problems from that food.

Teruteru: Yeah! Th-the dishes are innocent, don't go making weird accusations!

Peko: I apologise for causing such a scene.

Mahiru: Fuyuhiko should apologise not you, he's the one that came up with the laxative accusation.

Fuyuhiko: What the fuck did you say bitch!

Sonia: Cease this bickering!

Mikan: L-Let's just dismiss Peko's stomach ache as a coincidence, and go back to discussing the blackout.

Hiyoko: Yeah, Yeah we already know that you trashy skank! You don't have to tell us.

Mikan: T-Trashy skank..

Non-Stop Debate!

Hiyoko: Who tripped the breaker and how did they do it? If you can't answer that I'm gonna bop you on the head!

Ibuki: Did they throw a stone and hit it?

Kazuichi: Maybe they used a remote control?

Mikan: They probably messed with the breaker..

Sonia: It does not have to be the breaker... they may have tampered with the power supply and transmitters.

Mahiru: Or maybe they caused a power surge?

HajimeI AGREE WITH THAT!

Break!

Hajime: It's just as Mahiru said! The blackout was caused by a power surge! Of course that's not a coincidence, someone intentionally caused it.

Nagito: Which is why those three irons were arranged to cause the blackout.

Hajime: When we found those irons in the Storage room, they were still turned on. They were a reason the blackout happened.

STUPID FOOL!

Nekomaru: Hold on a second! Let me speak too!

Hajime: Wh-What the heck!?

Nekomaru: You say that the irons in the storage room were used to trigger the blackout? THAT'S INEXCUSABLE!

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Nekomaru

Nekomaru: If the irons in the storage room caused the blackout, Then for the killer to turn the irons on, Your saying they went all the way to the Storage Room? Then that means everyone in the dining hall when the blackout went off can't be a suspect!

Advance!

Hajime: No, just because people were in the dining hall doesn't mean they can't be a suspect.

Nekomaru: But the people in the dining hall weren't able to cause the blackout! If the irons caused the blackout...

HajimeALLOW ME TO CUT THROUGH THOSE WORDS!

Break!

Hajime: The irons are just one reason the blackout occurred, but they weren't the direct trigger. The direct trigger was when the Air Conditioners in the dining hall and office turned on!

Nekomaru: A-AIR CONDITIONERS!!!???

Hajime: The time for the Air conditioners were around 11:30 PM

Byakuya: That is also the same time that Aria was killed.

Nekomaru: I see... when the timer activated the air conditioners, the breaker tripped and caused a blackout. I see, I understand indubitably!

Sonia: Indubitably?

Nagito: They probably checked the old building's energy usage and used the irons to nearly max it out.  So once they set the air conditioners timers they just had to wait until it triggered.

Sonia: If so, even if Peko was in the office it would've been possible to cause a blackout, indubitably!

Kazuichi: Indubitably? Miss Sonia not you too...

Chiaki: Regarding the energy usage, they probably asked Monokuma about it.

Monokuma: Dun dun dun!

Usami: Is she right? Such a hateful bear! You deserve to die a thousand deaths!

Monokuma: A thousand you say? If I died that many time I might really stay dead.

Mahiru: Shut up! You two just stay quiet!

Peko: I couldn't have prevented the blackout even if I was in the office, But even so I feel regret! If I was in the office I could've reset the breaker in time and maybe... the murder wouldn't have occurred.

Nagito: No the breaker was built into a high part of the wall that's impossible to reach. Resetting the breaker in the darkness would've been impossible no matter what.

Fuyuhiko: Sounds like you don't need to blame yourself.

Hiyoko: Even so this killer is so sly I'm starting to worry we may never find them..

Nagito: It's alright, you don't have to worry. Because... they're just a pretty little killer right? They can't beat symbols of hope like you guys!

Byakuya: Hm?

Nagito: There's no way everybody will lose now. This little incident will just be a stepping stone for all of you! In the end hope always wins! That's what I believe.

Hajime: N-Nagito? What happened to you?

Nagito: Huh? What do you mean?

Byakuya: This entire time you've been saying that there's no possible way that there's a killer among us.

Nagito: Oh? Is that so? Well let's put that minor detail aside for now and talk about the incident. For now... we found out how the blackout occurred, but the question is, who caused it, right? Anybody could've hid and set the timers for the air conditioners... setting up the irons in the Storage room could've been done by anyone before Byakuya and Aria set foot in the old building. What a shame... anyone of us could've done that.

Fuyuhiko: What are you implying?

Hiyoko: He's just saying after all this time! We haven't made any progress!

Sonia: Huh? Even though we've been arguing for so long?

Nagito: Unfortunately, it's the truth. Despite the fact that we've discussed this in length, there's not one clue that leads to the killer. But that might be because... there's no way any of us could be a killer.

Hajime: Your changing your story again?!

Nagito: Anyway, I have an idea about what we should all do at this point. Has anybody thought about our situation like this? Instead of surviving by doubting each other, isn't it better to be killed by believing in each other?

Ibuki: D-Doesn't that mean.. Are you saying we should give up and die?

Hajime: Nagito! There's definitely something wrong with you!

Nagito: Haha! You're only thinking there's something wrong with me, because there's something wrong with you. Suspecting each other like this... there's no way this is healthy behaviour. Let's stop this already, we don't have to find out who the killer is. I can't take this anymore! I don't want to do this to my friends!

Teruteru: I-I don't wanna do this either...

Mikan: M-Me too please... take me home already.

Hiyoko: Wahhh! I wanna go home and eat candy!

Mahiru: S-Stop it... if everyone acts like this I'm gonna...

Byakuya and Hajime: Everyone calm down!

Nagito: We're all friends right? There's no way one friend would murder another.

Hajime: Th-Then why did Aria die!?

Nagito: Who cares? Let's just give up already. There are no clues that lead to the killer, not a single one of them..

Chiaki: That's Wrong!...........I think...

Nagito: Did you say something?

Chiaki: Cause, we've already found a clue that might point to who the killer is.

Gundham: A clue you say?

Akane: You know who the killer is?

Chiaki: The Killer? I dunno. But we do have a clue about a suspicious person. I think..

Nagito: I see, care to tell me? What's this clue you're talking about?

Chiaki: First of all, let's try thinking about how the killer was able to obtain the knife during the blackout.

Nagito: Didn't we already cover that? They used glowing paint as a mark.

Chiaki: No not that, I mean before that.

Hajime: Let's try examining the situation. Mahiru's diagram might be useful here.

Mahiru: The diagram of where everyone was standing before the blackout right? Um.. here it is.

Hajime: The killer must've used the desk lamp to move in that Darkness.

Nagito: The desk lamp? I hope you don't mean they turned on the light or something.

Gundham: There was a blackout, no way the killer could've used the light.

Hajime: They didn't turn the desk lamp on. They used it's power cord.

Mikan: P-Power cord?

Byakuya: They would've been able to feel their way to the table using it during the blackout. The killer would've been able to use the glowing paint aswell to find the knife.

Chiaki: There is only one person who would've been able to do that.

Teruteru: Wh-Who?

Hajime then looked at everyone and then he cast his finger and pointed at the killer.

HajimeNagito it was you wasn't it?

TRIAL SUSPENSION!

Chapter Text

Trial of Vocals

Hajime: Nagito, it was you wasn't it?

Nagito: Huh? Me?

Hajime: Judging by everyone's positions before the blackout, the only one near the power cord besides the victim was you.

Nekomaru: Which means... the only one who could've felt there way towards the table using the power cord was... Nagito!

Nagito: Th-That's just a coincidence.

Chiaki: But still, you had a chance right? A chance to hide the knife.

Hajime: Nagito, weren't you cleaning the dining hall all morning? If so you would've had the chance to hide the knife.

Nagito: Th-That's...

Hajime: If you factor in the power cord, and the time it took you to clean the dining hall, you're the only one who could've done it.

Nagito: Seriously it's all just a coincidence!

Byakuya: It's suspicious enough with one coincidence, but multiple times in a row? That just can't be ignored.

Mahiru: Could it be? Did you give yourself cleaning duty on purpose so you could hide the knife under the table!?

Nekomaru: Now that you mention it, Nagito did prepare the drawing to whoever would clean the dining hall.

Mahiru: You rigged the drawing didn't you!? That's how you got to clean the dining hall right!?

Chiaki: I don't know if you're the killer or not but... regardless it proves your suspicious right?

Nagito: Gh.. gh-gh..

Nekomaru: If that's the case then... that strange speech from earlier... that was part of your plan too.

Fuyuhiko: You got us to lower our guard and tried to hide the fact you did it! didn't you, you motherfucker!

Mahiru: Well? Just admit already!

Nagito: Ngh...ngh.

Hajime: Nagito, tell me you object to this. Frankly I don't want to believe it either. We investigated together, you were so kind, I can't believe you're the one that killed Aria.

Nagito: Ngh...ngh..

Hajime: Nagito! Say something!

Nagito: Ngh...ngh!

...

Nagito: Aha... AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!

The Ultimates are working together to combat the Despair of their friend's death, Ah how wonderful, how beautiful it is!

Hajime: Huh?

Nagito: Let's cut to the chase! Your correct! It was my doing all along! I'm the one who hid the knife before the party started. I'm one who tried to use the power cord to find my way through the dark. And of course, I'm the one who caused the blackout! After all, there's no way I'd knowingly whip out a knife in front of everyone right?

Ibuki: I-Is it just me or, does he seem a little nuts right now?

Nagito: But! I never expected Aria to find out about my plan, because of that, we had a little scuffle during the blackout and, well you all saw how that played out right? But with a twist ending like this, I think we can all agree that this ended up being a very interesting mystery. Hahaha! Aria preformed admirably!

Kazuichi: J-Just Stop already! Seriously what the hell happened to you?

Mahiru: Don't tell me... is this your true nature? Were you lying to us this entire time?

Nagito: Me? Lie? That's outrageous! There's no way someone like me would be able to lie to you guys! I understand better than anyone that I'm ultimately worthless. I'm too arrogant to have dreams or cling to hope, I'm to disdainful to actually try at anything. I just made peace with the fact that I'm a lowly, stupid, insignificant human, who can't do anything right.

Ibuki: HOLY CRAP! He's totally the kind of guy whose spent his childhood Killing neighbourhood pets!

Sonia: He seems like the sort of person who's eyes light up whilst watching Friday the 13th.. just like me.

Kazuichi: That's... quite the hobby you've got there but... now's not the time to bring it up.

Byakuya: Nagito, were you also the one who sent those threatening letters to me and Aria?

Nagito: Yep, sure did. There's nobody else on this Island whose handwriting is that painful to look at right?

Hiyoko: But why would you send a threatening letter in the first place?

Nagito: I think deep down, I wanted someone to stop my plans. However I bet that some of you would've felt sorry me.

Akane: Are you making fun of us!?

Chiaki: By threatening Byakuya and Aria Nagito was able to manipulate their actions. In doing so Nagito was able to manipulate everyone to scene where the murder would occur.. am I wrong?

Peko: That reminds me, Nagito was the one who suggested I guard the office.

Hiyoko: Oh I get it! If Peko was guarding the Storage room, Nagito wouldn't be able to use the irons.

Peko: The threatening letter, along with all of your suggestions. It was a trap to manipulate us weren't it?

Nagito: Yep, but your wrong about one thing.

Mikan: Huh? Wh-What?

Nagito: I didn't need to rig the drawing to get picked for cleaning duty.

Mahiru: If that's the case then how did you conveniently get picked for cleaning duty?

Byakuya: He's the Ultimate Lucky Student, if I recall which would mean...

Nagito: That's right, I just trusted my luck, I trusted that I'd be picked for cleaning duty.

Teruteru: You just... relied on your luck?

Nagito: It's not just luck, it's true that my talent sucks, but I'm still the Ultimate Lucky Student. At the time Hajime said I wasn't lucky, but the opposite happened instead. I was lucky and I got picked for cleaning duty just as I wanted.

Hajime: E-Enough! I don't care about that anymore. More importantly why did you kill Aria?

Nagito: Aria was a very hopeful person who survived her previous Killing Game as she told us, for her to get killed after that traumatic event she was in... oh the Despair it brings. It's only fitting that you symbols of hope should use her death as a stepping stone to shine even brighter! That was my only motivation!

Nekomaru: Y-Your not making any sense!

Fuyuhiko: Fine! Let's start the damn vote already! I can't wait to fuckin kill this psycho!

Ibuki: Please! Monokuma!

MikanP-PLEASE WAIT!

Fuyuhiko: Huh? The fuck?

Mikan: Um... I don't know how I should put this... Is Nagito really the killer?

Teruteru: What are you saying? He's already confessed hasn't he?

Mikan: Um..I know, it just... there's something a little strange...

Hiyoko: If it's only a little then keep your mouth shut! Your ugly face is stressing me out, makes wanna puke!

Mikan: Ahh! I'm soorrrry!

Sonia: Um.. for now might I suggest what she has to say...

Teruteru: But... we know who the killer is...

Gundham: Simply listening is acceptable... However! I won't allow it to end with mere play! Now then let us lift the curtain for a bloody spectacle!

Non-Stop Debate!

Mikan: I think it's strange that-

Teruteru: The killer is so obviously Nagito!

Mikan: Um...

Peko: He has already confessed.

Mikan: Um you know-

Fuyuhiko: That bastard Nagito is the one who did it! He killed Aria with the knife he hid.

ByakuyaHOLD IT!

Break!

Byakuya: Mikan, are you trying to say that the knife is inconsistent with your autopsy report?

Mikan: Yes! That's it.

Fuyuhiko: The hell are you talking about? It's obvious that the knife was the murder weapon!

Mikan: But, based on Aria's wounds the weapon should be roughly 5mm in diameter..

Ibuki: 5mm in diameter? That like, waaaaay skinnier than a knife.

Fuyuhiko: Hey that better be true, if you screwed up I'll sell your fucking ass to a whorehouse!

Mikan: Ek! Not a whorehouse!

Mahiru: Hey! Why are you threatening her!

Nagito: Is this what you're trying to say Mikan? As long as we can't prove the knife is the murder weapon there's no way we can prove I'm the killer.

Mahiru: Wh-What are you saying? No one else can be the killer it has to be you!

Nagito: Hey, don't blame me, Mikan's the one who said it.

Mikan: I-I'm sorrrrry!

Chiaki: Hey Nagito, are you still hiding something?

Nagito: Hiding?

Chiaki: Like, during the blackout, did something happen between you and Aria that we don't know about?

Nagito: Who knows?

Gundham: After all this, what else do you intend to hide?

Nagito stays quiet.

Hiyoko: Jeez the moment your back's against the wall you get all silent, you piss me off!

Ibuki: What happened during the blackout? Hmmm. Hmmmmmm. Ah! If you cross your eyes like this! It gives you double vision!

Kazuichi: Don't get distracted! Our lives are at stake!

Akane: Huh? Whose lives are at stake?

Kazuichi: Seriously how long is it gonna take you for you to understand the damn rules!

Nagito: Nobody could see in the dark, Aria notwithstanding, No matter how hard you think about it, the truth is beyond your sight.

Hajime: No that's not it.

Nagito: Not it? What's not it?

Hajime: Even if we couldn't see in the dark, I'm pretty sure someone must have heard it, isn't that right Ibuki?

Ibuki: For Realzzzzzz!?

Hajime: Don't you remember? You told me what you heard in the blackout right?

Ibuki: Ibuki knows what she heard!

"Ow!" Nagito yelps in pain.

"Uwah! It's a..blackout!" Mahiru noticed.

"Hey! I can't see anything!" Kazuichi begins to panic.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!" Ibuki yells.

"E-Everyone! Calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this." Mahiru says trying to get everyone to calm down.

"Wah! Don't step on my feet!" Hiyoko yelps in pain.

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Wh-Where are..?" Byakuya confusingly said.

"Ugh! H-Huh? What the.." Aria mutters out.

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!" Akane says.

"You guys? Where are you? W-Wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?" Teruteru asks.

"Perhaps the breaker overloaded?" Sonia suggests.

"H-Hold on a sec! I'll go along the wall and do something about it." Kazuichi says.

Nagito: Such perceptive hearing! Impressive! I expected no less from the Ultimate Musician.

Hiyoko: It's a good thing your hearing's good because your face, style, figure and personality totally suck!

Ibuki: Ghaha! You cut me deep with your knife of truth!

Peko: However... after hearing what Nagito said immediately after the blackout occurred and judging by everyone's positions before the blackout.... It seems like Aria fought Nagito or something...

Nagito: Well... that's actually what happened. As a sign of respect for Ibuki's talent, I have a small confession to make. I was actually shoved away from the table by Aria as soon as the blackout started.

Teruteru: She..shoved you away?

Nagito: She must have witnessed me setting up my plan, and then devised a plan of her own to stop me. That must be why she took the night vision goggles from Byakuya, she wanted to stop me and expose my plan. Which was why she pushed me away as soon as the blackout happened. That's right.. I'm so incompetent I couldn't even set my plan into motion. After she shoved me away I was just as confused as you guys, I lost sight of the table and power cord and before I knew it, Aria was under the table dead.

Mahiru: H-Hold on! Are you saying your not the killer!?

Nagito: From the very beginning... the idea to throw a party, hiding the knife, setting up the blackout, it was all going according to plan. But unfortunately my plan failed and it's all thanks to Aria discovering my plan! What happened after that? Even I don't know.

Fuyuhiko: Y-You failed!? Then your not the one who killed Aria!

Hiyoko: Then we're right back to square one!

Nekomaru: How could that be!? We've spent all this time talking back and forth!

Nagito: Meaningless... what other word is brimming with so much despair? But you can't give up! You need to have hope! Do your best and move forward! Rising to the challenge again and again is why you guys are the symbols of hope!

Trial 1B - Suspended!

I have known Aria since my previous school in Shiba Academy, as two members of Black Cherry we rocked out day and night. When I left, she left too. We both pursued solo careers. My one regret? I never got to tell her what I felt for her. So I Ibuki Mioda will work hard to uncover her killer.

Trial 1B - Resume!

Nagito: Well, what now? If the knife isn't the murder weapon, there's no definitive proof that I'm the killer.

Mahiru: Sh-Shut up! We'll be the judge of that!

Teruteru: You say you were shoved away but... you can't actually prove it right?

Gundham: That's right... even if a different weapon was used, it doesn't not mean Nagito is cleared of suspicion!

Mikan: But.. there's another reason I don't think Nagito is the killer.

Teruteru: There's still more?

Mikan: Based on what we've discussed Aria was killed under the table, right?

Sonia: Is there something wrong with that?

Mikan: Well..even if that's true, I think Nagito looks..clean.

Nagito: Nobody's ever complimated on my appearance before! Not even my own mother.

Mikan: Nghh! I'm not talking about your looks...

Hajime: Mikan, are you referring to why Nagito has no blood on him?

Mikan: Y-Yes! That's it! Because under the table there was alot of blood splattered everywhere right? There were even bloodstains on the inside of the tablecloth.

Peko: If he stabbed Aria to death, then it's strange that he did not get splattered with an appropriate amount of blood.

Nagito: I didn't get any blood on me? That is weird.

Akane: You just used something to block the blood didn't ya!?

Nagito: Something that might've been used to block the splatter... what do you think it could've been? Well I guess we saw someone like that didn't we Hajime?

Hajime: You're talking about the blood stained tablecloth we found in the storage room right?

Fuyuhiko: If there's bloodstains on it then that settles it! Nagito used the tablecloth to block the blood splatter!

Gundham: But that was found in the Storage Room right? Are you suggesting he hid it after the murder?

Nekomaru: You mean after the lights came back on? What would he have done if we saw him?

Hajime: It's true that the tablecloth was pretty big, so if you tried to take it with you...

Nagito: Wearing a tablecloth... going under the table, getting a knife in the blackout and stabbing someone... That's not just impossible for someone like me, wouldn't it also have been impossible for you guys too?

Teruteru: Then... what does it mean?

Chiaki:... Maybe the killer didn't stab Aria under the table to begin with.

Gundham: No..there's no mistake that the murder occurred under the table.

Mikan: Even the inside of the tablecloth was bloody, so there's no denying that Aria was killed there.

Chiaki: But that doesn't mean where Aria was stabbed and where the killer did the stabbing was the same place right?

Ibuki: I don't understand at all!

Nagito: Huh? Hajime you look like you're onto something.

Teruteru: Really? But it sounds like a riddle...

Hajime: I feel like I'm on to something, but.. it's still not clear what it is...

Chiaki: Under the table, but not under the table... if it's possible somehow, it's the only answer that makes sense. Moving forward we should put aside all unnecessary preconceptions and just choose the answer... I think.

Hajime then closed his eyes as he starts to think.

Byakuya: Chiaki I think... are you suggesting they stabbed Aria from under the floorboar-

Hajime: I GOT IT! The killer stabbed Aria from under the floorboards!

Byakuya: I was literally about to say that Hajime.

Hajime: O-Oh.. sorry Byakuya.

Mahiru: Under the floorboards?

Byakuya: The carpet didn't reach to where Aria's body lay, so the killer would've been able to stab through the floorboards.

Nagito: If so, that means the killer was able to get under the floorboards... but from where? And how?

Hajime: I don't know that yet... but I have a feeling someone does know... Hey Gundham, you dropped your earring in the dining hall right?

Gundham: Are you referring to the Hell Hound Earring?

Hajime: About that earring-

Gundham: I said, are you referring to the Hell Hound Earring?

Hajime: About that Hell Hound Earring, you dropped it beneath the dining hall right?

Gundham: Kehehe, just a bit longer and I would've reduced everything, including that old building to ashes. However it's just as the old legend said! The Hell Hound Earring has returned to its owner! To me!

Hajime: Is it safe to say that... that earring is the one on your right ear?

Teruteru: Huh? Could it be?

Hajime: Gundham wasn't wearing a earring during the investigation, and if he had it on by the time the Class Trial started, then that means Gundham was able to retrieve his earring from beneath the floorboards during the Investigation.

Peko: So.. Gundham knows how to get under the floorboards.

Gundham: Kheheheh! It's only understandable you fools only view the world through eyes of glass. But I am different! With the power of my Four Dark Devas of Destruction it is of no concern! Truly this is the evil fourth eye! Before the might of the evil fourth eye all visual chaos is rendered asunder!

Hiyoko: What should I do? I'm embarrassed just listening to him..

Nekomaru: Dohhh! Man up and speak more clearly!

Gundham: Fine! I shall tell you all! The answer was in the Storage Room! One of my Four Dark Devas of Destruction, Mirage Golden Hawk Jum-P has seen beyond the chaos. A secret passage of doom leading to the underground lurks beneath a large assortment of random boxes. After securing a lighter from the supermarket, I threw caution to the wind and ventured below the floorboards. And as a result of that lonesome battle, I was able to recover the Hell Hound Earring with my own two hands! Fuhahahaha! Tremble with fear fools! Behold my power!

Hiyoko: There he goes again blabbering about power and crap, your ridiculous! You're just a breeder you know?!

Peko: Anyway, it sounds like you can go under the floorboards from the Storage Room.

Chiaki: Then that has to be how the killer did it! If the space beneath the floor is empty, it's not that far to move from the Storage Room to the Dining Hall.

Nekomaru: I see.. if they passed through the storage room, I understand why the tablecloth was put there.

Ibuki: The killer lurked under the floorboards during the party and from there "stab, stab, stab!"

Teruteru: Hm? Are you sure?

Ibuki: You don't like stab, stab, stab? Should it sound more fleshy like "splat, shank, stab"

Teruteru: No.. I'm not talking about your sound effects. Your saying they snuck under the floorboards right? But that means they would have to leave the party. So was there anyone who was able to do that?

Hiyoko: Then whoever wasn't at the party is the killer! They were lurking under the floor from the start.

Akane: Who wasn't at the party again?

Chiaki: I didn't participate but.. I was guarding the entrance remember? Usami over there can be my witness.

Usami: Yes, this Usami here is your witness.

Peko: I believe there's no need to discuss this matter further but... I was unable to leave the bathroom.

Teruteru: I was in the kitchen for a long time but I frequently went to the dining hall to deliver my dishes.

Mahiru: Um... the only person who wasn't at the party... judging by the photos I taken before the blackout... it obviously has to be him!

Mahiru then pointed towards Fuyuhiko, who was looking a bit nervous and irritated.

Hiyoko: Yay! It's decided!

Fuyuhiko: Wh-What the fuck are you all saying!? I'm not the killer!

Mahiru: Oh really? What happened to the tough guy who was saying stuff like "I can do it"?

Mahiru said that in a blatant mocking tone.

Fuyuhiko: Don't mess with me! I'll fucking kill you!

Mahiru: See! Your making threats again!

Monokuma: Yep, Yep that's right! Things are starting to get exciting!

Non-Stop Debate

Hiyoko: During the party the killer, was lurking like a cockroach under the floor.

Teruteru: Then they could've stared at panties all day, without going to the Storage room in the dark.

Ibuki: Is that true Fuyuhiko?

Fuyuhiko: Don't act like I'm the fucking killer!

Mahiru: But when the party started, nobody saw you, you know? That means you have no alibi!

PekoI'VE SEEN THROUGH IT!

Break!

Peko: Fuyuhiko actually has an alibi, doesn't he Chiaki?

Chiaki: Oh yeah... when I was guarding the old building, Fuyuhiko walked by a couple of times. It was after the party started, there's no way he could've been under the floor then.

Fuyuhiko: You should've said that earlier dumbass.

Mahiru: It's still your fault though, why were you even around the old building in the first place?

Fuyuhiko: Sh-Shut up!

Teruteru: Maybe there really is a secret passage outside and he came to spy.

Fuyuhiko: What'd you say motherfucker!

Teruteru: Oh noooooo-ho-ho-haha-hmhm..

Hiyoko: Wow, he got chewed out but he looks super happy.

Gundham: Regardless it's impossible to go under  the floorboards from outside, Chiaki and I already confirmed that.

Sonia: Then someone definitely went under the floorboards during the party.

Mikan: During the party... it was probably during the blackout.

Chiaki: Well... if someone really disappeared during the blackout, no one would've noticed.

Teruteru: But walking down that dark hallway to the Storage Room is like trying to make eggs benedict without any eggs.

Kazuichi: You're right, I couldn't see the office and that room was much closer.

Byakuya: It might be possible if we take a closer look at things.

Ibuki: It was super dark you know, there's no way you could've found your way to the Storage Room.

Nagito: It appears, we're getting close to the final stage. The blackened or the spotless? Which is superior, I think it's time we find this out.

Non-Stop Debate

Teruteru: The hallway was really dark during the blackout. Moving to the Storage Room like that, is like trying to make a seafood bowl without fish.

Chiaki: Is it really not possible?

Nekomaru: What if they used a string like the cord?

Hiyoko: Maybe there was another pair of Night Vision Goggles?

Akane: What a pain I'm gonna go with my gut.. what if they used a light?

HajimeI AGREE WITH THAT!

Break!

Hajime: The killer had a light with them.

Akane: Oh I was right?

Ibuki: But where would they have found a light?

Hajime: There was one nearby. It's on the kitchen's equipment list. It's the portable stove!

Ibuki: P-Portable Stove!?

Hajime: Yes, the portable stove doesn't require electricity to work, and it easy to carry around, because of that, the killer was able to get to the Storage Room using it.

Nagito: I see... I never considered the portable stove, but there's a hole in your arguement.

Teruteru: A hole? What kind of hole? It would be great if you could explain it to me in much more detail... Ah! I wasn't making a perverted joke, it's really not a perverted joke I'm serious..

Mahiru: Repeating yourself just makes it sound more suspicious!

Nagito: Now then Hajime, will you battle me?

NO THAT'S WRONG!

Nagito: Will you be able to break through my arguement?

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Nagito

Nagito: Did you forget what Kazuichi said earlier? He said the hall was too dark to see office. The light from the stove you mentioned, it contradicts his testimony, or are you intentionally doubting his Testimony?

Advance!

Hajime: I don't doubt what Kazuichi said, what are trying to say?

Nagito: The reason Kazuichi couldn't see the office it was because the hallway was dark right? But if there was a light in the dark hallway, wouldn't Kazuichi have seen it?

HajimeALLOW ME TO CUT THROUGH THOSE WORDS!

Break!

Hajime: Nagito, did you forget or are you pretending to forget?

Nagito: Huh? What are you talking about?

Hajime: There should've been a wall that blocked light, I'm talking about the fire door in the hallway, if you close it, it would form a perfect wall in the hallway. Plus the hallway rounds a corner behind the fire door, So even if there was a small gap in the fire door, as long as they pass the corner, the light wouldn't peek out.

Nagito: I see, to actually notice the fire door, truly expected of the Ultimate... Oh? You still don't remember your Ultimate Talent do you?

Hajime: Wh-Who cares about that right now?

Chapter Text

Trial of Vocals

Nagito: Oh? You still don't remember your Ultimate Talent now do you?

Hajime: Wh-Who cares about that right now?

Peko: Nagito, what are you plotting? For someone who insists he's not the killer, you're quite nosy.

Nagito: You sound so scary, if you're that angry, why don't you take a deep breath?

Fuyuhiko: You sure like to piss us off! How about I shut your fucking mouth for you?!

Monokuma: Heeey! It's okay if you guys fight, but I won't allow a burly brawl that might offend people. More importantly can you hurry up and decide who's the blackened already? Time runs out when I get bored.

Nagito: Fine, I get it, your telling me to pass the torch right?

Sonia: P-Pass the torch?

Nagito: Were going to ask the real killer, not an imposter like me, to show themselves.

Nekomaru: Hmph! You're obviously the killer right?

Nagito: If you think I am, I really don't mind. Whatever conclusion you Ultimates arrive at, I will accept it, no matter what it is.

Byakuya: Hajime and I might know who it is. If the portable stove came from the kitchen then... he's the only possible answer.

Kazuichi: He?

HajimeTeruteru, could it be you?

Teruteru:.... Huh? What? What are you talking about!?

Mahiru: Teruteru's the killer? Is that true?

Teruteru: What are you talking about there's no way!?

Hajime: Of course, that's merely my assumption, if you have an objection, please speak freely.

Teruteru: O-Objection or not, why am I being treated like the killer?

Byakuya: Because as I said, the portable stove used in the murder, was in the kitchen.

Teruteru: That's it!? That's the only reason you're treating me like the killer?! Your Cruel! Cruel! Too Cruel!

Nagito: Ah Teruteru, that attitude is so not like you. For the Ultimate Cook to get so upset-

Teruteru: Call me "Chef".

Nagito: If you fall to aspersions like this, who will be there to support the future of the culinary arts?

Teruteru: The future of the culinary arts?

Nagito: That's right, for the future of the culinary arts you must face this and fight it fair and square.

Teruteru: Your right... yeah... that's totally right.

Akane: So what's an "aspersion" anyway? Is it yummy?

Hiyoko: Did you know asbestos is yummy too? You should try some.

Hajime: Nagito, why are you interfering?

Nagito: Let's assume the killer used a light, and that they used the fire door to mask the light, and that they moved to the storage room and snuck under the floorboards. Then What? It was dark under the floorboards too. So how would they be able to stab Aria? You're not gonna say they shined the light on Aria right? The plan would've been ruined if she noticed.

Teruteru: That's right! What you think about that?

Nagito: There's no way you can answer right? You haven't even investigated below the floorboards.

Mahiru: If that's the case then Gundham should know he personally investigated under there.

Gundham: Unfortunately, there was nothing related to incident under the floorboards. The only thing I found under the floorboards was a strange shining liquid in the dark, near where Aria's blood was dripping.

Mahiru: Wh-What!? A shining liquid in the dark?

Ibuki: That sounds super important!

Sonia: So if it is important, then maybe the killer would have been able to move to that liquid in the dark right?

Chiaki: In doing so, it might've been possible to use that glowing paint to mark the victim.

Hajime: That mark was the glowing paint. The killer used the glowing paint that was applied to the knife to move under the floorboards.

Nekomaru: Ah! By using the glowing paint as a target, they were able to judge where to stab even in the dark.

Hiyoko: I see the killer didn't strike an actual person they just struck the moment the glowing paint moved.

Sonia: That would be when someone grabbed a hold on the knife.

Nagito: So the killer used the mark that I used to find the knife as a place for stabbing? I see, that's why Aria was killed when she took the knife.

Chiaki: If they were able to do that, then wouldn't it mean that the killer knew about Nagito's plan all along?

Byakuya: Teruteru was preparing the food for the party in the old building's kitchen, so he would've been the first to hear what Nagito was planning.

Nekomaru: Well Teruteru?

Teruteru: S-Seriously? I don't know anything...

Nagito: Then can I ask everyone a question instead? 

Mahiru: Y-You again!? Just stop already!

Teruteru: N-Now now, we must give everyone a fair chance to speak.

Nagito: If Teruteru went to the Storage Room in the blackout then, just what did Ibuki hear pry tell?

Peko: She heard... Teruteru's voice in the dining hall?

Nagito: Doesn't that prove that Teruteru was in the dining hall during the blackout?

Teruteru: That's right! That's exactly it!

Mahiru: But Teruteru was in the kitchen the moment before the blackout, so why was he in the dining hall?

Teruteru: I-I thought that the blackout was only in the kitchen, so I panicked and ran out of there. Of course the hallway was dark too so I moved along the wall to everyone's voices.

Akane: That sounds fishy!

Ibuki: But now that Ibuki thinks of it, it is strange... I heard Teruteru's voice in the dining hall, but it sounded a little different, it sounded like it came from below.

Hajime: There were also gaps in the floorboards, if he shouted through those...

Ibuki: Then Teruteru would sound similar to the voices in the dining hall, so that's what happened! After killing Aria from under the floorboards, Teruteru shouted from there to sound like he was in the dining hall!

Teruteru was struck silent.

Teruteru: But-but-but-but-but-but...

Peko: I see... so he brazenly shouted from under the floor to make it seem like he was in the dining hall.

Mahiru: Is that true Teruteru?!

Teruteru: H-Hold on a second..

Mikan: Can you explain this Teruteru?

Teruteru: I told you to wait a sec ain't IIIII!!

Mikan: Kyhaaa!

Teruteru: What are y'all even saying anymor' I'm tellin' ya I was in dat dere dinin' hall durin' the blackou'!!

Hiyoko: Were are you from again?

Teruteru: Ohhhh, I was born West Azabu and raised South Aoyama!

Hiyoko: Hey you guys! This guy's a major liar!

Chiaki: If Teruteru was in the dining hall during the blackout then he should've been there after the power returned.

Nagito: Well, I believe so there was no way he could've gone back and forth between the dark hallway.

Mahiru: Huh? Was Teruteru actually there?

Teruteru: I-I sure was, I was dere da whole damn time.

Nagito: Something like this shouldn't be decided by gut instinct, people's lives are at stake.

Teruteru: Damn right! You guys shoulda been decided on dis on da spot with yoa hazy memories!

Hiyoko: His accent is getting even worse! He's definitely lying.

Sonia: However, I am not sure, I believe he was there and I believe he was not there...

Nekomaru: Nghhh! Is there anyway we can decide?

Chiaki: Why don't we consult his memories?

Teruteru: Grah! Cher don't be sayin' dings like dat don't make no sense! Can you even prove I wasn't in da dinin' hall.

Byakuya: I might have something.

Teruteru: Grraaaahhh! You again.

Byakuya: If you claim to have been in the dining hall after the power came back on. Then someone like you would definitely remember the brief pose Mikan ended up in after the blackout right?

Teruteru: WH-WHAT!?

Mikan: Ngh! Don't make me remember! It's so embarrassing.

Byakuya: My apologies Mikan but this is an important question... it was a fairly clever way of tripping, so you would be able to remember it briefly.

Mikan: Eee, I'm sorry, I'm sorry you all saw something so unsightly...

Ibuki: H-How about it? You can't answer Teruteru?

Teruteru: Hm.. that's weird it just... slipped from my mind-

Mahiru: There's no way it would slip from your mind especially not a pervert like you!

Teruteru: U-Um... even so... Nagito..say something..

Nagito: Hmm, well it looks like you'll have to give up now.

Teruteru: G-Give up!? What do mean give up?

Nagito: Teruteru, I'm disappointed too you know? It's lonely watching someone I admire reach the limits of there hope, feels like a broken dream you know?

Hajime: Nagito, what are you doing? Why are you messing with the killer like that?

Teruteru: H-Hold on a sec! Don't go movin' dis on your own like I really am da killer!

Nagito: Huh? But it already decided right?

Teruteru: Da-da-da-da-da-da hmm da-da-da-da... Da murder hasn't been cleared up yet cher!

Hiyoko: It's no use! I can't understand him anymore!

Usami: It appears he saying "The murder weapon hasn't been cleared up yet".

Ibuki: You understand him!?

Usami: But it's such a sad defense... this is too cruel..

Teruteru: Oh! F you callin' me da killer den where da weapon!?

Mahiru: Come on Usami! Enough with the whimpering and translate!

Usami: Um he said, "If you're calling me the killer, then where's the weapon?"

Nekomaru: The weapon? It not the knife right?

Mikan: Judging by Aria's wounds the weapon should be roughly 5mm in diameter.

Gundham: Also, if they stabbed from under the floorboards, the weapon would have to be at least 50cm in length.

Nagito: After all of this? Who cares about the weapon?

Teruteru: Na goo enuf! Na goo enuf at all!

Usami: He said, "Not good enough, Not good enough at all".

Chiaki: Fine, I got it, let's try thinking about what the weapon was.

Teruteru: Wannado'tWannado't!

Usami: He said, "Try to do it."

Ibuki: What a confusing accent!

Silence ran for few minutes before Byakuya spoke up.

Byakuya: The weapon.. it must be that missing iron skewer.

Mahiru: Huh? The Iron Skewer?

Byakuya: Before the party as I was confiscating all the dangerous items, I spoke to Teruteru about the missing Iron Skewer and he said it was missing from the start.

Nekomaru: So that missing Iron Skewer is the weapon.

Mikan: An Iron Skewer matches with the wounds perfectly.

Akane: Hey Teruteru, where'd you hide the Iron Skewer!?

Teruteru: Ah! Ah! Ahhhh!  Avrillavinnnnnnne!

Usami: Avril Lavigne?

Ibuki: Huh? Did he really just say that?

Fuyuhiko: He's saying random shit to fuck with us! You probably dumped it somewhere on the island didn't you!?

Usami: This school trip has a no littering rule, if he had violated it the Island sirens would be ringing non stop.

Kazuichi: Island Sirens? Just for littering?

Chiaki: Also I was on Guard Duty, and I never once saw Teruteru leave the old building.

Peko: Which means he hid it somewhere in the old building again.

Hiyoko: It's probably the kitchen again right?

Nekomaru: Teruteru, just man up and be straight with us.

Teruteru: OH OH OH OOOOOOHHHH! WHAT DA HELL YOU EVEN SAYIN YA STUPID COUNTRY HICK!?

Usami: He said um.. "Oh what the hell you're even saying you stupid country hick?"

Chiaki: I guess we have no choice but to find out for ourselves.

Teruteru: Ah'm na hidin anyding!

Usami: He said "I'm not hiding anything."

Teruteru: Ah'm na hidin anyding! Ah'm na hidin anyding!!

Teruteru started screaming words at random that no one but Usami was able to understand, and then hid broke once they heard...

Teruteru: Where would da weapon be!?

Hajime: Could that Iron Skewer be hidden inside that big Meat on the Bone?

Teruteru: Wha-wha-wha-wha-wha... What you're sayin? Dere's no way I'd hide the weapon in a place like dat?

Akane: Th-That's clearly impossible, that's inside the food.

Byakuya: Impossible, that's what Hajime and I thought when we saw it first, which is why we overlooked it. In reality that's the only place it could've been hidden to begin with!

Nekomaru: WHAT NOOOW!

Teruteru: I-I'm usin mah right to remain silent.

Hiyoko: There's no way that exists here!

Ibuki: We need to confirm this now!

Akane: So if we eat that tasty piece of meat and find that iron skewer inside, Bullseye!

Kazuichi: Alright Monokuma or Usami, one of you hurry and bring over that piece of meat!

Akane: One minute... just give me one minute... I'll eat the whole thing!

Byakuya: No you won't, I'll be eating that thank you!

Mahiru: Can't you both share-

Akane and Byakuya: NO!

Teruteru: Wait now hold on a sec! Time Out! Time Out!

Nekomaru: What are you doing?! Hurry up and bring it over!

Usami: Um... about that...

Usami then pointed to Monokuma's chair to reveal that the bear Headmaster disappeared.

Mahiru: Huh? Where did Monokuma go?

Monokuma: I'm right here.

He turned to be in the middle of the Trial Seats.

Monokuma: Nom! I'm already eating it!

Akane and Byakuya: Dammit that's my meat!

Monokuma: Nom! What is this? It's so yummy?

Ibuki: Kyhaa! A bear that eats meat- wait.. now that I think about it.. that's pretty normal.

Monokuma: I've never had something like this in my entire life! It takes me back to my days in the wild.

 Teruteru: Th-Th THIS IS BAD! Seriously this is really bad!

Monokuma: My, my, there's something inside the meat.

Monokuma took the Iron Skewer out and held it up triumphantly.

Monokuma: Look what came out!

Ibuki: I-Isn't that...

Sonia: Is that... an Iron Skewer?

Chiaki: Check it out, the handle looks like it was made of bone, pretty clever.

Gundham: The sword of destruction! Encased in bone and sheathed in meat, it brought catastrophe unto Aria!

Nagito: As expected of Teruteru, truly an fantastic weapon from the Ultimate Chef.

Teruteru: Y-Your wrong... I'm not the killer... I'm not the kind of guy who'll kill someone. I-I got it! You all set me up! You guys set this up so you could blame this on me!

Nagito: Jeez, what a disappointment. Such an unseemly defense for an Ultimate like you. Can you really call that Hope?

Chiaki: Hey Nagito, I'm sorry but could you be quiet?

Teruteru: Y'all nothin' but a buncha poor, loudmouthed, fast-food eatin' hicks!

Usami: He said "Your all nothing but a bunch of poor, loudmouthed, fast-food eating hicks!"

Mahiru: Y-You don't need to translate anymore, somehow I can.. tell what he's trying to say.

Teruteru: nevah, nevah, nevah, shoulda waste mah cookin on you 'ngrates!

Chiaki: I guess, we'll need to end this once and for all, but first I think it would be wise to go over the whole incident again.

Hajime: Very well, Here's everything that happened in this case!

CLOSING ARGUMENT

Let's try and go over the whole incident Beginning late this day before the party. Aria went into the old building to check up on the two behind this crime, that was when she found out about the instigator's plan, so Aria came up with a plan of her own to stop it. When the party rolled around Aria stole Byakuya's Night Vision goggles from the duralumin case when Byakuya wasn't around.

Then right after the party had started, Byakuya and Aria gathered us all in the dining hall of the old building near the hotel. They were extra cautious about a murder occurring that night because of a threatening letter they received, Therefore they decided to throw a party so they could monitor us. Though Fuyuhiko didn't come everyone else was assembled in the dining hall and the party was underway, but at that time, a trap set by a certain somebody was already in motion.

They plugged three irons in the Storage Room which nearly capped the power usage, Additionally they prepared something else that would activate at 11:30 PM.

The air conditioners in the office and dining hall. They already had the timers set to these. Thanks to the irons maxing out the power usage, the breaker was tripped when the air conditioners were kicked on. Since the windows in the old building were covered the area was plunged into darkness.

But when that happened Aria set her plan into motion, she immediately pushed Nagito away from the table he was heading for and then after that she put the Night Vision Goggles on, that right the murder threat to Byakuya and Aria, the source of the blackout it was all Nagito, Byakuya meanwhile tried to find the Night Vision Goggles in his duralumin case, only to find out they were stolen, Aria then carried on to completely ruin Nagito's murder scheme.

Whilst this was all happening, someone else - the real killer - began making thier move in the kitchen, The killer likely knew about Nagito's plan so they knew a blackout was coming, That's why the killer prepared all their necessary items to commit thier crime in the dark beforehand. They needed a light source so they used the portable stove in the kitchen. They needed a weapon too, this has also been prepared beforehand, the long Iron Skewer used in the churrasco dish, hid that inside the large meat on the bone.

With the weapon and portable stove in hand, the killer stepped into the hallway.. First they closed the fire door so that thier light source wouldn't peek towards the dining hall, Then guided by the light the killer made their way to the Storage Room and grabbed a specific item, That's right a table cloth to block the blood splatter.

Under the table, Aria found the knife Nagito hid under there.

If only she had retreated, she wouldn't have gotten killed, but.. she had to retrieve that knife and at that moment... The killer lurking underneath the floorboards stabbed strange up with the Iron Skewer. The killer had been waiting for when the glowing paint moved to strike.

After they murdered Aria, the killer purposely shouted below the floorboards to make it seem like they were in the dining hall, Afterwards they came out from underneath and then they rushed back to the kitchen, and then after hiding the murder weapon, they rejoined the group as if nothing happened.

There's only one person capable of committing this crime, especially if that person is someone who'd think of an unexpected way to hide a weapon inside food.

Isn't that right Teruteru Hanamura, The Ultimate Chef!?

COMPLETE!

Hajime: That's what happened how about it? Did I get anything wrong?

Teruteru: Th-this is a mistake... a mistake I tell you...I would never, never kill someone.... w-would... n-never... gh...ugh...WAAAAAAHHHH!!

Peko: It seems that this is the end.

Monokuma: Heheheheh! It seems that your arguement has come to a close! Oops I lost control of my wild side for a moment, was that a side effect of that meat I ate? Well putting that aside it's Voting Time, please pull the lever in front of you and cast your vote, oh and just to remind you, make triple sure you vote, if you don't vote, I'm gonna eat you up just like that meat from earlier!

Usami: Ugh! Why did this have to happen?

Monokuma: Who will be chosen as the blackened? Will you make the right choice, or the dreadfully wrong one?

Everyone then pulled the lever and soon enough the votes were casted.

A Slot Machine began and it rolled before stopping on Teruteru's face three times. Coins rained out and a sentence that confirms everything.

Teruteru Hanamura

GUILTY!

The Trial was over.

"Correct!" Monokuma cheered, "that's right the blackened who killed Aria Adabat was Teruteru Hanamura."

Teruteru then began foaming at the mouth in panic "Nonononononononono.."

"A-Are you serious?!" Fuyuhiko grumbles "Are you saying out of all these people that a ponce like him was the one who killed Aria?"

"B-But.." Nekomaru began crying manly tears "WHHHHYYYY!? WHY DID YOU KILL HER!?"

Byakuya started with a skowl on his face, "You better explain yourself Teruteru!"

"I-It was a mistake, I was just trying to protect you guys, I was trying to stop Nagito from murdering one of you." Teruteru admitted.

"Huh? What do you mean?" Hajime asked.

"I spent all morning in the old building preparing the dishes a-and then... I heard a weird laughter coming from the dining hall, when I peeked into it I saw him.. I saw Nagito planting a knife under the table, I had a bad feeling about it, so I continued to watch him, I saw him adjusting the air conditioners and plugging the three irons, plus he was grinning, he was grinning to himself the whole time, s-so I went up to him and questioned him. Wh-When that happened he..!"

Teruteru then explained everything Nagito said in the old building.

"Nagito what's the meaning of this?!" Hajime asks

"You see if you have a favourite boxer, don't you want him to face a strong opponent and win?" Nagito suddenly asked.

"You better not compare us to that!" Fuyuhiko growled.

"Teruteru if Nagito really told you that, then why didn't you look for me or Aria and told us about it, then we would've done something about it before it's too late, speaking of which.." Byakuya suddenly turned to Nagito "Starting tomorrow! You're under house arrest!"

Mahiru then asked the white haired boy, "Were you saying that you wanted to commit murder for fun!?"

"It's not the same as Killing someone for fun.. but I guess it'd look the same in your eyes. I have no intention of dying and leaving you all behind" Nagito says 

"So..when Teruteru found out, you just didn't mind?" Hajime asks.

"Or perhaps, that was intentional too?"

"Huh?" Teruteru muttered

"Nagito wanted us to get involved with Killing, plus it'd be better for him if the murder was more complex. Is that why you blatantly revealed your plan to Teruteru? You knew that it would lead to Teruteru trying to kill you and then the case would be better for you?" Chiaki asks 

"Well, your basically right, It's true that I was looking forward to that, That's why I took the time to tell him about the secret passage I found whilst cleaning." Nagito chuckled.

"That was your doing aswell?" Gundham asked.

"I just casually mentioned it, 'Oh it's dangerous if you fall, so don't get to close'". Nagito says.

"This dude.... seriously, he's batshit crazy!" Kazuichi shrieked.

"I-I know right?! That's why I tried to stop him!" Teruteru said.

"But..why did you kill Aria instead?" Sonia nervously asked.

"I don't know!" Teruteru shouted "Because Nagito was supposed to take that knife! That's why I aimed and thrusted the Iron Skewer! But why is Aria the one who died?! It was supposed to be Nagito! Not her!"

Hajime then gasped "The diary.."

"Huh? What diary?" Kazuichi asked.

"Aria's diary. It contained nothing but the phrase "I will stop your murder!" Over and over and there were more errors the further it went." Hajime clarified.

"Was she referring to Teruteru's murder?" Mahiru asked.

"No if she found out then she wouldn't have went under the table to begin with." Byakuya says.

"So she found out and wanted to stop my murder but she died instead." Nagito finishes.

"Could it be? You knew Aria found about your plan, so you set her up to fail?" Peko said whilst glaring menacingly at the luckster.

"Of course not" he admitted "I'm not that good at calculating, I just took some precautions that's all. I never expected it would turn out like this. I never thought I would be the one who survived, But since it was my life that has been saved I didn't want to just waste it. So that why I decided to help Teruteru."

"Why?" Hajime mutters.

Nagito started explaining "Well because... Teruteru had a strong hope too right? Which means his actions were motivated by a strong Hope, if he was willing to go that far, I thought-" 

*SLAP*

A dull slap resonated in the students ears, Nagito turned to see Ibuki looking at him with a look of pure anger.

"Shut up! How dare you! It's your fault things turned out like this, Aria's death, the manipulation of Teruteru, this entire Trial! It's all your fault!" Ibuki screamed at him completely dropping her perky attitude.

Nagito was struck silent as was everyone else.

"I agree with Ibuki." Fuyuhiko said "Isn't it better it we just fucking kill him off instead?!"

"Kyahh! "Kill" he said, high school students are so violent these days!" Monokuma cackled "But the person who's gonna get killed now isn't Nagito, it's Teruteru."

"Ehh?" The chef began panicking.

"You didn't forget right? If the blackened is found guilty a fun Punishment awaits them." Monokuma explains.

"Punishment?! You mean... Teruteru's execution?!" Sonia asked with fear.

"H-Hold on... that's was.. um an accident.. not my intention..um-" Teruteru tried to argue but was cut off.

"It doesn't matter how it happened! Murder is murder, if you kill someone, that's murder." Monokuma explains.

"But isn't there anything like sympathy judges, extenuating circumstances.. or maybe even probation?" Teruteru asks.

"I don't accept any of those claims!" Monokuma spat.

"That's not... hey help me you guys... I was only trying to stop Nagito so.." 

"Be honest! After learning about Nagito's plan you saw an opportunity right?" Monokuma said. "You probably thought no one would find out if you killed him after messing up his plan right?"

"Your wrong I-" 

"There's no way a person without malice would kill someone like that." Monokuma interrupts Teruteru.

"In truth, you were desperate to kill Nagito, and willing to sacrifice everyone in the end right? Just at least be honest in the end." Monokuma chuckles

"Ugh, ugh.... WAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!" Teruteru broke into tears again.

"Teruteru!" Sonia wimpers.

"If only you didn't try to murder Nagito, Aria would still be alive. Why did you try to commit murder! Answer me!" Mahiru shouted 

"Ugh.. I just wanted to go home... I needed to go back home no matter whaaaaat!" Teruteru admitted.

"Momma's sick and she's waiting for me.. I promised her, that's why I needed to go back home!" Teruteru broke into tears.

"Teruteru.." Sonia also broke into tears.

"But.. if we were told our memories were stolen and several years have passed since our first day then.. what happened to the Hanamura Diner? What happened to my mom whose still waiting for me?" Teruteru cried.

"So you did believe what Monokuma said.." Peko said whilst gritting her teeth.

"But you kept saying that you refused to believe it!" Kazuichi says.

"I-I still don't believe it, theres no way I can believe it! It has to be a lie! That's why I wanted to go home, I wanted to confirm it for myself, I wanted to make sure I still have a place to call home." Teruteru cried.

"Guh.. Teruteru you..." Nekomaru spat out.

"Soooo that's why you wanted the first kill?" Monokuma says.

"I'm sorry you guys... I didn't want to sacrifice any of you, but it was the only thing I could do.. and I ended up killing Aria instead of Nagito... Ah I see... I think I'm the one... who went crazy." Teruteru realized.

"Teruteru.." Hajime mutters

"I see I see interesting but... as far as motives are concerned, wanting to see your mom is boring!" Monokuma said.

"Wha!" Hajime gasps.

"Soooo, there's no point just basking in the afterglow, lets hurry up and start the Punishment!" Monokuma announces.

"No you can't!" Usami cries.

"Jeez get out of my way!" Monokuma responded by punching Usami away.

"Now that the annoying little sister has been dealt with. Let's get back on business." Monokuma says

"Hold on.. I'm not asking for forgiveness anymore but.. at least..." Teruteru began.

"Now then I've prepared a very special Punishment for the Ultimate Cook, Teruteru Hanamura!"

"Call me "Chef" no wait! That's not.. please tell me what happened to the Hanamura Diner, what happened to momma?" He asked.

Monokuma ignored him.

"Let's give it everything we've got It's Punishment Time!" 

"Lies I won't believe it! I-I won't.... MAAAMAAAAAAAAAAA!!"

Monokuma then pushed a red button and began what everyone was dreading.

Game Over!

Teruteru has been found guilty!

Time for the Punishment!

The other students gathered around Teruteru whilst he was looking nervous and then a metal collar and chain grabbed Teruteru and dragged him to the doors which shut behind him.

Teruteru's Execution

Deep Fried Teruteru

Teruteru was tied to a pole on First Step Beach and then Monokuma showed up in a helicopter and then fired a barrage of missiles at Teruteru, when the smoke cleared up, Teruteru was covered in egg. Monokuma then prepared a bigger missile and fired that at Teruteru creating a massive explosion that didn't damage the surrounding environment, when the smoke cleared up again, Teruteru was now covered in breadcrumbs, Monokuma then chain the pole Teruteru was on and then used the Helicopter to drag him over the ocean, they then arrived at a Volcano and then much to Teruteru's worries Monokuma dropped him into the lava with Teruteru dead and his cooking corpse bobbing on the surface of the lava, everyone was watching that execution. Horrified.

"Yahooo! Extreme!" Monokuma cackled with excitement.

"Kyahh!" Usami sobbed.

"Teruteru!' Mikan says horrified at the chef's fate.

"Eahhhhh! Are you fucking serious!?" Kazuichi asks with tears strolling down his face.

Ibuki was completely speechless..

"Why? Why did you do something so cruel?" Sonia asks.

"Huh? Didn't you learn when you were in elementary school, if you bad mouth someone, the teacher writes it in a note and makes whoever you bad mouthed read it to the whole class. The same applies to murder." Monokuma says.

"You're the one who drove him to do it!" Mahiru yelled.

"Ugh.. so cruel, this is too cruel.." Mikan says.

"Well, rules are rules this is the Killing rule after all." Monokuma chuckles.

"What rule? You're the one breaking the rules!" Hajime shouts.

"Huh? I can't let that slide, what do you mean?" Monokuma asked with anger building inside him.

"When you mentioned the motive didn't you promise something?" Hajime says. "Why didn't you tell Teruteru about his Mom or Diner?" 

"Because he didn't break those rules." Byakuya said everyone then turned to look at him.

"What do you mean?" Mahiru asked.

"Monokuma did say that he would give us our memories back, however he never said WHEN he would give them back." Byakuya explains.

"Yep, that's true!" Monokuma admits.

"That's not fair!" Akane shouts.

"Of course, I'll keep my promise and return your memories to you someday, but it's not clear when that someday will be." Monokuma laughs as he disappeared from the Trial Grounds.

"Umm I have something to do aswell.." Usami disappeared aswell.

"That's not fair they both ran away!" Ibuki says angrily.

"Monokuma had us wrapped around his little finger after all.. Teruteru you stupid..." Mahiru curses.

"An ending like this, is just full of despair.. But still at times like this you symbols of hope need to keep doing your best!" Nagito gleamed

"You... why're your smiling?" Akane threatens Nagito.

"How can you be happy at a time like this you creep?!" Ibuki asks.

"Hold on I'm sad too you know, because we lost a truly talented individual, we couldn't see the best hope that Aria and Teruteru would display."

Ibuki got more angry the longer she heard him talk.

"Don't go saying stupid shit! I'll fucking kill you!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Please kill me anytime." Nagito says causing everyone to flinch a little.

"If you hate me, I don't mind you killing me. I've already prepared myself to become your stepping stone! If absolute hope can be born from that, then my life is nothing special!" Nagito says darkly.

"You.. how messed up are you?" Nekomaru shouts.

"However if you're going to kill me, make sure you discuss it with me beforehand okay? Because then at least I can cooperate with the killer."

"Are you Seriously... intending to help the killer?" Hajime asks.

"It's really not that big of a deal.. if you're the students of Hope's Peak Academy, if you're the symbols of hope who possess the chosen talents. Then it shouldn't matter to you guys at all that I cooperate with the killer." Nagito explains.

"Hmph, declaring so confidently that you'll side with the killer." Gundham snarled.

"Then this was plan all along! Since he's willing to work with the killer he wants to think it's better not to kill him." Hiyoko theorized.

"Well I don't mind what you think of me. In actuality thanks to Aria I'm starting to get a small desire to live, I mostly want to watch everyone destroy the Despair you'll all face! Hahaha just kidding!" Nagito gleams.

"Hey! Can I punch ya? I won't feel satisfied until I punch ya!" Akane demands.

"Fine let's just stop this already. It's just going to be a waste of time if we keep dealing with him.." Hajime says.

"Huh? Even Hajime hates me now? That stings I thought you and I were quite similar." Nagito says genuinely Suprised.

"Don't put me in the same category as you!" Hajime snapped.

"But how can you say your not? Monokuma said it himself, we still don't know anything about each other's natures. It's true our memories were stolen, but it's better then our true selves, you still don't know what your talent is!" Nagito says.

"Akane feel free to punch him." Hajime says.

"No wait-" 

"Will do!" Akane roars!

"That's quite enough!" Byakuya shouted.

"Huh?"

"We've already spent a long enough time down here. So let's get back up and we'll continue this tomorrow morning." Byakuya says

And so one by one everyone began to return to thier cottages.

Ultimate Musician's Cottage

Ibuki was lying on her bed thinking about Aria.

"Ibuki will try... tomorrow Ibuki will fulfill your wish Aria."

Ibuki then closed her eyes and went to sleep.

Chapter 1 Route B

Complete

Next time... Chapter 1 Route A

Chapter Text

Hotel Grounds 

I've made my decision... I should help Byakuya.

So I head over to Byakuya's Cottage and knock on the door.

"Byakuya? It's me, Aria I've come to help you with prepare for the party."

Ultimate Affluent Progeny's Cottage

"So you decided to help anyway..." Byakuya said

"Well it was either this or checking on Nagito and Teruteru." I tell him

"Well what we need to do is this, we need to find equipment for emergencies should something go wrong at the party, it'll go in this duralumin case." Byakuya explains.

"What about that other duralumin case? What's that for?" I ask.

"Tonight when the party starts, we'll have to preform body checks on everyone to make sure no one has any dangerous items on them that could seriously hurt or kill anyone. If they do they are to be contained in that duralumin case until the party is over. When we do the body checks I'll check the guys, you handle the girls." Byakuya explains 

"I see then, then let's get this going." I say

Byakuya and I then went to gather items for emergencies. We finished much quicker than I thought we would. I wait outside until...

Night of the Third Day - 19 Days Left

It's 10PM, I should head inside and meet with Byakuya.

Old Building

I head into the Old Building and I see Byakuya at the entrance.

"You're here Aria, so then you've remembered what you're supposed to do right?" Byakuya asks.

"I remember, let's send everyone in." I say 

One by one everyone started to show up and Byakuya and I preformed body checks.

"Sorry Mikan I'll have to confiscate your syringes." I tell her.

"Bu-but what if someone needs an emergency shot?" Mikan asks.

"We've come prepared, so don't you worry about it, though we'll let you handle it, since you're more knowledgeable about this anyways."

Everyone was clear except Peko who hasn't shown up yet.

"We're just missing Fuyuhiko and Peko." Byakuya says.

And speak of the devil, Peko walked in immediately afterwards. So it was time for me to get to work.

"My apology's Peko, but I'll have to confiscate your bamboo sword."

"I see, understandable, but why are you two checking dangerous items?" Peko asks.

"That's for us to know and for you not to know, so can you make your way to the dining hall." I tell her

"Sure, oh but I should let you know that Fuyuhiko refused to come... I apologise about that.." Peko apologized

"Byakuya and I said that everyone needs to attend. Your the last one to arrive though, so it should be fine. He can't kill anyone if he's by himself." I say.

"At this point, let's head over to the dining hall, everyone else is waiting there." Byakuya says.

Dining Hall

"Thank you all for waiting!" Byakuya announces "Teruteru is in the kitchen and it appears Fuyuhiko didn't come."

"I apologise, I did inform him about the party, but..." Peko ended up trailing off

"You don't need to apologise Peko, it's his fault for not coming." Mahiru states

"We told everyone that attendance was mandatory, though if it's only him that's not here, it's okay, he can't do anything by himself." I tell everyone.

"So next thing we need to address is.." my talk was cut off as I saw something dangerous "Huh? What's that?" I squint closely "Yeah, dangerous alright." I make my way to the table and began sliding some meat off the Iron Skewers that were stabbed into it.

"H-Hey! What are you doing?!" Hajime asks

"You're hoarding all the food for yourself! No fair!" Akane protests.

"No, I'm not.." I say with a serious expression.

"Look carefully at this dish." I say

"It looks like delicious roasted meat." Nekomaru noticed.

"And what's stabbed into it pry tell?"

"Hm? Those are Iron Skewers." Peko realised.

"Correct! These Iron Skewers are dangerous items, I must take full responsibility and collect them."  I say I then give to Byakuya to put in the duralumin case.

Teruteru then came into the dining hall. "Hey! Looks like everyone is here, I should bring out the rest of the-" Teruteru then noticed the table. "Wha! Some messy person ruined my arrangement!"

"Who made that dish?" Byakuya asks.

"Um.. that would be me, but by any chance, are you a food critic?" Teruteru asks

"What are you plotting? Cooking with such dangerous items?" Byakuya interrogates the chef.

"Dangerous? That's churrasco, it's a South American meal where you stab meat on an Iron Skewer and then cook it. It felt really Tropical and exotic and so I thought it would really fit the party's atmosphere." Teruteru explains.

"Well the Iron Skewers are somewhat of a problem..." I say.

"Eh?! Iron Skewers aren't allowed either!?" Teruteru exclaimed 

"If that's how your reacting there might be more skewers than these.." Byakuya trailed off "Aria, Hajime can you two search the kitchen for dangerous items? I'll keep watch in here!"

"On It!"

"Huh? Why me?" Hajime asks.

"It's your fault for being the closest to the door... my condolences." Kazuichi says.

Kitchen

"Right then Hajime let's get to work, if you find any dangerous items, throw them in that duralumin case okay?" I tell him.

I see, knives and forks arranged so I grab them and throw them in.

"Don't tell me.. those too?" Hajime asks.

"You can never be to sure Hajime, the knives speak for themselves but someone could stab someone else with the prongs of forks, Byakuya told me that we'll be using chopsticks to eat." I tell him

Hajime then put some really sharp knives in the case.

"Yeah, I think that was the last one." I grab the list on the kitchen to check, only to see there's one Iron Skewer missing.

"Whaaaa!" Teruteru came back in the kitchen "Things are a mess in here, there's no knives or forks, how come?"

"Should be obvious but I was told to remove all dangerous items. Oh and explain this, one of the Iron Skewers are missing, where is it?" I tell him.

"Ah. That's right, unfortunately that was missing from the start. No matter how clean this place gets stuff is bound to go missing right?" Teruteru says.

"If it's been missing all along then there's nothing we can do about it." Hajime says.

"I guess so.." I reply.

Hajime and I head back to the dining hall.

Dining Hall

"Ah! There finally back." Mahiru noticed.

"Hey, let's eat already! I'm starving!" Akane said.

"There's still an issue we need to address first." Byakuya states.

"Eh? An issue? Who do I gotta beat the crap outta? Just say the word, I'll do it for ya!" Akane was clearly impatient and wanted to eat.

"That won't be necessary, the issue is where to store this duralumin case that has all the dangerous confiscated items."  Byakuya clears up.

"Can't we just leave it here?" Kazuichi asked.

"I made sure to lock the case when carrying it here for Byakuya, I've put the key to that case in the other one." I tell them.

"Yes, but we need to up the ante and keep it some place safe." Byakuya finishes.

"Some place safe? Oh! There is a storage room in the back of this Old Building." Sonia suggests.

"A Storage room Huh? Even so we can't leave the case alone in there." Byakuya states.

"Then we should have someone guard it aswell." Peko suggests.

"Eh? Who? Who?" Hiyoko asks.

"I'll do it of course." Peko volunteers

"E-Eh? Are you sure? I guess if you insist... just kidding." Mikan fumbles with her words.

"But it'll be lonely there by yourself." Ibuki points out.

"I don't mind, I'm usually not good in situations where I have to be around lots of people anyway." Peko explains

"Nahahahaha, if I wrote a song title about this, the title would definitely be, "Lonley Girl in the Storage Room!" Ibuki glees

"And mine would be "Never Turn Back" I add.

"However, Teruteru has gone to the trouble of cooking, is it all right to bring some of it with me?" Peko asks.

"Yeah! That's completely fine!" Teruteru answers.

"But if you're going to do Guard Duty anyway... it might be better if you avoid the storage room." Nagito interjected.

"Eh? Why's that?" Hajime asks.

"Well not only is the Storage Room packed with lots of things, it's hard to see in there and full of cobwebs. Also I was so busy cleaning the dining hall that I didn't even have a chance to clean the storage room." Nagito explains.

"If you stayed in there for a long time, I think it would be bad for your health." Hajime concludes.

"Maybe try the office instead? I believe there's a circuit breaker in there, which should also be important to guard aswell." I suggest.

"Yeah, the office sounds nice, I'm pretty sure it's not that dirty either." Nagito says.

"Understood, so I need to be on guard duty at the office, well then I'm going now, good night everyone." Peko grabbed a plate of food and the weapon duralumin case and walked off.

"Mmm, seeing Peko's back as she walks away makes me feel like she's got this super cool melancholy vibe.." Ibuki commented.

"But shouldn't she have taken that other case aswell?" Hiyoko asks.

"This case? No this case is fine." Byakuya says

"Ah, no fair you're like the only person who got to bring thier own stuff." Hiyoko complained.

"When you're as special as me. You get special privileges." Byakuya boasts.

"It's hard to argue with him there." I say

"Aria leave this duralumin case to me, you just have fun with the party." He tells me.

"Got it." So I can just have fun now.

"M-More importantly... we're all done now right? Let's start the party!" Akane says whilst a waterfall drools from her mouth.

"No, there's still more." Byakuya said.

"Ugh. Who do ya want me to beat the crap outta?! Hurry up and tell me already!" Akane's patience grows thin.

"Seriously it has nothing to do with that!" Hajime says.

"Actually, if you're volunteering, I do have one particular nuisance in mind." Byakuya starts.

"It's Monokuma isn't it?" I ask.

"Indeed, he's the one thing that can disrupt this party." Byakuya confirms.

"Awwww right! So you'll let me eat if I beat the crap outta Monokuma right?" Akane says getting ready for battle.

"No, if you attack him, you'll just get killed. Remember what happened on the first day?" I remind everyone.

"Are you just tellin' me to wait until I starve to death!?" Akane rages.

"S-Starve to death? That's a little extreme.." Mahiru sweatdropped.

"Our opponent is not someone we can just fight. Rather, it's better if we use our heads and think of a plan." Byakuya says.

"...I'll do something about it." Chiaki spoke up.

"Do something? You?" Byakuya harshly states.

"Hey, now... what can a girl like you do? You're just gonna put yourself in danger." Kazuichi says.

"I won't. It's not like I'll personally do something." Chiaki says.

"You won't..." Hajime curiously asks.

"Do you intend to utilise Usami?" Gundham asks.

"Yeah, if I can talk her into helping us... She might be able to keep Monokuma at bay, I think..." Chiaki says.

"Ah! That's probably a good idea, she seems like the type to be easily manipulated." Mahiru says.

"Plus, Usami and Monokuma totally have a rivalry going on." Ibuki cheers.

"Well, it's a pretty one sided rivalry." Hiyoko giggles.

"But, will you really be okay Chiaki? I still think it's pretty dangerous." Nagito says concerned about Chiaki.

"I'll be fine, if things get dangerous, I'll just run away as fast as I can. Well then I'll be going now." Chiaki then took her leave.

"S-So, it's settled now? Then... can we...?" Akane says with more drool flowing.

"You're right. Let's begin." Byakuya says.

"AAAALLLLLLL RIIIIIIIGHT!!!!!" Akane bounces around in excitement.

"Feh! So the banquet has commenced... Fuhahahahaha! You better keep me entertained!" Gundham laughs.

And so the party begun, I wanted to talk to Ibuki because of the fact we're best friends.

"Hey Ibuki are you enjoying the party?" I ask.

"Ibuki, really is enjoying the party, I really want to show everyone the awesome music pieces Ibuki was working on!" She cheers.

"Maybe we can do that some other time, we don't everything to make great music in here yet."

Then...

"Hmmm...."

"Um.. Nekomaru? Did something happen?" Hajime asks.

"Th-The party's just started, but I must.... return to my cottage." He says whilst looking.... constipated again.

"Don't be foolish, I won't allow such selfish actions." Byakuya huffed.

"Don't stop me Byakuya... there comes a time where a man knows he's gotta go, and if I don't go now, it would shame me as a man. Shitting my pants would shame me as a MAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNN!!!" Nekomaru bellowed. That really hurt my ears.

"So he WAS talking about the toilet..." Hajime snarked.

"If you need to use the bathroom, there's one in the old building. Why do you need to go back to your cottage?" Byakuya asks.

"I've been trying to use it many times... but the door just won't budge at all!" Nekomaru complained.

"What is this blasphemy!?" Gundham cried out.

"What now!?" Byakuya scowled.

"My-My Hell Hound Earring! Has vanished. Did it vanish into subspace?!" Gundham worried.

"Calm down, you probably dropped it somewhere." Byakuya reassured the breeder.

"Oh Shit! I'm gonna SHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!" Nekomaru bellowed once more.

"Stop doing that you'll hurt my ears!" I complain.

"Hey, is it alright if I eat all of this?" Akane asked.

"Don't be an idiot! Make sure you leave some for me!" Byakuya said, he's starting to get annoyed.

"Hey Byakuya, Everyone! C'mon I'll take a picture! Say cheese!" Mahiru then took a picture.

"Why can't you all act a little more mature?!" Byakuya rhetorically asks.

The sound of beeping went off in the dining hall.

"What was that sound just now?" Byakuya asked.

Zap!

The power went off in the dining hall.......oh shit......

"Uwah! It's a..blackout."

"Hey! I can't see anything!"

It was dark as hell, I couldn't see a thing. Though I could hear everyone thanks to my good hearing.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!" Ibuki says whilst hugging me.

"Everyone calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this..."

"Waah! Don't step on my feet!"

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Th-This is..."

"Ow!"

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!"

"You guys? Where are you wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?"

"I think the breaker overloaded, can you do something about it Kazuichi?" I ask

"Okay then, I'll go along the wall, and... do something about it".

We waited for a while and then.

Zapp!

The lights came back on.

"Th-That is..." Sonia gasped.

Mikan's appearance has been...compromised.

"I-I'm sorry I tripped again!"

"Ah! Mikan!"

I then quickly helped Mikan up.

I then notice something's wrong.

"Wait. Where's Byakuya?" I ask

"Eh? Byakuya?" Nagito piped up.

And then Kazuichi walked in.

"Oh? I'm glad the lights are back on in here too!" Kazuichi sighs relief.

"So you were the one who fixed the breaker Kazuichi! You were unusually useful this time." Hiyoko cheers.

"Well, no... I couldn't find my way to the office in that pitch blackness." Kazuichi admitted.

"Huh? Then why are the lights back on?" Mahiru asked.

"Let's worry about that later.. for now we need to know where Byakuya went." I say.

"But... that's weird. He was here earlier right?" Mahiru asks.

"Did he... run off somewhere during the blackout?" Ibuki asked.

"In that pitch blackness?" Hajime says.

"I'm... a little worried. We should split up and search for him. I'll look in the storage room, so can I ask you to check the entrance Hajime?" Nagito requested.

"Y-Yeah, got it!" Hajime says.

"I'll go aswell." I state.

"Then.... I guess I'll look in the office." Kazuichi says.

"I shall look in the hallway!" Sonia says.

"I'll wait here, since I'm in the middle of eating." Akane says.

"No! You search with Kazuichi!" I ordered.

"I-I....must.....bathroom... I must man up and check the bathroom!" Nekomaru said.

"Jeez, Mr Ham Hands sure ran away because there was an itty bitty blackout!" Hiyoko said.

Hajime and I then left to the entrance, where Chiaki and Usami were.

Hotel Grounds

"Chiaki! Can we ask you something?" I spoke up.

"Huh? The party's not finished yet right?" Usami asked.

"No, have either of you seen Byakuya?" Hajime asks.

"Byakuya? No I haven't, why?" Chiaki asks 

"There was a blackout in the old building and Byakuya vanished when it cleared up." I explained.

"Well, Byakuya hasn't come out of here." Chiaki states.

"Thanks Chiaki." Hajime says before we went back into the old building.

Dining Hall

Everyone was back in the dining hall except Peko, Chiaki and Fuyuhiko.

"Did anyone find him?" I ask.

"No" Everyone said in unison.

"He wasn't outside.." Hajime says.

"I saw no one in the storage room." Nagito says.

"He wasn't in the kitchen, obviously." Teruteru mutters.

"No one was in the office." Kazuichi said.

"But wasn't Peko in there?" I ask.

"Well she wasn't." Kazuichi confirmed.

"Eh? Peko's gone too!" Mahiru exclaimed.

"Maybe those two took advantage of the blackout to have themselves a major makeout session in the bathroom? Truly Truly outrageous." Teruteru comments.

"I'll let that slide for now Teruteru." I tell him 

"Hm? Hmmm?" Akane was sniffing the air.

"What is it Akane?" Sonia asks.

"Do any of you smell that? I think... that's the smell of blood." Akane guessed.

"BLOOD!?" Hajime and I shouted in unison.

Nononononono it couldn't have happened could it?!

"I think.... it's coming from over there!" Akane pointed at a table in the back.

Hajime and I dashed over there.

"Yeah! Under there I think!" Akane confirms.

A speck of fear rose in me, I was nervous.

"Please be okay!" With a shout I grabbed the tablecloth and flipped back in one go, and that's when I saw it.

We couldn't believe what we saw...what we saw...

 

We saw the Ultimate Affulent Progeny, Byakuya Togami already dead and beyond recognition...

 

Chapter 1 Route A

Destination Despair

Deadly Life

Chapter Text

Dining Hall

"Byaku....ya? Wh-Why is Byakuya...?" Sonia starts to panic.

"N-no.... NNOOOOOOOOOOO! Wh-Why?!" Mahiru screams out.

"WHAT IS THISSSSSSS!?" Nekomaru starts to freak out aswell.

"GAAAAAHHHHH!!" Teruteru screams aswell.

I bite my thumbnail out of frustration.

"Dammit! If only I knew this would happen." I say in an angry tone.

"This can't be blood right? It's gotta be something like jam or sauce.... cause not....this..." Ibuki starts to foam at the mouth.

"AHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

That laugh was so familiar that we all knew who it belonged to.

"Good Gracious things quickly took a turn for the worse. My my, things are getting very interesting! On this Tropical Paradise known as Jabberwock Island, the first murder has finally taken place." Monokuma blurts out.

"M-Murder!?" Hajime exclaims.

"H-Hold on, does this mean...?" Nagito realized what happened just now.

"Puhuhuhu, of course! Byakuya was killed by one of you!" Monokuma confirmed.

"Figures." I curse

"Well if you look at the body you can instantly tell he was murdered." Monokuma then walked over to Byakuya's body and lifted his head up showing his frozen pain on his face. "Look he has such a horrible expression on his face wouldn't you say? A face filled with regret that his life was ended by force, all thanks to someone's selfish desires... to have a dying face like this, if this isn't murder, then just what on earth could it be?" He then let go of his face. "Byakuya was probably sacrificed by someone who realllllllly wanted to leave the island."

"L-Lies..." Hajime started then lashed out "It's all lies! Your lying he was murdered!" Hajime then realized... that he just accepted the fact that Byakuya was murdered.

Peko and Chiaki then entered because they heard the commotion and was wondering what was going on.

"W-What is this....Is that.....Byakuya...." Peko asked her face starting to lose composure.

"Why...why did this happen..... Why Byakuya?" Chiaki said with a shaky voice.

"I see, it appears that Fuyuhiko is the only one not here, soooooo in the spirit of letting everyone know I'll do this the usual way so he's aware." Monokuma then clapped his paws and that's when...

*Ding Dong, Dong Ding*

Monokuma then appeared on the monitor to make an announcement.

"A body has been discovered! Now then after a certain amount of time has passed, the Class Trial will begin!"

Monokuma then began talking again.

"I've told you this before right? If one of you gets murdered the rest of you will attend a class trial to find the killer responsible for the victim's death." 

"Wait.. your saying we also have to investigate his death?" Hajime mutters.

"Well if we don't find evidence, how would we catch the killer then?" I say

"Yes indeed! You know what to do Aria, having survived a killing game yourself." Monokuma said.

"It can't be! Someone actually killed? There's no way!?" Mahiru outbursts.

"Phuhuhu, if you make an outburst like that, you'll end up as a suspect." Monokuma says.

"I won't believe it... one of us killed Byakuya... There's no way something as hopeless as that would happen.." Nagito says whilst in shock.

While I was still enraged at Byakuya's death, I then had a serious look on my face, a look... of determination.

"We might as well start investigating." I said, everyone turned to look at me, but they were cut off by Usami's sudden appearance.

"Hey! What are you saying!?" She yells at Monokuma before turning to face everyone else. "Everyone you can't believe what Monokuma says."

"Perfect Timing Usami!" Monokuma replied

"Huh?"

"Turn around..." Monokuma bluntly said.

Usami did so and her eyes laid on Byakuya who was dead.

"GYAAAAHHH! Wh-Why did this happen?!" Usami says.

Monokuma took the opportunity to attack Usami again. "You ain't my comedy partner anymore!"

"Gyha! It hurts so much when hit me with a charging corkscrew attack!" Usami replied.

"Did ya see that!? That stunning display of power!? Defy your big brother and I'll show you no mercy!" Monokuma said whilst riled up.

"Ugh! If only I had my magic stick, then none of this would've happened..." Usami whimpers.

"Yeah, Yeah whatever let's leave the whiny rabbit loser alone and get back to investigating! Now then... in the spirit of lovely doubt and dovey deception, put your heart and soul into investigating. Best of luck everyone!" Monokuma then disappeared.

"Wh-What did all of that mean? I don't understand at all..." Mahiru melancholy says.

"A search for Byakuya's Killer... why'd it turn out like this..?" Peko says with a pained expression.

"Ugh! Gimme a break! Why do I have to be involved in this situation?" Kazuichi complains.

"U-Um... you can't doubt each other...cuz...you're all friends..." Usami says trying to demotivate the students to investigate.

"Usami. Byakuya was murdered, we have no choice but to investigate the truth behind his murder, if we don't... everyone except the killer will be executed." I tell Usami.

"That being said. I cannot abide by this. I've made so many friends.. no way I'm going doubt them now..." Sonia says sadly.

"Were you even listening to me!? Even though it's somewhat of a cruel act, we have no choice but to do this. Or...we'll all die." I counter.

"Noooo! Friends doubting other friends is a big no-no!" Usami shouts.

"Agh! Go away you useless piece of trash!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Ha-wa-wa! Threats are scary..." Usami then left.

"So..we really have to do this?" Hajime asks.

"No..I don't want to do this..." Mahiru mutters.

"I don't want to do it either... it sounds so scary..." Mikan mutters.

"But it is just as Aria said... if we're going to get killed for not doing it... then we may as well do it." Peko reluctantly says.

"I-I can't believe someone would do this to Byakuya..." Ibuki mutters, still shocked about the murder

"There's no way I can believe it... there's no way... So for that reason... I'll do it! I'll investigate Byakuya's death. I will do my best to prove that there's no killer among us. There's no need to deceive and doubt each other. What we need to fight is not ourselves... but what's trying to crush us... This Despair!" Nagito Monologues

"Ah! Before you start can I say something? In closed circle detective games, the player usually has to decide who's going to guard the crime scene." Chiaki pipes up.

"Good point.. Chiaki if we left the crime scene unguarded, the killer could use that as the perfect opportunity to get rid of some evidence." I say.

"Big Sis Aria is right." Hiyoko says.

"Y-Yeah I-I agree." Mikan says.

"Look over there, that big, bulky, brawny guy is perfect for the guarding." Ibuki says pointing to Nekomaru 

"....OOOOOHHHHHHHHHH!" Nekomaru ran away.

"Wh-What the heck!? What just happened?" Hajime asks.

"That guy has a sensitive heart despite his looks.." Kazuichi comments.

"Um... I can guard the crime scene, I don't have enough confidence to investigate the body, and I doubt i have the brains either... I'll just stay by Byakuya's side. That's the least I can do.." Mahiru says.

"Mikan, can I ask you to stay behind? I want you to preform an autopsy on Byakuya, can you do that?" I ask.

"O-Okay... I'll preform a-an autopsy..." Mikan says.

"What about the rest of us?" Sonia asks.

"It's pretty obvious we're all amateurs.. Going through each grain of sand to find a clue would be a waste of time. The only ones who can do that are the police. There's no way amateurs like us would be able to do that. So.. let's first relay on our intuition. We'll start and prove that none of us killed Byakuya." Nagito says.

"F-Fine....I agree.... I'm in." Teruteru says.

"If we are to survive... this is our only path." Sonia says.

"Now then everyone. Begin the Investigation! Don't let Byakuya's death be in vain! No one deserves a cruel death like this!" I order!

And so... the First Investigation begins.

Chapter Text

Investigation Start!

"TA-DAAAAAA! You thought it was time for investigating but... I forgot to hand this out." Monokuma then passed out Monopad's to everyone "This is the Monokuma File #1 it displays information about the crime scene, think of it as starter evidence, oh yes but information that points to the killer will be left out. Now then happy investigating!" Monokuma then vanished.

"Let's start by reading this. It may be important." I deduce.

Sure enough everyone started to read the Monokuma File #1

"The Victim is Byakuya Togami, The Ultimate Affluent Progeny, his body was discovered in the dining hall of the Old Building. The estimated time of death is 11:30 PM. Byakuya was stabbed ten times between the abdominal region and throat resulting in death. Aside from that no other injuries were made and no chemicals like poison were detected."

"Now that we've read the Monokuma File I suggest we start." I demanded.

"Ibuki, it's time we team up!" I tell her.

"Ibuki will try her best!"

We first choose to investigate at the table where Byakuya was killed

"I-It'll take a wh-while for me to finish the autopsy. S-So can you investigate around the body until then?" Mikan asks.

I immediately took notice of the lamp that's plugged into the wall, I noticed that it's the only thing that's on this table so something might involve this lamp.

I then look in the area where Byakuya's body lays and I immediately noticed three things that can be marked down as evidence.

"A knife? That seems like that would be the murder weapon... it's bloody and it has this weird green substance on it..." I then look at the item next to the knife. "Night Vision Goggles?" Ibuki examined. "Yeah, those are important." I say.

"Huh? What about them?" Ibuki asks.

"Do you remember that case Byakuya kept in here for emergencies only? Well it contained emergency equipment should anything disastrous happen. I know this because I helped Byakuya earlier." I explain.

"Does those emergencies include the blackout?" Ibuki asked.

"Yes, he had Night Vision goggles in that case should a blackout like the one we just experienced happen." I explain.

"And if you look here, there's also glowing tape where his body lies.. I'm not sure what it's for, but I suppose we'll figure it out soon." I deduce.

Mahiru, Mikan and Gundham were still here...

"Ibuki... um can I ask you something?" I ask her

"Is something wrong?" Ibuki asks .

"I know you're a musician, and I was wondering... since you're a Musician you must heard what happened in the Blackout. I know I did." I say.

"Let me remember... who spoke first? That's right it was Mahiru!" Ibuki starts to recall the voices of the blackout.

"Uwah! It's a..blackout!" Mahiru noticed.

"Hey! I can't see anything!" Kazuichi begins to panic.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!" Ibuki yells.

"E-Everyone! Calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this." Mahiru says trying to get everyone to calm down.

"Wah! Don't step on my feet!" Hiyoko yelps in pain.

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Th-This is..." Byakuya exclaimed.

"Ow!" Nagito yelps in pain.

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!" Akane says.

"You guys? Where are you? W-Wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?" Teruteru asks.

"I think the breaker overloaded, can you do something about it Kazuichi?" I ask

"Okay then, I'll go along the wall and do something about it." Kazuichi says.

"That should be it." Ibuki concludes.

"Yeah, that's exactly what I heard too." I confirm

"But, what do you make of Byakuya's last words?" I asked.

"Ibuki just thought he just was surprised by the blackout. Ibuki just... didn't think that he was dead shortly after..."

"Nagito, yelped in pain too, I wonder what happened?" I wonder.

Ibuki and I then went to talk to Mahiru.

"...Oh hey you two..." Mahiru mutters.

"Mahiru, I was just thinking... do you have photos of the party?" I asked.

"Yeah. As a manner of fact I have these photos right here.." Mahiru showed us the photos in the camera.

"Mahiru, with these photos, do you think you can draw a map of the old building and write down everyone's positions before the Blackout?" I ask.

"It could lead us to a clue... then I suppose I should make that diagram." Mahiru says and then she went to work on it.

All that left in here for now is Gundham.

"Oh, Hell Hound Earring! Answer my call!" He shouted, but nothing happened.

"Tch, this method is futile aswell." Gundham snarled.

"Are you... still looking for your earring?" Ibuki asks.

"Indeed I've been searching for my Hell Hound Earring for quite sometime." Gundham says.

"It's possible that it fell beneath the floorboards. The carpet doesn't cover the whole room so it's possible it fell under there." I suggest.

"Hm.. a bold idea, I'll shall take it." Gundham says.

After searching in the gaps for sometime...

"Ah! I've found it! Truly that is the Hell Hound Earring! Fuahaha! It seems God exists for my benefit after all!" Gundham says.

"Good then". I snark.

"However... how do I reach it? My arm cannot fit through this gap, were I to use a tool it probably wouldn't fit either..." Gundham notices.

"There might be a way to get under the floorboards... if you were able to find a way, it might give us more clues." Ibuki says before Gundham took off to reclaim his earring.

That's everything in the dining hall, we chose to search in the hallway next.

Old Building

We immediately notice Sonia examining the fire door, so we went to her to talk.

"Oh! Look at this, these doors are made of a different material and colour from all the others, do you two know what this is?" Sonia seems very interested by this door.

"It's... a fire door right? It's to stop fire from spreading beyond where the doors close." Ibuki answers.

"Indeed! That is what a fire door does!" Sonia confirms.

We then move to the back room which is really dusty.

Storage Room

"It's so dusty in here! I think Nagito probably didn't have enough time to finish cleaning everything." I comment.

"Oh! Aria look at that!" Ibuki points.

"Irons? There's three of them.. and they're all turned on!" I notice.

"That definitely would use up alot of power, let Ibuki turn them off." Ibuki then turned the irons off.

"Why were there irons in this room and why were they plugged on?" I ask myself.

"Ibuki found this aswell." Ibuki hands me a tablecloth, which is splattered in blood.

"Blood!? How did this get there?!" I ask.

"Likely Byakuya's Blood, there was a lot of blood splattered under the table where he died." Ibuki notices.

The two of us examined every potential clue so we set sights on the kitchen next.

Kitchen

Teruteru was in the kitchen because of cause he was.

"Hey, Teruteru you was in the kitchen when the blackout happened right?" Ibuki asks.

"Yes, I was, the blackout completely took me by surprise. I thought it was only in the kitchen, so I went out only to find the whole building was affected by the blackout, I moved along the wall and was trying to find the dining hall where everyone else was." Teruteru explains.

"Thank you Teruteru, say I must ask about that giant meat on the bone. Why didn't you bring it in? Because it was there when I went to the kitchen earlier." I ask.

"I actually was making something to go with it as part of a mega dish, but then that's when the blackout happened." Teruteru says.

"It definitely is a big meat on the bone." Ibuki notices.

"Nekomaru killed the cow at the ranch with his bare hands and that's how I was able to make it." Teruteru explains.

We then left, there was one room left to examine.

Office Room

Kazuichi and Peko were in here, and so was the duralumin case.

"Aria and Ibuki huh?" Kazuichi noticed, "look at that." He pointed at the breaker which was very high up.

"Wouldn't this mean that Peko's the killer?" Kazuichi asks.

"Hello? I'm standing right here Kazuichi." Peko says annoyed that Kazuichi is already accusing her.

"But wait Peko wouldn't be able to reach the circuit breaker." I notice.

"Then how'd it go bright again?" Ibuki asks.

To which Monokuma suddenly appears.

"It's me Ibuki! It was me all along Ibuki!" Monokuma laughs wildly.

"AAAHHHH! IT'S HERE!" Kazuichi screams.

"You idiots had no idea what to do during the blackout, so I flipped the power back on, oh but I wasn't the one who broke it. The killer did that." Monokuma says.

"How would you even reach the breaker?" I asked.

"My body stretches."

"Don't wanna know! Stop talking!" Kazuichi snapped.

Monokuma then disappeared.

I then talked to Peko.

"You already suspect me don't you?" She asks.

"No I don't, why?" I say.

"An unexpected blackout happened, and during it Byakuya was killed. The circuit breaker is in this office. Naturally I'd be suspicious since I was supposed to be here." Peko says.

"Wait 'supposed' so you weren't in the office were you!? But you were supposed to guard the duralumin case and the circuit breaker." Kazuichi says.

"Um... that is... Ngh!" Peko suddenly fell to one knee and began clutching her stomach.

"Woah! Peko! Are you okay?" Ibuki asks.

"I'm fine.... I just.... excuse for a bit..." Peko then wobbly walked her way out, Ibuki decided to support her to the closest available bathroom.

I then decided that I should investigate outside whilst I wait for Ibuki to return.

Hotel Grounds

As I stepped outside I saw something interesting, Chiaki and Gundham were checking the boards outside.

"Um... what are you doing?" I ask.

"What am I doing? you say! Pah! Such a question that's merely for the weak!" Gundham boasts.

"We're just checking to see if we can get under the floorboards from here." Chiaki clarified "If it's possible to get under them from here, it might change the upcoming trial drastically."

"Chiaki there's something I want to ask whilst you're here. Did you see Fuyuhiko at any time?" I ask.

"Um...Yeah I did, he passed by a few times. We did talk for a little bit. He seemed strangely on edge for some reason." Chiaki testifies.

"So that gives you and Fuyuhiko an alibi... so neither of you could do it.." I conclude.

"Gundham I think I saw something earlier that will help you get your Earring back, follow me!" I demand.

Storage Room

"I saw something under these boxes earlier and it looked like a trap door, help me move these boxes." Sure enough Gundham and I moved all the boxes and there was a trap door.

"Siren, I believe we may need to secure a lighter from the supermarket." Gundham says.

"No need, I came prepared." I then pull out a glow stick. "Am I allowed help from one of your Dark Devas?" I ask.

"I shall lend you Crimson Steel Elephant Maga-Z, but... should he get hurt, the gods shall frown upon you with all their fury." Gundham warns. I think that's Dark Lord for he'll get pissed off if he's hurt.

Gundham lends me the assistance of Maga-Z and I venture below the floorboards.

Under the Floorboards

I walk with Maga-Z along the path, and we searched and looked hard, until Maga-Z sped off and that's where it was, I look up after picking up Gundham's Earring to see the same glowing paint that was on the knife on the floorboards where Byakuya's blood was.

"Oh!" I shout.

"Huh? What was that?" Mahiru shouts

"Mikan did you hear that?" She asks.

"Ummm... Yeah.." Mikan timidly answered.

I then realized... it's the perfect time to troll them.

"You've committed a terrible mistake.." I shout.

"Wh-what..."

"And now... your life is mine!" I yell.

"Heeee! I-I'm sorry I'm so sorry!" Mikan panics.

"Nah! Just kidding. Look under the floorboards." I say.

They did look under. "Jeez! Aria! You scared the crap outta me!" Mahiru scolds.

"Sorry about that, couldn't resist." I admit.

"Wait, why and how are you under there?" Mikan asks.

"I'm getting Gundham's Earring back for him, there was a trap door in the Storage Room." I explain "I'll be going now."

Storage Room

"I'm back, is this what you were looking for?" I give Gundham his earring.

"Ah! That truly is the Hell Hound Earring! Thank you Siren. I'll repay you later." Gundham says before taking off. I then went outside.

Hotel Grounds

"Oh! Aria, Peko is going to be alright, Ibuki escorted her back to her cottage and that gave Ibuki a idea. Why don't we investigate Byakuya's Cottage aswell?" Ibuki asks.

"It may have a clue or two about something... let's go." I say. We reach Byakuya's Cottage and tried to go in it.

*rattle, rattle, rattle*

"Locked! Of Course!" I curse.

Suddenly Monokuma appears.

"You want to search Byakuya's Cottage right?" Monokuma asked.

"Yeah, can you please unlock it?" Ibuki asks.

Monokuma then pulls out a book and reads it.

"Let's see according to the The Vocalist Returns (Danganronpa 2) Strategy Guide I bought last winter, Byakuya's Cottage can only be unlocked by saying a specific phrase" Monokuma says.

He then clears his throat "There is 1 Imposter Among Us."

*click*

"Huh? That actually worked..." Monokuma left Suprised.

Ultimate Affluent Progeny's Cottage

Ibuki and I search around for a potential clue. Then we stumble over to the desk.

"There's a letter here.." Ibuki says.

"We should open it and see what it says." I conclude.

We did just that, and Ibuki froze when she read what was on there.

BE CAREFUL!

The First Kill will happen tonight.

Someone will definitely kill someone.

"What...is this?" Ibuki timidly asks.

"Ah! That. Byakuya showed me that this morning. I received a similar note aswell." I say

"Then....was this letter the reason you and Byakuya set up the party?" Ibuki asks.

"Yeah.. it was..." I note

"We should check to see if Mahiru and Mikan are done with thier tasks." I say.

We went back to the dining hall to see if Mahiru and Mikan have finished their tasks.

Dining Hall

"Ah! Aria, Ibuki, good timing! I just finished making the diagram." Mahiru says.

"Can we see it?" I ask.

"Here it is." Mahiru handed us the diagram. After we examined the diagram we went over to Mikan to get the autopsy report.

"U-um... I finished the autopsy report... so here's what I gathered. Byakuya was indeed stabbed ten times. The sharp weapon was roughly 5mm in diameter." Mikan explains.

"Thanks Mikan this will help tremendously." I praise.

"Heee! I-I'm being praised!?" Mikan mutters to herself.

We then went out to investigate else where

Old Building

"GYHAHAHAHA!" A loud laugh erupted from the halls, it was Nekomaru.

"I feel so light-hearted right now! I NEKOMARU NIDAI HAVE BEEN REBORN! I HAVE NO INTENTION OF LOSING TO ANYBODY! He bellowed so loudly that we had to cover our ears a bit.

"Please don't yell so loud. You'll hurt our ears." I say.

"Losing? Who to?" Ibuki asks.

"I won't lose to anyone.. Not even my past self!" He said.

"That sounds cool and all but... what are you talking about?" I ask.

"SHHHHHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIITTTTTTTTTTTTT!!!!!!!!!!!!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"Of course..."

"Gh. I don't know who was behind it, but somebody tried to make a shitty bastard out of me. Some scoundrel occupied the bathroom before the party was about to start!" Nekomaru says.

"When was it freed up?" I ask.

"It was finally open after Byakuya's body was discovered." Nekomaru says.

"I see."

*ding dong, ding dong*

The monitor went off and Monokuma had an announcement to make.

"Alrighty guys! It's finally time! Time for the long awaited Class Trial! Now then I shall tell you all the meeting place, At Centrico Plaza there's a mountain with my adorable face carved into it, that my friends is Monokuma Rock! Once your there please wait until everyone is there and take the elevator the underground! Phuhuhu see you there."

"Time is up then. We should get going." Nekomaru says leaving with Ibuki and Ifollowing suit.

Monokuma Rock

"Huh?... when did that get here?" Kazuichi asks.

"It seems I may be right... there really could be an enormous organisation behind this." I say.

"Like... what you and Byakuya theorized before?" Hajime asks.

"Byakuya.... he was taken from us to quickly..." Sonia somberly says.

"Tch. I still can't believe he's dead!" Nekomaru says.

"We'll get to the bottom of this." I say

"What's taking Fuyuhiko this long!?" Mahiru asks.

"N-Now that you mention it... he's..not here." Mikan says

"Ah! He ran away of course!" Hiyoko suggests.

Monokuma then appeared.

"Aw hell naw! There's no way I'd let him escape! Look I dragged him back here!" Monokuma says whilst dragging a very upset Fuyuhiko.

"I-I'm telling you! Let me go!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Hey now! If you keep acting violent I might just eat you up!" Monokuma says.

"Hey! Fuyuhiko, what was you doing this whole time!?" Mahiru shouts.

"Nothing. I wasn't really doing anything. I was just chilling my room when I heard that fat bastard got killed. Tch, who the fuck cares about that anyway?" Fuyuhiko scoffed.

"You..how can you say something so irresponsible!? We've been working hard to investigate this murder even though we didn't want to, just to survive." Mahiru scolds Fuyuhiko.

Fuyuhiko then turned away.

"All right! Now that everyone's here! Let's all take the secret entrance together!" Monokuma cheered.

Usami appears all of a sudden.

"Please! Wait!"

"My, my, Usami what are you doing here?" Monokuma asked.

"I-I..." She mutters

"Hm? Do you actually wish to join? Do you want to know how useless you really can be? You're a bigger masochist than I thought. Oh well, I'm a big brother who dotes on his little sister, that's why you'll have special permission." Monokuma says.

"I'll go on ahead and wait for you guys. So Hurry over!" Monokuma disappeared once more.

"He told us to come but... how do we get there? I don't see any doors or anything." Teruteru says.

The ground then shook violently.

"Th-This looks dangerous! Everyone get down!" Usami commands.

An escalator then popped out of the rock going into one of the faces.

"Something came out!" Mikan says startled.

"We have no time to waste everyone. Monokuma is waiting, we shouldn't keep him waiting for too long." I state.

Everyone then got on the escalator and into the mouth of the stone Monokuma. And then we descended.

"This..is an elevator!" Nekomaru noticed.

"So this entire rock is just one big elevator." Byakuya says.

"Once again... Monokuma is doing what he pleases." Chiaki says.

"However..if he's gone to the effort of making this, then he's defeat not fooling around." Peko states.

"Even so, we're going pretty deep." Akane says.

"Yeah..." Hajime mutters.

They were quiet most of the way down. Eventually the elevator stopped and the doors opened revealing the Trial Grounds.

Trial of Leadership

"Welcome! This is the Class Trial field! How do you like it? It's the place where you'll decide all of your fates!" Monokuma explains.

"What is he thinking locking us up in a shitty place like this?!" Fuyuhiko grumbles.

"Complain all you want! C'mon! Find your seat with your name and let's begin." Monokuma says.

We all got in our seats which were...

1: Hajime Hinata

2: Hiyoko Saionji

3: Gundham Tanaka

4: Akane Owari

5: Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu

6: Ibuki Mioda

7: Nagito Komaeda

8: Mikan Tsumiki

9: Aria Adabat

10: Byakuya Togami

11: Chiaki Nanami

12: Nekomaru Nidai

13: Sonia Nevermind

14: Empty Seat

15: Teruteru Hanamura

16: Peko Pekoyama

17: Kazuichi Soda

18: Mahiru Koizumi

With everything ready the Trial for the murder of Byakuya Togami

 

 

 

 

Was in session!

Chapter Text

Trial of Leadership

CLASS TRIAL

ALL RISE!

Monokuma: Let's begin with a basic explanation of the Castle Trial, during the Trial you'll present your arguments for who the blackened is, and vote for 'whodunnit' if you guess correctly then only the blackened will receive Punishment, but if you pick the wrong one, I'll punish everyone besides the blackened and that person will earn the right to leave this Island.

Monokuma began by reminding everyone of the Trial rules to which Usami replied with.

Usami: S-Such a cruel rule!

Chiaki: Before we start, there's something I'm wondering about.

Chiaki then pointed at the picture of Byakuya that was crossed out by blood.

Chiaki: What's with this picture?

Monokuma: I'd feel awful if he was left out just because he died. Friendship penetrates even deaths barrier.

Teruteru: Friendship....penetrates...

Teruteru don't you dare...

Hiyoko then quickly cut Teruteru off before he could say something else.

Hiyoko: But if that's why his seat is empty... then why is that seat over there empty?

Hiyoko pointed at a seat that lay between Sonia and Teruteru.

Hiyoko: Seventeen of us were on this Island to start with, but then why are there eighteen seats?

Monokuma: If I told you it wouldn't be a surprise. But just know there is a reason for the eighteenth seat.

So there's another person getting involved? I wonder what's going on up there.

Nagito then spoke up

Nagito: Also I want to know, is there really a killer among us?

Monokuma: Most definitely, there's no doubt that the blackened is lurking among you, such a sad state of affairs isn't it? By the way this Class Trial is going to be 100% fair so there's no need to worry, I'm the type who hates favoritism and prejudice, well not as much as I hate Usami and Aria anyway.

Aria: Such an unnecessary comment.

Usami: You hate us that much!?

Monokuma: Now then, let's begin!

Mikan: Y-Your telling us to begin but... what are we supposed to do?

Akane: No complainin' let's just settle this with our fists!

Kazuichi: Were you even listening to the rules?

Fuyuhiko: Didn't that Byakuya bastard get killed in the dining hall? Then everyone there is a fuckin suspect.

Mahiru: Yeah, Yeah your just trying to prove your not the killer yeah?

Fuyuhiko: No shit! You guys went off on your own and started killing each other, this has nothing to do with me. 

Mahiru: Huh? What does that mean?

Aria: First of all, there's something I would like to discuss first.

Teruteru: Something you want to discuss first?

Aria: Where we found the body. I found a bit strange that we found his body underneath a table.

Chiaki: Then.. let's start with that mystery.

Non-Stop Debate!

Nagito: Why was Byakuya's body... in a place like that?

Gundham: His body was underneath a table... at the very back of the dining hall.

Kazuichi: After the killer murdered Byakuya.... they probably moved the body there.

Aria: YOUR TONE'S OFF!

BREAK!

Aria: Actually the killer didn't move the body at all.

Kazuichi: Huh? Why?

Nagito: Try to remember what the body looked like under the table. There was a lot of blood everywhere, yet there was no sign that the killer moved the body.

Mahiru: So that's why you think it's impossible that the killer moved the body, I see, I get your point.

Kazuichi: Agh! And here I thought I had a genius idea!

Hiyoko: Too bad your soooooo stupid and boring and unpopular. Your life is meaningless.

Aria: Never say that again Hiyoko!

Kazuichi: I-I respond better to praise you know!

Ibuki: But if the killer didn't move the body, then why did Byakuya move under the table?

Hajime: Byakuya was probably killed... under the table.

Nekomaru: What? You think he was killed under the table?

Nagito: Byakuya went under the table for unknown and was killed then, and we found his body shortly after.

Nekomaru: T-That makes sense but... why'd he go under the table?

Akane: Obviously he was hiding so he could surprise us. That dude was always a big jokester.

Kazuichi: The hell he was! You seriously couldn't tell what kind of person he was?!

Teruteru: Hm... maybe he panicked during the blackout and hid under the table.

Nekomaru: It's a blackout not an earthquake! Just because the power went out doesn't mean he'd dive under the table.

Aria: It probably has something to do with the knife that was under the table.

Ibuki: Knife? Oh! You mean that thing that totally screams "I am the murder weapon!"

Aria: Byakuya must have somehow noticed that Knife under the table which was why he went under there.

Gundham: Byakuya and Aria were both particularly sensitive to the presence of dangerous items. So I cannot deny that possibly. But how did he notice the knife under the table?

Mahiru: I think if he realized it before hand he would have done something before the blackout.

Chiaki: Then.. instead of realizing it was there, perhaps he just noticed it at that point in time.

Peko: No that's not possible.

Nekomaru: What? You seem rather confident about that.

Peko: Of course, I have proof to back me up.

Monokuma: Phuhuhu this almost starting to sound like a real trial.

Non-Stop Debate!

Peko: I'm sure Byakuya ducked under the table... during the blackout.

Sonia: That sounds correct.

Hiyoko: If that's the case... during the blackout Mr Ham Hands... must have seen the killer take the knife.

Ibuki: But it was super pitch black!

Akane: It was so dark I couldn't see my food!

Peko: Byakuya couldn't see in the dark either...

HajimeNO THAT'S WRONG!

BREAK!

Hajime: No. Byakuya was probably the only one who was able to see during the blackout.

Peko: Why do you say that?

Hajime: There was a pair of night vision goggles at the crime scene, and Byakuya was holding them when we found his body.

Peko: So... are you saying Byakuya was the one who used the night vision goggles?

Hajime: Yes, that appears to be the case.

YOUR REASONING IS OUT OF FOCUS!

Mahiru: No that's wrong, it should be the other way around!

Hajime: O-Other way around?

Mahiru: Seriously! The Killer used those night vision goggles! Not Byakuya!

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Mahiru!

Mahiru: If you just use common sense... the killer obviously used those night vision goggles! That's gotta be it!

Advance

Hajime: Where's your proof that the killer used them?

Mahiru: Because if they used night vision goggles, then they could've killed Byakuya even in the dark! In reality that what happened! Those goggles were planted in advance, the killer brought them to the crime scene!

HajimeALLOW ME TO CUT THROUGH THOSE WORDS!

Break!

Hajime: No Byakuya was definitely the one who brought those Night Vision Goggles.

Mahiru: Definitely? But how?

Hajime: They were missing from the duralumin case that Byakuya and Aria brought.

Aria: Can confirm, there were Night Vision Goggles prepared in there, I helped Byakuya after all.

Ibuki: Which means, we can be certain that the night vision goggles were supposed to be in that duralumin case aswell. Who hoo! I said 'certain' Ibuki never uses such clever language.

Mahiru: I see. When you put it like that... It makes sense.

Teruteru: Then was that knife inside the duralumin case aswell? If there were night vision goggles inside it wouldn't be weird for a knife to be in there.

Chiaki: It WOULD be weird.

Teruteru: I am weird aren't I? At times like this, I'd rather b-

Aria: Do! Not! Finish! That! Sentence!

Aria: There was also duct tape under the table.

Teruteru: Huh? Duct tape?

Hajime: They probably hid the knife under the table by taping it under the table.

Mikan: Oh! So that's why we found duct tape there!

Nekomaru: Byakuya was thorough, but he wouldn't have noticed a weapon taped to the underside of the table.

Peko: This may be off topic, but why was Byakuya and Aria so paranoid during the blackout? Not only did they bring a self defense kit, but a pair of night vision goggles too..

Nekomaru: That's true, they went above and beyond being a little cautious!

Mahiru: Now that you mention it, that applies to the dangerous items they confiscated aswell, it's one thing to be a little cautious but performing body checks are a bit much.

Nagito: They probably knew, someone was trying to commit a murder.

Gundham: Are you saying they predicted the murder!? Could it be!? Were they also in possession of the All-Seeing Eye?!

Nagito: You think so to, right Hajime?

Hajime: Everyone can you please look at this!?

Hajime took out a note and showed it to everyone and the note read.

BE CAREFUL!

The first kill will happen tonight!

Someone will definitely kill someone.

Fuyuhiko: Hey... the hell is this?

Nagito: Hajime and I found this in Byakuya's Cottage.

Aria: Wait! I must let you know that I received the same letter, though I only told Ibuki until now.

I then pulled out another letter and showed it to everyone and it looked identical.

Hajime: You have one too Aria!?

Aria: Byakuya and I received them the day after the motive was presented. It was a threatening letter someone sent to us.

Akane: So who's the someone?

Hiyoko: Nobody besides Monokuma would write such a dumb threatening letter like that.

Monokuma: Wasn't me!

Usami: Are you sure?

Monokuma: The only lies I tell are friendly lies!

Usami: Those are still lies!

Peko: It doesn't matter who wrote it yet. So Byakuya and Aria became paranoid because of this threatening letter?

Aria: Excatly!

Nagito: And because of that they decided to throw a party.

Teruteru: What do you mean?

Aria: We thought if we kept you all in one place, it would create a situation where everyone could keep tabs on each other. Doing so it would make whoever wrote that letter be in a difficult position to act.

Teruteru: But the letter might've just been a little prank.

Aria: As long as we were determined to keep all of you safe, we couldn't take that risk.

Nekomaru: Tch! You should've told us both you and Byakuya received a threatening letter.

Aria: If we did you would've panicked, and everyone would start to get suspicious of each other. The only one I told prior to this Trial was Ibuki.

Sonia: So you both tried to do something about it without telling anyone?

Peko: Then that letter ended up being Byakuya's undoing...

Akane: Tch! Screw that noise! Who the hell wrote that letter!

Mahiru: Well obviously... the killer..

Gundham: Hmph! Enough already! Show yourself you coward!

Hiyoko: If they were willing to come forward then they would never have committed a murder in the first place.

Sonia: Um... pardon me, can I say something?

Kazuichi: What is it Miss Sonia?

Sonia: I regret that I must return to this topic, but I just realized something concerning the night vision goggles. If Byakuya was Indeed wearing them, then.. how'd the killer manage to navigate in the dark?

Teruteru: You're right. They wouldn't have been able to see anything without the night vision goggles. But if the killer did take the goggles when they took the knife then, how'd Byakuya manage to see them?

Nekomaru: Even if the knife bore some kind of mark it would be difficult to see in that darkness.

Hajime: What if the glowing paint was the mark? With that you'd be able to get the knife even in the dark. In actuality the knife we found under the table and the duct tape holding it up were both marked with glowing paint right?

Mikan: Does that mean... the killer painted them in advance?

Mahiru: But painting them with glowing paint? It's if they knew the blackout was going to happen.

Chiaki: They have to have already known that's why they used glowing paint as a mark.

Hiyoko: Then whoever set up that blackout is the killer.

Kazuichi: That seals it! The killer had to be whoever was guarding the office. Which means It was you! Peko Pekoyama!

Ibuki: Eee! Peko killed poor Byakuya!? Was this Island not big enough for two glasses wearers!?

Peko: I'm not the killer.

Akane: Oh I guess she's not.

Kazuichi: How can you believe her so easily?

Mikan: But... with Peko's height I don't think she'll be able to reach the circuit breaker.

Kazuichi: I-I don't care about a technicality like that! Peko's the one who tripped the breaker and caused the blackout.

Non-Stop Debate!

Kazuichi: Since Peko was in the office... she could've caused the blackout at anytime!

Peko: That's impossible...

Hiyoko: Huh? Why is it impossible?

Peko: Because I was not in the office... not even before the blackout.

Aria: I CAN AGREE!

Break!

Aria: No I think Peko's telling the truth.

Kazuichi: Mhmm, Don't tell me you're crushin' on Peko...

Aria: H-Hey! I-it's nothing like that at all! Nekomaru's account is actually Peko's alibi.

Nekomaru: It's true someone was occupying the bathroom for a long time, and it was finally freed up after Byakuya's body was discovered.

Mahiru: Ah! So the person who was in the bathroom that whole time was actually...

Aria: Everyone except Peko was in the Dining Hall after the party started right?

Hiyoko: I see then there's no way anybody could've possibly locked themselves in the bathroom besides Peko.

Peko: I-I guess that would be.... true...

Kazuichi: You locked yourself in the commode!? You should've said so earlier.

Mahiru: There's no way she actually would've said that! Gosh you're so insensitive!

Nekomaru: If she locked herself in the bathroom for that long... there's no doubt.. it's shit... GHAHAHA! Aw there's no way she'd admit it! There's no way she'd admit she was taking a shit!

Gross..

Mahiru: Hey! Weren't you raised with some basic manners or were you raised in a locker room?!

Nekomaru: Gh! I'm sorry..

Peko: I-it's fine... how about... we stop talking about this.. and move on to something else?

Nekomaru: Don't worry the smell wasn't that strong, I used the bathroom right after you so you can trust me.

Peko: I-I said it's fine!

Hiyoko: But still you were in the bathroom for a really long time, did you get food poisoning or something?

Peko: As soon as I stepped into the office, I felt this sudden rush of pain in my stomach.... because of that I was unable to leave.. including when the blackout occurred.

Teruteru: Hey! How'd it feel to do your business in the dark? Did you get excited?

Hajime: Seriously stop it.

Aria: That's actually my job Hajime...

Fuyuhiko: But still... your stomach ache was that really just a coincidence?

Mahiru: Hey! What's the deal? Don't butt into other people's business, especially if you didn't do any investigating!

Fuyuhiko: Heh! I'm only butting in because you fucking idiots are outta your element!

Gundham: Stop this childish nonsense! Just what do you mean by coincidence?

Fuyuhiko: What I mean is, is it possible someone slipped her some laxatives?

Mikan: L-Laxatives?

Fuyuhiko: If so then the killer could've tripped the breaker as soon as that girl left the office.

Akane: I see that might've happened.

Non-Stop Debate!

Fuyuhiko: Did you eat anything weird?

Peko: I don't remember eating anything weird...

Sonia: Now that you mention it... you brought food to the office right?

Peko: Just a little bit from the dining hall...

Fuyuhiko: There mighty been some laxatives it don't ya think?

IbukiIBUKI THINK'S THAT'S WRONG!

Break!

Ibuki: Ibuki believes that it's impossible that laxatives were slipped into the food from the dining hall, Ibuki remembers that Peko wasn't the only one who ate food from the dining hall, Akane ate some of it too.

Mahiru: If the food had laxatives I'm pretty sure Akane would experience stomach issues aswell.

Akane: I feel totally fine.

Teruteru: Yeah! Th-the dishes are innocent, don't go making weird accusations!

Peko: I apologise for causing such a scene.

Mahiru: Fuyuhiko should apologise not you, he's the one that came up with the laxative accusation.

Fuyuhiko: What the fuck did you say bitch!

Sonia: Cease this bickering!

Mikan: L-Let's just dismiss Peko's stomach ache as a coincidence, and go back to discussing the blackout.

Hiyoko: Yeah, Yeah we already know that you tras-

I glare at Hiyoko and that was enough to shut her up.

Non-Stop Debate!

Hiyoko: Who tripped the breaker and how did they do it? If you can't answer that I'm gonna bop you on the head!

Ibuki: Did they throw a stone and hit it?

Kazuichi: Maybe they used a remote control?

Mikan: They probably messed with the breaker..

Sonia: It does not have to be the breaker... they may have tampered with the power supply and transmitters.

Mahiru: Or maybe they caused a power surge?

HajimeI AGREE WITH THAT!

Break!

Hajime: It's just as Mahiru said! The blackout was caused by a power surge! Of course that's not a coincidence, someone intentionally caused it.

Nagito: Which is why those three irons were arranged to cause the blackout.

Hajime: When we found those irons in the Storage room, they were still turned on. They were a reason the blackout happened.

STUPID FOOL!

Nekomaru: Hold on a second! Let me speak too!

Hajime: Wh-What the heck!?

Nekomaru: You say that the irons in the storage room were used to trigger the blackout? THAT'S INEXCUSABLE!

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Nekomaru

Nekomaru: If the irons in the storage room caused the blackout, Then for the killer to turn the irons on, Your saying they went all the way to the Storage Room? Then that means everyone in the dining hall when the blackout went off can't be a suspect!

Advance!

Hajime: No, just because people were in the dining hall doesn't mean they can't be a suspect.

Nekomaru: But the people in the dining hall weren't able to cause the blackout! If the irons caused the blackout...

HajimeALLOW ME TO CUT THROUGH THOSE WORDS!

Break!

Hajime: The irons are just one reason the blackout occurred, but they weren't the direct trigger. The direct trigger was when the Air Conditioners in the dining hall and office turned on!

Nekomaru: A-AIR CONDITIONERS!!!???

Hajime: The time for the Air conditioners were around 11:30 PM

Aria: Which is also the same time that Byakuya was killed.

Nekomaru: I see... when the timer activated the air conditioners, the breaker tripped and caused a blackout. I see, I understand indubitably!

Sonia: Indubitably?

Nagito: They probably checked the old building's energy usage and used the irons to nearly max it out.  So once they set the air conditioners timers they just had to wait until it triggered.

Sonia: If so, even if Peko was in the office it would've been possible to cause a blackout, indubitably!

Kazuichi: Indubitably? Miss Sonia not you too...

Chiaki: Regarding the energy usage, they probably asked Monokuma about it.

Monokuma: Dun dun dun!

Usami: Is she right? Such a hateful bear! You deserve to die a thousand deaths!

Monokuma: A thousand you say? If I died that many time I might really stay dead.

Mahiru: Shut up! You two just stay quiet!

Peko: I couldn't have prevented the blackout even if I was in the office, But even so I feel regret! If I was in the office I could've reset the breaker in time and maybe... the murder wouldn't have occurred.

Nagito: No the breaker was built into a high part of the wall that's impossible to reach. Resetting the breaker in the darkness would've been impossible no matter what.

Fuyuhiko: Sounds like you don't need to blame yourself.

Hiyoko: Even so this killer is so sly I'm starting to worry we may never find them..

Nagito: It's alright, you don't have to worry. Because... they're just a pretty little killer right? They can't beat symbols of hope like you guys!

Aria: Huh?

Nagito: There's no way everybody will lose now. This little incident will just be a stepping stone for all of you! In the end hope always wins! That's what I believe.

What's he doing?

Hajime: N-Nagito? What happened to you?

Nagito: Huh? What do you mean?

Aria: This entire time you've been saying that there's no possible way that there's a killer among us.

Nagito: Oh? Is that so? Well let's put that minor detail aside for now and talk about the incident. For now... we found out how the blackout occurred, but the question is, who caused it, right? Anybody could've hid and set the timers for the air conditioners... setting up the irons in the Storage room could've been done by anyone before Byakuya and Aria set foot in the old building. What a shame... anyone of us could've done that.

Fuyuhiko: What are you implying?

Hiyoko: He's just saying after all this time! We haven't made any progress!

Sonia: Huh? Even though we've been arguing for so long?

Nagito: Unfortunately, it's the truth. Despite the fact that we've discussed this in length, there's not one clue that leads to the killer. But that might be because... there's no way any of us could be a killer.

Hajime: Your changing your story again?!

Nagito: Anyway, I have an idea about what we should all do at this point. Has anybody thought about our situation like this? Instead of surviving by doubting each other, isn't it better to be killed by believing in each other?

Ibuki: D-Doesn't that mean.. Are you saying we should give up and die?

The hell's wrong with him?

Hajime: Nagito! There's definitely something wrong with you!

Nagito: Haha! You're only thinking there's something wrong with me, because there's something wrong with you. Suspecting each other like this... there's no way this is healthy behaviour. Let's stop this already, we don't have to find out who the killer is. I can't take this anymore! I don't want to do this to my friends!

Teruteru: I-I don't wanna do this either...

Mikan: M-Me too please... take me home already.

Hiyoko: Wahhh! I wanna go home and eat candy!

Mahiru: S-Stop it... if everyone acts like this I'm gonna...

Aria and Hajime: Everyone calm down!

Nagito: We're all friends right? There's no way one friend would murder another.

Hajime: Th-Then why did Byakuya die!?

Nagito: Who cares? Let's just give up already. There are no clues that lead to the killer, not a single one of them..

Chiaki: That's Wrong!...........I think...

Chiaki for the love of all that's good, PLEASE get a new catchphrase.

Nagito: Did you say something?

Chiaki: Cause, we've already found a clue that might point to who the killer is.

Gundham: A clue you say?

Akane: You know who the killer is?

Chiaki: The Killer? I dunno. But we do have a clue about a suspicious person. I think..

Nagito: I see, care to tell me? What's this clue you're talking about?

Chiaki: First of all, let's try thinking about how the killer was able to obtain the knife during the blackout.

Nagito: Didn't we already cover that? They used glowing paint as a mark.

Chiaki: No not that, I mean before that.

Hajime: Let's try examining the situation. Mahiru's diagram might be useful here.

Mahiru: The diagram of where everyone was standing before the blackout right? Um.. here it is.

Hajime: The killer must've used the desk lamp to move in that Darkness.

Nagito: The desk lamp? I hope you don't mean they turned on the light or something.

Gundham: There was a blackout, no way the killer could've used the light.

Hajime: They didn't turn the desk lamp on. They used it's power cord.

Mikan: P-Power cord?

Aria: They would've been able to feel their way to the table using it during the blackout. The killer would've been able to use the glowing paint aswell to find the knife.

Chiaki: There is only one person who would've been able to do that.

Teruteru: Wh-Who?

I then looked at everyone and then I cast my finger and pointed at the killer.

AriaNagito it was you wasn't it?

TRIAL SUSPENSION!

Chapter Text

Trial of Leadership

Aria: Nagito, it was you wasn't it?

Nagito: Huh? Me?

Aria: Judging by everyone's positions before the blackout, the only one near the power cord besides the victim was you.

Nekomaru: Which means... the only one who could've felt there way towards the table using the power cord was... Nagito!

Nagito: Th-That's just a coincidence.

Chiaki: But still, you had a chance right? A chance to hide the knife.

Hajime: Nagito, weren't you cleaning the dining hall all morning? If so you would've had the chance to hide the knife.

Nagito: Th-That's...

Hajime: If you factor in the power cord, and the time it took you to clean the dining hall, you're the only one who could've done it.

Nagito: Seriously it's all just a coincidence!

Aria: It's suspicious enough with one coincidence, but multiple times in a row? That just can't be ignored.

Mahiru: Could it be? Did you give yourself cleaning duty on purpose so you could hide the knife under the table!?

Nekomaru: Now that you mention it, Nagito did prepare the drawing to whoever would clean the dining hall.

Mahiru: You rigged the drawing didn't you!? That's how you got to clean the dining hall right!?

Chiaki: I don't know if you're the killer or not but... regardless it proves your suspicious right?

Nagito: Gh.. gh-gh..

Nekomaru: If that's the case then... that strange speech from earlier... that was part of your plan too.

Fuyuhiko: You got us to lower our guard and tried to hide the fact you did it! didn't you, you motherfucker!

Mahiru: Well? Just admit already!

Nagito: Ngh...ngh.

Hajime: Nagito, tell me you object to this. Frankly I don't want to believe it either. We investigated together, you were so kind, I can't believe you're the one that killed Byakuya.

Nagito: Ngh...ngh..

Hajime: Nagito! Say something!

Nagito: Ngh...ngh!

...

Nagito: Aha... AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!

The Ultimates are working together to combat the Despair of their friend's death, Ah how wonderful, how beautiful it is!

Holy shit, he's completely insane...

Hajime: Huh?

Nagito: Let's cut to the chase! Your correct! It was my doing all along! I'm the one who hid the knife before the party started. I'm one who used the power cord to find my way through the dark. And of course, I'm the one who caused the blackout! After all, there's no way I'd knowingly whip out a knife in front of everyone right?

Ibuki: I-Is it just me or, does he seem a little nuts right now?

Nagito: But! I never expected Byakuya to have Night Vision Goggles, because of that, we had a little scuffle under the table and, well you all saw how that played out right? But with a twist ending like this, I think we can all agree that this ended up being a very interesting mystery. Hahaha! Byakuya preformed admirably!

Kazuichi: J-Just Stop already! Seriously what the hell happened to you?

Mahiru: Don't tell me... is this your true nature? Were you lying to us this entire time?

Nagito: Me? Lie? That's outrageous! There's no way someone like me would be able to lie to you guys! I understand better than anyone that I'm ultimately worthless. I'm too arrogant to have dreams or cling to hope, I'm to disdainful to actually try at anything. I just made peace with the fact that I'm a lowly, stupid, insignificant human, who can't do anything right.

Aria: You shouldn't talk bad about yourself like that though...

Ibuki: HOLY CRAP! He's totally the kind of guy whose spent his childhood Killing neighbourhood pets!

Sonia: He seems like the sort of person who's eyes light up whilst watching Friday the 13th.. just like me.

Kazuichi: That's... quite the hobby you've got there but... now's not the time to bring it up.

Aria: Nagito, were you also the one who sent those threatening letters to me and Byakuya?

Nagito: Yep, sure did. There's nobody else on this Island whose handwriting is that painful to look at right?

Hiyoko: But why would you send a threatening letter in the first place?

Nagito: I think deep down, I wanted someone to stop my plans. However I bet that some of you would've felt sorry me.

Akane: Are you making fun of us!?

Chiaki: By threatening Byakuya and Aria Nagito was able to manipulate their actions. In doing so Nagito was able to manipulate everyone to scene where the murder would occur.. am I wrong?

Peko: That reminds me, Nagito was the one who suggested I guard the office.

Hiyoko: Oh I get it! If Peko was guarding the Storage room, Nagito wouldn't be able to use the irons.

Peko: The threatening letter, along with all of your suggestions. It was a trap to manipulate us weren't it?

Nagito: Yep, but your wrong about one thing.

Mikan: Huh? Wh-What?

Nagito: I didn't need to rig the drawing to get picked for cleaning duty.

Mahiru: If that's the case then how did you conveniently get picked for cleaning duty?

Aria: He's the Ultimate Lucky Student, if I remember which would mean...

Nagito: That's right, I just trusted my luck, I trusted that I'd be picked for cleaning duty.

Teruteru: You just... relied on your luck?

Nagito: It's not just luck, it's true that my talent sucks, but I'm still the Ultimate Lucky Student. At the time Hajime said I wasn't lucky, but the opposite happened instead. I was lucky and I got picked for cleaning duty just as I wanted.

Hajime: E-Enough! I don't care about that anymore. More importantly why did you kill Byakuya?

Nagito: Byakuya was a very capable person, for someone like him to get killed...oh the Despair it brings. It's only fitting that you symbols of hope should use his death as a stepping stone to shine even brighter! That was my only motivation!

Nekomaru: Y-Your not making any sense!

Fuyuhiko: Fine! Let's start the damn vote already! I can't wait to fuckin kill this psycho!

But I think we're missing something...

Ibuki: Please! Monokuma!

MikanP-PLEASE WAIT!

Fuyuhiko: Huh? The fuck?

Mikan: Um... I don't know how I should put this... Is Nagito really the killer?

Teruteru: What are you saying? He's already confessed hasn't he?

Mikan: Um..I know, it just... there's something a little strange...

Hiyoko: If it's only a little then keep your mo-

Aria: This is your final warning Hiyoko! Anymore and you'll be punished.

Sonia: Um.. for now might I suggest what she has to say...

Teruteru: But... we know who the killer is...

Gundham: Simply listening is acceptable... However! I won't allow it to end with mere play! Now then let us lift the curtain for a bloody spectacle!

Non-Stop Debate!

Mikan: I think it's strange that-

Teruteru: The killer is so obviously Nagito!

Mikan: Um...

Peko: He has already confessed.

Mikan: Um you know-

Fuyuhiko: That bastard Nagito is the one who did it! He killed Byakuya with the knife he hid.

AriaYOUR TONE'S OFF!

Break!

Aria: Mikan, are you trying to say that the knife is inconsistent with your autopsy report?

Mikan: Yes! That's it.

Fuyuhiko: The hell are you talking about? It's obvious that the knife was the murder weapon!

Mikan: But, based on Byakuya's wounds the weapon should be roughly 5mm in diameter..

Ibuki: 5mm in diameter? That like, waaaaay skinnier than a knife.

Fuyuhiko: Hey that better be true, if you screwed up I'll sell your fucking ass to a whorehouse!

Mikan: Ek! Not a whorehouse!

Mahiru: Hey! Why are you threatening her!

Nagito: Is this what you're trying to say Mikan? As long as we can't prove the knife is the murder weapon there's no way we can prove I'm the killer.

Mahiru: Wh-What are you saying? No one else can be the killer it has to be you!

Nagito: Hey, don't blame me, Mikan's the one who said it.

Mikan: I-I'm sorrrrry!

Chiaki: Hey Nagito, are you still hiding something?

Nagito: Hiding?

Chiaki: Like, during the blackout, did something happen between you and Byakuya that we don't know about?

Nagito: Who knows?

Gundham: After all this, what else do you intend to hide?

Nagito stays quiet.

Hiyoko: Jeez the moment your back's against the wall you get all silent, you piss me off!

Ibuki: What happened during the blackout? Hmmm. Hmmmmmm. Ah! If you cross your eyes like this! It gives you double vision!

Kazuichi: Don't get distracted! Our lives are at stake!

Akane: Huh? Whose lives are at stake?

Kazuichi: Seriously how long is it gonna take you for you to understand the damn rules!

Nagito: Nobody could see in the dark, Byakuya notwithstanding, No matter how hard you think about it, the truth is beyond your sight.

Aria: No that's not it.

Nagito: Not it? What's not it?

Aria: Even if we couldn't see in the dark, I'm pretty sure someone must have heard it, and that would be me and Ibuki.

Ibuki: For Realzzzzzz!?

Don't act so surprised..

Aria: Don't you remember? You told me what you heard in the blackout right? I heard the same things.

Ibuki: Ibuki knows what she heard!

"Uwah! It's a..blackout!" Mahiru noticed.

"Hey! I can't see anything!" Kazuichi begins to panic.

"I-it's pitch black! My future is pitch black!" Ibuki yells.

"E-Everyone! Calm down, we gotta stay calm in a situation like this." Mahiru says trying to get everyone to calm down.

"Wah! Don't step on my feet!" Hiyoko yelps in pain.

"What the hell! What's going on here!? Th-This is.." Byakuya exclaimed.

"Ow!." Nagito yelps.

"Turn the damn lights on! I can't eat like this y'know!" Akane says.

"You guys? Where are you? W-Wasn't the blackout just in the kitchen?" Teruteru asks.

"I think the breaker overloaded, can you do something about it Kazuichi?" I say.

"Okay then! I'll go along the wall and do something about it." Kazuichi says.

Nagito: Such perceptive hearing! Impressive! I expected no less from the Ultimate Musician and Ultimate Vocalist.

Hiyoko: It's a good thing your hearing's good because your faces, styles, figures and personalities totally suck!

That hurt my feelings man...

Ibuki: Ghaha! You cut me deep with your knife of truth!

Peko: However... after hearing what Nagito and Byakuya said during the blackout.... It seems like Byakuya fought Nagito or something...

Nagito: Well... that's actually what happened. As a sign of respect for Aria and Ibuki's talents, I have a small confession to make. I was actually shoved out of the table by Byakuya.

Teruteru: He..shoved you out?

Nagito: He must have seen me going for the knife and then went after me and shoved me away. That's right.. I'm so incompetent I couldn't even grab the knife. After he shoved me away I was just as confused as you guys, I lost sight of the glowing  paint and before I knew it, Byakuya was under the table dead.

Mahiru: H-Hold on! Are you saying your not the killer!?

Nagito: From the very beginning... the idea to throw a party, hiding the knife, setting up the blackout, it was all going according to plan. But unfortunately my plan failed and it's all thanks to Byakuya's Night Vision Goggles! What happened after that? Even I don't know.

Fuyuhiko: Y-You failed!? Then your not the one who killed Byakuya!

Hiyoko: Then we're right back to square one!

Nekomaru: How could that be!? We've spent all this time talking back and forth!

Nagito: Meaningless... what other word is brimming with so much despair? But you can't give up! You need to have hope! Do your best and move forward! Rising to the challenge again and again is why you guys are the symbols of hope!

Nagito: Well, what now? If the knife isn't the murder weapon, there's no definitive proof that I'm the killer.

Mahiru: Sh-Shut up! We'll be the judge of that!

Teruteru: You say you were shoved away but... you can't actually prove it right?

Gundham: That's right... even if a different weapon was used, it doesn't not mean Nagito is cleared of suspicion!

Mikan: But.. there's another reason I don't think Nagito is the killer.

Teruteru: There's still more?

Mikan: Based on what we've discussed Byakuya was killed under the table, right?

Sonia: Is there something wrong with that?

Mikan: Well..even if that's true, I think Nagito looks..clean.

Nagito: Nobody's ever complimated on my appearance before! Not even my own mother.

Mikan: Nghh! I'm not talking about your looks...

Aria: Mikan, are you referring to why Nagito has no blood on him?

Mikan: Y-Yes! That's it! Because under the table there was alot of blood splattered everywhere right? There were even bloodstains on the inside of the tablecloth.

Peko: If he stabbed Byakuya to death, then it's strange that he did not get splattered with an appropriate amount of blood.

Nagito: I didn't get any blood on me? That is weird.

Akane: You just used something to block the blood didn't ya!?

Nagito: Something that might've been used to block the splatter... what do you think it could've been? Well I guess we saw something like that didn't we Hajime?

Hajime: You're talking about the blood stained tablecloth we found in the storage room right?

Fuyuhiko: If there's bloodstains on it then that settles it! Nagito used the tablecloth to block the blood splatter!

Gundham: But that was found in the Storage Room right? Are you suggesting he hid it after the murder?

Nekomaru: You mean after the lights came back on? What would he have done if we saw him?

Hajime: It's true that the tablecloth was pretty big, so if you tried to take it with you...

Nagito: Wearing a tablecloth... going under the table, getting a knife in the blackout and stabbing someone... That's not just impossible for someone like me, wouldn't it also have been impossible for you guys too?

Teruteru: Then... what does it mean?

Chiaki:... Maybe the killer didn't stab Byakuya under the table to begin with.

Gundham: No..there's no mistake that the murder occurred under the table.

Mikan: Even the inside of the tablecloth was bloody, so there's no denying that Byakuya was killed there.

Chiaki: But that doesn't mean where Byakuya was stabbed and where the killer did the stabbing was the same place right?

Ibuki: I don't understand at all!

Nagito: Huh? Hajime you look like you're onto something.

Teruteru: Really? But it sounds like a riddle...

Hajime: I feel like I'm on to something, but.. it's still not clear what it is...

Chiaki: Under the table, but not under the table... if it's possible somehow, it's the only answer that makes sense. Moving forward we should put aside all unnecessary preconceptions and just choose the answer... I think.

Hajime then closed his eyes as he starts to think.

Aria:  I understand now!... the killer stabbed Byakuya from under the floorboar-

Hajime: I GOT IT! The killer stabbed Byakuya from under the floorboards!

Aria: HAJIME!! I just said that!

Hajime: O-Oh.. sorry Aria.

Mahiru: Under the floorboards?

Aria: The carpet didn't reach to where Byakuya's body lay, so the killer would've been able to stab through the floorboards.

Nagito: If so, that means the killer was able to get under the floorboards... but from where? And how?

Hajime: I don't know that yet... but I have a feeling someone does know... Hey Gundham, you dropped your earring in the dining hall right?

Gundham: Are you referring to the Hell Hound Earring?

Hajime: About that earring-

Gundham: I said, are you referring to the Hell Hound Earring?

Hajime: About that Hell Hound Earring, you dropped it beneath the dining hall right?

Gundham: Kehehe, just a bit longer and I would've reduced everything, including that old building to ashes. However it's just as the old legend said! The Hell Hound Earring has returned to its owner! To me!

Hajime: Is it safe to say that... that earring is the one on your right ear?

Teruteru: Huh? Could it be?

Hajime: Gundham wasn't wearing a earring during the investigation, and if he had it on by the time the Class Trial started, then that means Gundham was able to retrieve his earring from beneath the floorboards during the Investigation.

Peko: So.. Gundham knows how to get under the floorboards.

Gundham: Kheheheh! It's only understandable you fools only view the world through eyes of glass. But I am different! With the power of my Four Dark Devas of Destruction and the Siren's assistance it is of no concern! Truly this is the evil fourth eye! Before the might of the evil fourth eye all visual chaos is rendered asunder!

Hiyoko: What should I do? I'm embarrassed just listening to him..

Nekomaru: Dohhh! Man up and speak more clearly!

Gundham: Fine! I shall tell you all! The answer was in the Storage Room! Thanks to the Siren she has seen beyond the chaos. A secret passage of doom leading to the underground lurks beneath a large assortment of random boxes. After securing a glow stick, The Siren threw caution to the wind and ventured below the floorboards. And as a result of that lonesome battle, She was able to recover the Hell Hound Earring for me with her own two hands! Fuhahahaha! Tremble with fear fools! Behold our power!

Hiyoko: There he goes again blabbering about power and crap, your ridiculous! You're just a breeder you know?!

Aria: Let's not make him upset Hiyoko.

Peko: Anyway, it sounds like you can go under the floorboards from the Storage Room.

Chiaki: Then that has to be how the killer did it! If the space beneath the floor is empty, it's not that far to move from the Storage Room to the Dining Hall.

Nekomaru: I see.. if they passed through the storage room, I understand why the tablecloth was put there.

Ibuki: The killer lurked under the floorboards during the party and from there "stab, stab, stab!"

Teruteru: Hm? Are you sure?

Ibuki: You don't like stab, stab, stab? Should it sound more fleshy like "splat, shank, stab"

Teruteru: No.. I'm not talking about your sound effects. Your saying they snuck under the floorboards right? But that means they would have to leave the party. So was there anyone who was able to do that?

Hiyoko: Then whoever wasn't at the party is the killer! They were lurking under the floor from the start.

Akane: Who wasn't at the party again?

Chiaki: I didn't participate but.. I was guarding the entrance remember? Usami over there can be my witness.

Usami: Yes, this Usami here is your witness.

Peko: I believe there's no need to discuss this matter further but... I was unable to leave the bathroom.

Teruteru: I was in the kitchen for a long time but I frequently went to the dining hall to deliver my dishes.

Mahiru: Um... the only person who wasn't at the party... judging by the photos I taken before the blackout... it obviously has to be him!

Mahiru then pointed towards Fuyuhiko, who was looking a bit nervous and irritated.

Hiyoko: Yay! It's decided!

Fuyuhiko: Wh-What the fuck are you all saying!? I'm not the killer!

Mahiru: Oh really? What happened to the tough guy who was saying stuff like "I can do it"?

Mahiru said that in a blatant mocking tone.

Fuyuhiko: Don't mess with me! I'll fucking kill you!

Mahiru: See! Your making threats again!

Monokuma: Yep, Yep that's right! Things are starting to get exciting!

Non-Stop Debate

Hiyoko: During the party the killer, was lurking like a cockroach under the floor.

Teruteru: Then they could've stared at panties all day, without going to the Storage room in the dark.

Ibuki: Is that true Fuyuhiko?

Fuyuhiko: Don't act like I'm the fucking killer!

Mahiru: But when the party started, nobody saw you, you know? That means you have no alibi!

PekoI'VE SEEN THROUGH IT!

Break!

Peko: Fuyuhiko actually has an alibi, doesn't he Chiaki?

Chiaki: Oh yeah... when I was guarding the old building, Fuyuhiko walked by a couple of times. It was after the party started, there's no way he could've been under the floor then.

Fuyuhiko: You should've said that earlier dumbass.

Mahiru: It's still your fault though, why were you even around the old building in the first place?

Fuyuhiko: Sh-Shut up!

Teruteru: Maybe there really is a secret passage outside and he came to spy.

Fuyuhiko: What'd you say motherfucker!

Teruteru: Oh noooooo-ho-ho-haha-hmhm..

Hiyoko: Wow, he got chewed out but he looks super happy.

Gundham: Regardless it's impossible to go under  the floorboards from outside, Chiaki and I already confirmed that.

Sonia: Then someone definitely went under the floorboards during the party.

Mikan: During the party... it was probably during the blackout.

Chiaki: Well... if someone really disappeared during the blackout, no one would've noticed.

Teruteru: But walking down that dark hallway to the Storage Room is like trying to make eggs benedict without any eggs.

Kazuichi: You're right, I couldn't see the office and that room was much closer.

Aria: It might be possible if we take a closer look at things.

Ibuki: It was super dark you know, there's no way you could've found your way to the Storage Room.

Nagito: It appears, we're getting close to the final stage. The blackened or the spotless? Which is superior, I think it's time we find this out.

Non-Stop Debate

Teruteru: The hallway was really dark during the blackout. Moving to the Storage Room like that, is like trying to make a seafood bowl without fish.

Chiaki: Is it really not possible?

Nekomaru: What if they used a string like the cord?

Hiyoko: Maybe there was another pair of Night Vision Goggles?

Akane: What a pain I'm gonna go with my gut.. what if they used a light?

AriaI CAN AGREE!

Break!

Aria: The killer had a light with them.

Akane: Oh I was right?

Ibuki: But where would they have found a light?

Aria: There was one nearby. It's on the kitchen's equipment list. It's the portable stove!

Ibuki: P-Portable Stove!?

Aria: Yes, the portable stove doesn't require electricity to work, and it easy to carry around, because of that, the killer was able to get to the Storage Room using it.

Nagito: I see... I never considered the portable stove, but there's a hole in your arguement.

Teruteru: A hole? What kind of-

Aria: Don't make me kick you there again.

Nagito: Now then Aria, will you battle me?

NO THAT'S WRONG!

Nagito: Will you be able to break through my arguement?

Rebuttal Showdown! VS Nagito

Nagito: Did you forget what Kazuichi said earlier? He said the hall was too dark to see office. The light from the stove you mentioned, it contradicts his testimony, or are you intentionally doubting his Testimony?

Advance!

Aria: Well no I don't doubt Kazuichi, what are trying to say?

Nagito: The reason Kazuichi couldn't see the office it was because the hallway was dark right? But if there was a light in the dark hallway, wouldn't Kazuichi have seen it?

AriaI SHALL SLICE THROUGH THAT STATEMENT!

Break!

Aria: Nagito, did you forget or are you pretending to forget?

Nagito: Huh? What are you talking about?

Hajime: There should've been a wall that blocked light, I'm talking about the fire door in the hallway, if you close it, it would form a perfect wall in the hallway. Plus the hallway rounds a corner behind the fire door, So even if there was a small gap in the fire door, as long as they pass the corner, the light wouldn't peek out.

Nagito: I see, to actually notice the fire door, truly expected of the Ultimate Vocalist,  such hope gets me excited!

Aria: Please don't pop a Hope Boner, we're in the middle of the trial.

Chapter Text

Trial of Leadership

Nagito: Such Hope gets me excited!

Aria: Please Don't pop a Hope Boner.

Peko: Nagito, what are you plotting? For someone who insists he's not the killer, you're quite nosy.

Nagito: You sound so scary, if you're that angry, why don't you take a deep breath?

Fuyuhiko: You sure like to piss us off! How about I shut your fucking mouth for you?!

Monokuma: Heeey! It's okay if you guys fight, but I won't allow a burly brawl that might offend people. More importantly can you hurry up and decide who's the blackened already? Time runs out when I get bored.

Nagito: Fine, I get it, your telling me to pass the torch right?

Sonia: P-Pass the torch?

Nagito: Were going to ask the real killer, not an imposter like me, to show themselves.

Nekomaru: Hmph! You're obviously the killer right?

Nagito: If you think I am, I really don't mind. Whatever conclusion you Ultimates arrive at, I will accept it, no matter what it is.

Aria: Hajime and I might know who it is. If the portable stove came from the kitchen then... he's the only possible answer.

Kazuichi: He?

AriaTeruteru, could it be you?

Teruteru:.... Huh? What? What are you talking about!?

Mahiru: Teruteru's the killer? Is that true?

Teruteru: What are you talking about there's no way!?

Hajime: Of course, that's merely our assumption, if you have an objection, please speak freely.

Teruteru: O-Objection or not, why am I being treated like the killer?

Aria: Because as I said, the portable stove used in the murder, was in the kitchen.

Teruteru: That's it!? That's the only reason you're treating me like the killer?! Your Cruel! Cruel! Too Cruel!

Nagito: Ah Teruteru, that attitude is so not like you. For the Ultimate Cook to get so upset-

Teruteru: Call me "Chef".

Nagito: If you fall to aspersions like this, who will be there to support the future of the culinary arts?

Teruteru: The future of the culinary arts?

Nagito... what are you plotting now?

Nagito: That's right, for the future of the culinary arts you must face this and fight it fair and square.

Teruteru: Your right... yeah... that's totally right.

Akane: So what's an "aspersion" anyway? Is it yummy?

Hiyoko: Did you know asbestos is yummy too? You should try some.

Hajime: Nagito, why are you interfering?

Nagito: Let's assume the killer used a light, and that they used the fire door to mask the light, and that they moved to the storage room and snuck under the floorboards. Then What? It was dark under the floorboards too. So how would they be able to stab Byakuya? You're not gonna say they shined the light on Byakuya right? The plan would've been ruined if he noticed.

Teruteru: That's right! What you think about that?

Nagito: There's no way you can answer right? You haven't even investigated below the floorboards.

Mahiru: If that's the case then Gundham should know he personally investigated under there.

Gundham: Unfortunately, I was not the one who went under the floorboards. That was the Siren.

Hajime: The Siren?

Aria: Oh, he means me. I went under the floorboards. But alas, the only thing I found under there barring Gundham's Hell Hound Earring was glowing paint, which was where Byakuya's blood was dripping.

Mahiru: Wh-What!? Glowing Paint?

Ibuki: That sounds super important!

Sonia: So if it is important, then maybe the killer would have been able to move to that paint in the dark right?

Chiaki: In doing so, it might've been possible to use that glowing paint to mark the victim.

Hajime: That mark was the glowing paint. The killer used the glowing paint that was applied to the knife to move under the floorboards.

Nekomaru: Ah! By using the glowing paint as a target, they were able to judge where to stab even in the dark.

Hiyoko: I see the killer didn't strike an actual person they just struck the moment the glowing paint moved.

Sonia: That would be when someone grabbed a hold on the knife.

Nagito: So the killer used the mark that I used to find the knife as a place for stabbing? I see, that's why Byakuya was killed when he took the knife.

Chiaki: If they were able to do that, then wouldn't it mean that the killer knew about Nagito's plan all along?

Aria: Teruteru was preparing the food for the party in the old building's kitchen, so he would've been the first to hear what Nagito was planning.

Nekomaru: Well Teruteru?

Teruteru: S-Seriously? I don't know anything...

Nagito: Then can I ask everyone a question instead? 

Mahiru: Y-You again!? Just stop already!

Teruteru: N-Now now, we must give everyone a fair chance to speak.

Nagito: If Teruteru went to the Storage Room in the blackout then, just what did Ibuki and Aria hear pry tell?

Peko: They heard... Teruteru's voice in the dining hall?

Nagito: Doesn't that prove that Teruteru was in the dining hall during the blackout?

Teruteru: That's right! That's exactly it!

Mahiru: But Teruteru was in the kitchen the moment before the blackout, so why was he in the dining hall?

Teruteru: I-I thought that the blackout was only in the kitchen, so I panicked and ran out of there. Of course the hallway was dark too so I moved along the wall to everyone's voices.

Akane: That sounds fishy!

Ibuki: But now that Ibuki thinks of it, it is strange... I heard Teruteru's voice in the dining hall, but it sounded a little different, it sounded like it came from below.

Hajime: There were also gaps in the floorboards, if he shouted through those...

Aria: Then Teruteru would sound similar to the voices in the dining hall, so that's what happened! After killing Byakuya from under the floorboards, Teruteru shouted from there to sound like he was in the dining hall!

Teruteru was struck silent.

Teruteru: But-but-but-but-but-but...

Peko: I see... so he brazenly shouted from under the floor to make it seem like he was in the dining hall.

Mahiru: Is that true Teruteru?!

Teruteru: H-Hold on a second..

Mikan: Can you explain this Teruteru?

Teruteru: I told you to wait a sec ain't IIIII!!

Mikan: Kyhaaa!

Teruteru: What are y'all even saying anymor' I'm tellin' ya I was in dat dere dinin' hall durin' the blackou'!!

Hiyoko: Were are you from again?

Teruteru: Ohhhh, I was born West Azabu and raised South Aoyama!

Hiyoko: Hey you guys! This guy's a major liar!

Chiaki: If Teruteru was in the dining hall during the blackout then he should've been there after the power returned.

Nagito: Well, I believe so there was no way he could've gone back and forth between the dark hallway.

Mahiru: Huh? Was Teruteru actually there?

Teruteru: I-I sure was, I was dere da whole damn time.

Nagito: Something like this shouldn't be decided by gut instinct, people's lives are at stake.

Teruteru: Damn right! You guys shoulda been decided on dis on da spot with yoa hazy memories!

Hiyoko: His accent is getting even worse! He's definitely lying.

Sonia: However, I am not sure, I believe he was there and I believe he was not there...

Nekomaru: Nghhh! Is there anyway we can decide?

Chiaki: Why don't we consult his memories?

Teruteru: Grah! Cher don't be sayin' dings like dat don't make no sense! Can you even prove I wasn't in da dinin' hall.

Aria: I think I can.

Teruteru: Grraaaahhh! You again.

Aria: If you claim to have been in the dining hall after the power came back on. Then you would definitely remember the brief pose Mikan ended up in after the blackout right you little pervert?

Teruteru: WH-WHAT!?

Mikan: Ngh! Don't make me remember! It's so embarrassing.

Aria: Sorry about that Mikan but this is an important question... it was a fairly clever way of tripping, so you would be able to remember it briefly.

Mikan: Eee, I'm sorry, I'm sorry you all saw something so unsightly...

Ibuki: H-How about it? You can't answer Teruteru?

Teruteru: Hm.. that's weird it just... slipped from my mind-

Mahiru: There's no way it would slip from your mind especially not a pervert like you!

Teruteru: U-Um... even so... Nagito..say something..

Nagito: Hmm, well it looks like you'll have to give up now.

Teruteru: G-Give up!? What do mean give up?

Nagito: Teruteru, I'm disappointed too you know? It's lonely watching someone I admire reach the limits of there hope, feels like a broken dream you know?

Hajime: Nagito, what are you doing? Why are you messing with the killer like that?

Teruteru: H-Hold on a sec! Don't go movin' dis on your own like I really am da killer!

Nagito: Huh? But it already decided right?

Teruteru: Da-da-da-da-da-da hmm da-da-da-da... Da murder hasn't been cleared up yet cher!

Hiyoko: It's no use! I can't understand him anymore!

Aria: I think he's saying "The murder weapon hasn't been cleared up yet".

Ibuki: You understand him Aria!?

Aria: Perks of a World Tour.

Teruteru: Oh! F you callin' me da killer den where da weapon!?

Mahiru: Um.. Aria could you please translate again?

Aria: Gladly he said, "If you're calling me the killer, then where's the weapon?"

Nekomaru: The weapon? It not the knife right?

Mikan: Judging by Byakuya wounds the weapon should be roughly 5mm in diameter.

Aria: Also, if they stabbed from under the floorboards, the weapon would have to be at least 50cm in length.

Nagito: After all of this? Who cares about the weapon?

Teruteru: Na goo enuf! Na goo enuf at all!

Aria: That means, "Not good enough, Not good enough at all".

Chiaki: Fine, I got it, let's try thinking about what the weapon was.

Teruteru: Wannado'tWannado't!

Aria: Um.., "Try to do it."

Ibuki: What a confusing accent!

Silence ran for few minutes before I spoke up.

Aria: The weapon.. it must be that missing iron skewer.

Mahiru: Huh? The Iron Skewer?

Aria: Before the party as I was confiscating all the dangerous items for Byakuya, I spoke to Teruteru about the missing Iron Skewer and he said it was missing from the start.

Nekomaru: So that missing Iron Skewer is the weapon.

Mikan: An Iron Skewer matches with the wounds perfectly.

Akane: Hey Teruteru, where'd you hide the Iron Skewer!?

Teruteru: Ah! Ah! Ahhhh!  Avrillavinnnnnnne!

Aria: Avril Lavigne?

Didn't know he was a fan.

Ibuki: Huh? Did he really just say that?

Fuyuhiko: He's saying random shit to fuck with us! You probably dumped it somewhere on the island didn't you!?

Usami: This school trip has a no littering rule, if he had violated it the Island sirens would be ringing non stop.

Kazuichi: Island Sirens? Just for littering?

Chiaki: Also I was on Guard Duty, and I never once saw Teruteru leave the old building.

Peko: Which means he hid it somewhere in the old building again.

Hiyoko: It's probably the kitchen again right?

Nekomaru: Teruteru, just man up and be straight with us.

Teruteru: OH OH OH OOOOOOHHHH! WHAT DA HELL YOU EVEN SAYIN YA STUPID COUNTRY HICK!?

Aria: That means "Oh what the hell you're even saying you stupid country hick?"

Chiaki: I guess we have no choice but to find out for ourselves.

Teruteru: Ah'm na hidin anyding!

Aria: He's saying "I'm not hiding anything."

Teruteru: Ah'm na hidin anyding! Ah'm na hidin anyding!!

Teruteru started screaming words at random that no one but Usami and I were able to understand, and then hid broke once they heard...

Teruteru: Where would da weapon be!?

Hajime: Could that Iron Skewer be hidden inside that big Meat on the Bone?

Teruteru: Wha-wha-wha-wha-wha... What you're sayin? Dere's no way I'd hide the weapon in a place like dat?

Akane: Th-That's clearly impossible, that's inside the food.

Aria: Impossible, that's what Hajime and I thought when we saw it first, which is why we overlooked it. Looking back that's the only place it could've been hidden to begin with!

Nekomaru: WHAT NOOOW!

Teruteru: I-I'm usin mah right to remain silent.

Hiyoko: There's no way that exists here!

Ibuki: We need to confirm this now!

Akane: So if we eat that tasty piece of meat and find that iron skewer inside, Bullseye!

Kazuichi: Alright Monokuma or Usami, one of you hurry and bring over that piece of meat!

Akane: One minute... just give me one minute... I'll eat the whole thing!

Teruteru: Wait now hold on a sec! Time Out! Time Out!

Nekomaru: What are you doing?! Hurry up and bring it over!

Usami: Um... about that...

Usami then pointed to Monokuma's chair to reveal that the bear Headmaster disappeared.

Mahiru: Huh? Where did Monokuma go?

Monokuma: I'm right here.

He turned to be in the middle of the Trial Seats.

Monokuma: Nom! I'm already eating it!

Akane: Dammit that's my meat!

Monokuma: Nom! What is this? It's so yummy?

Ibuki: Kyhaa! A bear that eats meat- wait.. now that I think about it.. that's pretty normal.

Monokuma: I've never had something like this in my entire life! It takes me back to my days in the wild.

Aria: Aren't you a robot though?

 Teruteru: Th-Th THIS IS BAD! Seriously this is really bad!

Monokuma: My, my, there's something inside the meat.

Monokuma took the Iron Skewer out and held it up triumphantly.

Monokuma: Look what came out!

Ibuki: I-Isn't that...

Sonia: Is that... an Iron Skewer?

Chiaki: Check it out, the handle looks like it was made of bone, pretty clever.

Gundham: The sword of destruction! Encased in bone and sheathed in meat, it brought catastrophe unto Byakuya!

Nagito: As expected of Teruteru, truly an fantastic weapon from the Ultimate Chef.

Teruteru: Y-Your wrong... I'm not the killer... I'm not the kind of guy who'll kill someone. I-I got it! You all set me up! You guys set this up so you could blame this on me!

Nagito: Jeez, what a disappointment. Such an unseemly defense for an Ultimate like you. Can you really call that Hope?

Chiaki: Hey Nagito, I'm sorry but could you be quiet?

Teruteru: Y'all nothin' but a buncha poor, loudmouthed, fast-food eatin' hicks!

Aria: He said "Your all nothing but a bunch of poor, loudmouthed, fast-food eating hicks!"

Mahiru: Y-You don't need to translate anymore, somehow I can.. tell what he's trying to say.

Teruteru: nevah, nevah, nevah, shoulda waste mah cookin on you 'ngrates!

Chiaki: I guess, we'll need to end this once and for all, but first I think it would be wise to go over the whole incident again.

Aria: Okay then. It's time to go over this crime!

CLOSING ARGUMENT

Let's try and go over the whole incident Byakuya and I had us all gathered in the dining hall of the old building near the hotel. We were extra cautious about a murder occurring that night because of a threatening letter we received, Therefore we decided to throw a party so we could monitor you. Though Fuyuhiko didn't come everyone else was assembled in the dining hall and the party was underway, but at that time, a trap set by a certain somebody was already in motion.

They plugged three irons in the Storage Room which nearly capped the power usage, Additionally they prepared something else that would activate at 11:30 PM.

The air conditioners in the office and dining hall. They already had the timers set to these. Thanks to the irons maxing out the power usage, the breaker was tripped when the air conditioners were kicked on. Since the windows in the old building were covered the area was plunged into darkness.

But when that happened Byakuya took a specific item out of the duralumin case, which was the Night Vision Goggles, then he saw someone making a suspicious move, he saw Nagito guiding his way to the table with the hidden knife and dashed towards him,that right the murder threat to Byakuya and I, the source of the blackout it was all Nagito.

Whilst this was all happening, someone else - the real killer - began making thier move in the kitchen, The killer likely knew about Nagito's plan so they knew a blackout was coming, That's why the killer prepared all their necessary items to commit thier crime in the dark beforehand. They needed a light source so they used the portable stove in the kitchen. They needed a weapon too, this has also been prepared beforehand, the long Iron Skewer used in the churrasco dish, hid that inside the large meat on the bone.

With the weapon and portable stove in hand, the killer stepped into the hallway.. First they closed the fire door so that thier light source wouldn't peek towards the dining hall, Then guided by the light the killer made their way to the Storage Room and grabbed a specific item, That's right a table cloth to block the blood splatter.

Under the table, Byakuya found the knife Nagito hid under there.

If only he had retreated, he wouldn't have gotten killed, but.. he had to retrieve that knife and at that moment... The killer lurking underneath the floorboards stabbed strange up with the Iron Skewer. The killer had been waiting for when the glowing paint moved to strike.

After they murdered Byakuya, the killer purposely shouted below the floorboards to make it seem like they were in the dining hall, Afterwards they came out from underneath and then they rushed back to the kitchen, and then after hiding the murder weapon, they rejoined the group as if nothing happened.

There's only one person capable of committing this crime, especially if that person is someone who'd think of an unexpected way to hide a weapon inside food.

Isn't that right Teruteru Hanamura, The Ultimate Chef!?

COMPLETE!

Aria: So, was there anything I was wrong about?

Teruteru: Th-this is a mistake... a mistake I tell you...I would never, never kill someone.... w-would... n-never... gh...ugh...WAAAAAAHHHH!!

Peko: It seems that this is the end.

Monokuma: Heheheheh! It seems that your arguement has come to a close! Oops I lost control of my wild side for a moment, was that a side effect of that meat I ate? Well putting that aside it's Voting Time, please pull the lever in front of you and cast your vote, oh and just to remind you, make triple sure you vote, if you don't vote, I'm gonna eat you up just like that meat from earlier!

Usami: Ugh! Why did this have to happen?

Monokuma: Who will be chosen as the blackened? Will you make the right choice, or the dreadfully wrong one?

Everyone then pulled the lever and soon enough the votes were casted.

A Slot Machine began and it rolled before stopping on Teruteru's face three times. Coins rained out and a sentence that confirms everything.

Teruteru Hanamura

GUILTY!

The Trial was over.

"Correct!" Monokuma cheered, "that's right the blackened who killed Byakuya Togami was Teruteru Hanamura."

Teruteru then began foaming at the mouth in panic "Nonononononononono.."

"A-Are you serious?!" Fuyuhiko grumbles "Are you saying out of all these people that a ponce like him was the one who killed Byakuya?"

"B-But.." Nekomaru began crying manly tears "WHHHHYYYY!? WHY DID YOU KILL HIM!?"

"I-It was a mistake, I was just trying to protect you guys, I was trying to stop Nagito from murdering one of you." Teruteru admitted.

"Huh? What do you mean?" Hajime asked.

"I spent all morning in the old building preparing the dishes a-and then... I heard a weird laughter coming from the dining hall, when I peeked into it I saw him.. I saw Nagito planting a knife under the table, I had a bad feeling about it, so I continued to watch him, I saw him adjusting the air conditioners and plugging the three irons, plus he was grinning, he was grinning to himself the whole time, s-so I went up to him and questioned him. Wh-When that happened he..!"

Teruteru then explained everything Nagito said in the old building.

"Nagito what's the meaning of this?!" Hajime asks

"You see if you have a favourite boxer, don't you want him to face a strong opponent and win?" Nagito suddenly asked.

"You better not compare us to that!" Fuyuhiko growled.

"Teruteru if Nagito really told you that, then why didn't you look for me or Byakuya and told us about it, then we would've done something about it before it's too late." I tell him

Mahiru then asked the white haired boy, "Were you saying that you wanted to commit murder for fun!?"

"It's not the same as Killing someone for fun.. but I guess it'd look the same in your eyes. I have no intention of dying and leaving you all behind" Nagito says 

"So..when Teruteru found out, you just didn't mind?" Hajime asks.

"Or perhaps, that was intentional too?"

"Huh?" Teruteru muttered

"Nagito wanted us to get involved with Killing, plus it'd be better for him if the murder was more complex. Is that why you blatantly revealed your plan to Teruteru? You knew that it would lead to Teruteru trying to kill you and then the case would be better for you?" Chiaki asks 

"Well, your basically right, It's true that I was looking forward to that, That's why I took the time to tell him about the secret passage I found whilst cleaning." Nagito chuckled.

"That was your doing aswell?" Gundham asked.

"I just casually mentioned it, 'Oh it's dangerous if you fall, so don't get to close'". Nagito says.

"This dude.... seriously, he's batshit crazy!" Kazuichi shrieked.

"I-I know right?! That's why I tried to stop him!" Teruteru said.

"But..why did you kill Byakuya instead?" Sonia nervously asked.

"I don't know!" Teruteru shouted "Because Nagito was supposed to take that knife! That's why I aimed and thrusted the Iron Skewer! But why is Byakuya the one who died?! It was supposed to be Nagito! Not him!"

"Byakuya it's likely he was just trying to protect us all, weather he gave up his life to protect Nagito's or he was oblivious to what was happening below him." I theorized 

"Could it be? You knew Byakuya found about your plan, so you set him up to fail?" Peko said whilst glaring menacingly at the luckster.

"Of course not" he admitted "I'm not that good at calculating, I just took some precautions that's all. I never expected it would turn out like this. I never thought I would be the one who survived, But since it was my life that has been saved I didn't want to just waste it. So that why I decided to help Teruteru."

"Why?" Hajime mutters.

Nagito started explaining "Well because... Teruteru had a strong hope too right? Which means his actions were motivated by a strong Hope, if he was willing to go that far, I thought-" 

*SLAP*

A dull slap resonated in the students ears, Nagito turned to see me looking at him with a look of pure anger.

"You can just shut up! You realise that your the reason this entire Trial happened, what do you have to say for yourself?!"

Nagito remained silent as did everyone else.

"I agree with Aria." Fuyuhiko said "Isn't it better if we just fucking kill him off instead?!"

"Kyahh! "Kill" he said, high school students are so violent these days!" Monokuma cackled "But the person who's gonna get killed now isn't Nagito, it's Teruteru."

"Ehh?" The chef began panicking.

"You didn't forget right? If the blackened is found guilty a fun Punishment awaits them." Monokuma explains.

"Punishment?! You mean... Teruteru's execution?!" Sonia asked with fear.

"H-Hold on... that's was.. um an accident.. not my intention..um-" Teruteru tried to argue but was cut off.

"It doesn't matter how it happened! Murder is murder, if you kill someone, that's murder." Monokuma explains.

"But isn't there anything like sympathy judges, extenuating circumstances.. or maybe even probation?" Teruteru asks.

"I don't accept any of those claims!" Monokuma spat.

"That's not... hey help me you guys... I was only trying to stop Nagito so.." 

"Be honest! After learning about Nagito's plan you saw an opportunity right?" Monokuma said. "You probably thought no one would find out if you killed him after messing up his plan right?"

"Your wrong I-" 

"There's no way a person without malice would kill someone like that." Monokuma interrupts Teruteru.

"In truth, you were desperate to kill Nagito, and willing to sacrifice everyone in the end right? Just at least be honest in the end." Monokuma chuckles

"Ugh, ugh.... WAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!" Teruteru broke into tears again.

"Teruteru!" Sonia wimpers.

"If only you didn't try to murder Nagito, Byakuya would still be alive. Why did you try to commit murder! Answer me!" Mahiru shouted 

"Ugh.. I just wanted to go home... I needed to go back home no matter whaaaaat!" Teruteru admitted.

"Momma's sick and she's waiting for me.. I promised her, that's why I needed to go back home!" Teruteru broke into tears.

"Teruteru.." Sonia also broke into tears.

"But.. if we were told our memories were stolen and several years have passed since our first day then.. what happened to the Hanamura Diner? What happened to my mom whose still waiting for me?" Teruteru cried.

"So you did believe what Monokuma said.." Peko said whilst gritting her teeth.

"But you kept saying that you refused to believe it!" Kazuichi says.

"I-I still don't believe it, theres no way I can believe it! It has to be a lie! That's why I wanted to go home, I wanted to confirm it for myself, I wanted to make sure I still have a place to call home." Teruteru cried.

"Damn..." I say melancholy.

"Guh.. Teruteru you..." Nekomaru spat out.

"Soooo that's why you wanted the first kill?" Monokuma says.

"I'm sorry you guys... I didn't want to sacrifice any of you, but it was the only thing I could do.. and I ended up killing Byakuya instead of Nagito... Ah I see... I think I'm the one... who went crazy." Teruteru realized.

"Teruteru.." Hajime mutters

"I see I see interesting but... as far as motives are concerned, wanting to see your mom is boring!" Monokuma said.

"Wha!" Hajime gasps.

"Soooo, there's no point just basking in the afterglow, lets hurry up and start the Punishment!" Monokuma announces.

"No you can't!" Usami cries.

"Jeez get out of my way!" Monokuma responded by punching Usami away.

"Now that the annoying little sister has been dealt with. Let's get back on business." Monokuma says

"Hold on.. I'm not asking for forgiveness anymore but.. at least..." Teruteru began.

"Now then I've prepared a very special Punishment for the Ultimate Cook, Teruteru Hanamura!"

"Call me "Chef" no wait! That's not.. please tell me what happened to the Hanamura Diner, what happened to momma?" He asked.

Monokuma ignored him.

"Let's give it everything we've got It's Punishment Time!" 

There's nothing I can do about it now... we're all powerless to prevent an execution..

"Lies I won't believe it! I-I won't.... MAAAMAAAAAAAAAAA!!"

Monokuma then pushed a red button and began what everyone was dreading.

Game Over!

Teruteru has been found guilty!

Time for the Punishment!

The other students gathered around Teruteru whilst he was looking nervous and then a metal collar and chain grabbed Teruteru and dragged him to the doors which shut behind him.

Teruteru's Execution

Deep Fried Teruteru

Teruteru was tied to a pole on First Step Beach and then Monokuma showed up in a helicopter and then fired a barrage of missiles at Teruteru, when the smoke cleared up, Teruteru was covered in egg. Monokuma then prepared a bigger missile and fired that at Teruteru creating a massive explosion that didn't damage the surrounding environment, when the smoke cleared up again, Teruteru was now covered in breadcrumbs, Monokuma then chain the pole Teruteru was on and then used the Helicopter to drag him over the ocean, they then arrived at a Volcano and then much to Teruteru's worries Monokuma dropped him into the lava with Teruteru dead and his cooking corpse bobbing on the surface of the lava, everyone was watching that execution. Horrified.

"Yahooo! Extreme!" Monokuma cackled with excitement.

"Kyahh!" Usami sobbed.

"Teruteru!' Mikan says horrified at the chef's fate.

"Eahhhhh! Are you fucking serious!?" Kazuichi asks with tears strolling down his face.

"Everytime I see one of these, it fills me with rage." I say

"Why? Why did you do something so cruel?" Sonia asks.

"Huh? Didn't you learn when you were in elementary school, if you bad mouth someone, the teacher writes it in a note and makes whoever you bad mouthed read it to the whole class. The same applies to murder." Monokuma says.

"You're the one who drove him to do it!" Mahiru yelled.

"Ugh.. so cruel, this is too cruel.." Mikan says.

"Well, rules are rules this is the Killing rule after all." Monokuma chuckles.

"What rule? You're the one breaking the rules!" Hajime shouts.

"Huh? I can't let that slide, what do you mean?" Monokuma asked with anger building inside him.

"When you mentioned the motive didn't you promise something?" Hajime says. "Why didn't you tell Teruteru about his Mom or Diner?" 

"Because he didn't break those rules." I said everyone then turned to look at me.

"What do you mean?" Mahiru asked.

"Monokuma did say that he would give us our memories back, however he never said WHEN he would give them back." I explain.

"Yep, that's true!" Monokuma admits.

"That's not fair!" Akane shouts.

"Of course, I'll keep my promise and return your memories to you someday, but it's not clear when that someday will be." Monokuma laughs as he disappeared from the Trial Grounds.

"Umm I have something to do aswell.." Usami disappeared aswell.

"That's not fair they both ran away!" Ibuki says angrily.

"Monokuma had us wrapped around his little finger after all.. Teruteru you stupid..." Mahiru curses.

"An ending like this, is just full of despair.. But still at times like this you symbols of hope need to keep doing your best!" Nagito gleamed

"You... why're your smiling?" Akane threatens Nagito.

"How can you be happy at a time like this you creep?!" Ibuki asks.

"Hold on I'm sad too you know, because we lost a truly talented individual, we couldn't see the best hope that Byakuya and Teruteru would display.

Everyone got more angry the longer we heard him talk.

"Don't go saying stupid shit! I'll fucking kill you!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Please kill me anytime." Nagito says causing everyone even me to flinch a little.

"If you hate me, I don't mind you killing me. I've already prepared myself to become your stepping stone! If absolute hope can be born from that, then my life is nothing special!" Nagito says darkly.

"You.. how messed up are you?" Nekomaru shouts.

"However if you're going to kill me, make sure you discuss it with me beforehand okay? Because then at least I can cooperate with the killer."

"Are you Seriously... intending to help the killer?" Hajime asks.

"It's really not that big of a deal.. if you're the students of Hope's Peak Academy, if you're the symbols of hope who possess the chosen talents. Then it shouldn't matter to you guys at all that I cooperate with the killer." Nagito explains.

"Hmph, declaring so confidently that you'll side with the killer." Gundham snarled.

"Then this was plan all along! Since he's willing to work with the killer he wants to think it's better not to kill him." Hiyoko theorized.

"Well I don't mind what you think of me. In actuality thanks to Byakuya I'm starting to get a small desire to live, I mostly want to watch everyone destroy the Despair you'll all face! Hahaha just kidding!" Nagito gleams.

"Hey! Can I punch ya? I won't feel satisfied until I punch ya!" Akane demands.

"Fine let's just stop this already. It's just going to be a waste of time if we keep dealing with him.." Hajime says.

"Huh? Even Hajime hates me now? That stings I thought you and I were quite similar." Nagito says genuinely Suprised.

"Don't put me in the same category as you!" Hajime snapped.

"But how can you say your not? Monokuma said it himself, we still don't know anything about each other's natures. It's true our memories were stolen, but it's better then our true selves, you still don't know what your talent is!" Nagito says.

"Akane feel free to punch him." Hajime says.

"No wait-" 

"Will do!" Akane roars!

"ENOUGH!" I shouted.

"Huh?"

"I think that's enough, you're all letting Nagito get under your skin, but we should do our best to help each other escape this Island together. That's what Byakuya would want us to do right? And that is our hope! Let's get out of here now! And we'll continue tomorrow." I say

And so one by one we all began to return to our cottages.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

"Man I'm wiped out today..."

Suddenly Monokuma appears in my Cottage.

"What do you want?" I ask

"I will say that I am impressed at how you handle the Trial, making you fall into Despair is harder then I remember." Monokuma says.

'Harder than you remember? If that the case..." It was at that moment that I connected the dots.

"It's you isn't it?"

"Huh?"

"It's you right? Junko Enoshima!"

"Man, I thought it would take you longer to connect the dots, I'll give you this, your smarter than you look." Monokuma says.

"But still I'm still in so much Despair that even though you helped me with the Killing School Life, you still betrayed me in the end." Monokuma rages.

"That was my intention from the very beginning. Besides you know this is pointless right?" I say.

"What's that supposed to mean?" Monokuma asked.

"If I told you, you would be bored of the upcoming Despair waiting for you." I tell him.

"Well I suppose, Despair is not True Despair if it's predictable, cya!" Monokuma vanished.

Well, things have gotten tougher now.

Chapter 1: Destination Despair - END

Surviving Students - 16?

Chapters

Dangan Island, Huge Panic at the Heart Throbbing School Trip - Clear

Destination Despair - Clear

Sea and Punishment, Sin and Coconuts - Next

Trapped by the Ocean's Scent

Do Ultimate Robots Dream of Clockwork?

Smile at Hope, in the Name of Despair

This is the End, Goodbye Academy of Despair

Chapter Text

???

Huh?... Where.....am I?

"What is this place? Why am I..." 

I then heard a voice from behind me.

"Aria...Aria...."

It was a haunting voice...so I turn around only to see something that surprised me.

I see...Aoi Asahina standing there... but her abdomen is bloody with a cut in it...and there was a knife sticking out of it....dripping with Hina's blood..

"Why did you break your promise...?" Hina asked. "You said we'd escape together... so why.."

"H-Hina...b-but you-"

"Why did you lie about us all getting out..? I thought we were friends..."

"Y-you tried to kill Leon first.. you wouldn't have ended up like if.."

My body started to shiver...from fear or cold..

"I'm sorry I couldn't keep your promise.." I say

"Oh no...it's not just our promise you broke..you also broke theirs..." Hina stepped aside to reveal everyone else who had died in the Killing School Life...

I see Leon with a bumps all over his body, completely bruised...

I see Mondo with his skin particularly melted and dripping down his body like the butter he was turned into...

I see Chihiro, Taka and Hifumi all with their heads crushed...

I see Celeste surrounded by a fiery aura with her clothes burned aswell...

I see Sakura with a waterfall of blood flowing from her mouth and with various glass shards sticking out of her body...

And I see Mukuro with spears going through her body and her head was blown up and non existant...

"Don't you see what happened to all of us...?" The dead swimmer said..

My body was shaking even more..fear has completely taken over my body...

"I'm sorry..." I mutter out..

"Sorry doesn't fix everything, it doesn't bring us back.. you betrayed us all when we all trusted you...after all...

 

It's all your fault..."

 

"Your Fault... Your Fault... Your Fault... Your Fault..."

Everyone began chanting those words over and over... then they began walking towards me...

"Wait..what are you...S-Stop! No! Don't come any closer!..No.."

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

"NO! GET AWAY! AAAHHHHHH! ah...uh..."

I woke up screaming those words and then when I realized where I was, I put my hands over my face..

"The same dream..."

I then got up to wash my face clean of those nightmares despite it only being 2:30 in the morning.

*knock knock knock*

Who could that be? It's the middle of the night..

I open the door to see it was Ibuki..

"Ibuki? What are you doing up early?"

"Ibuki was having trouble sleeping because of a scary nightmare... then when Ibuki woke up..I heard you scream..so.."

"Come on in Ibuki..." Ibuki then stepped into my Cottage.

"What did you have a nightmare about?" I asked..

"Remember the party where Byakuya died? Ibuki..was reliving it in that dream...only..you died in Byakuya's place...Ibuki was...very scared and upset.."

"Sounds rough...you definitely had it better than me..., I was having a nightmare about my last Killing Game..it was..scary..just..seeing everyone who died all gang up and blame me for thier deaths..."

"Ibuki is also worried...that you'll be targeted for murder..or if I'm targeted...and..." I began to hug Ibuki to comfort her...

"It's going to be okay Ibuki... we'll make it through together...that's a promise...and um.."

"What is it?" Ibuki asks me

"Ibuki..I trust you..what I'm about to tell you must remain a secret to everybody...can you please keep this a secret?"

"Alright..Ibuki will keep this a Secret..." she promised

"Ibuki...I'm one of the two traitors"

Chapter Text

Chapter 2

Sea and Punishment, Sin and Coconuts

Daily Life

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Dawn of the Fourth Day - 19 Days Left

It was morning. Byakuya and Teruteru died last night.

I woke up only to find Ibuki still sleeping on the floor. Well i did let her sleep over at mine last night when she couldn't sleep.. I better..

Ibuki then woke up.

"Good Nom Nom Noming!" Ibuki cheers.

"Morning Ibuki, did you sleep better?" I ask.

"Ibuki feels like she slept way better, I'm still concerned about you being one of the Traitors though."

"I'll be fine Ibuki, let's get ready shall we."

We then got changed and headed for the restaurant.

Mirai Restaurant

The mood was gloomy inside today, but.. that's to be understood, we lost two people yesterday.

"Huh? You all look like you've attended two funerals in a row?" Hiyoko comments.

"That's like what happened! Cause Byakuya and Teruteru-" Mikan said before Hiyoko interrupted her.

"I weren't talking to you, you ugly bitch!" Hiyoko scoffed.

"How many times to I have to tell you Hiyoko? Bullying Mikan is not acceptable." She's going to ignore me anyway isn't she?

"Well I understand about Mr Ham Hands but is there a reason to be upset about Teruteru's death?" Hiyoko snarls.

"What do you mean?" Kazuichi asks.

"He was a crazy guy who went and killed someone, he deserved to die." Hiyoko exclaimed.

"Look I get he was a huge pervert and killed Byakuya, but he-" I didn't even get to finish my speech before Hiyoko interrupted me.

"Are you trying to justify murder!?" Hiyoko exclaimed with a livid expression.

"I wasn't I was trying to-" Hiyoko interrupted me again.

"Then you gotta hate him more than ever! From the bottom of your heart!" Hiyoko shouted.

Okay that is the last straw!

"And how do you know you won't end up like him?!" I spat out.

"Huh?"

"You saw what drove him to murder right? That's just him, anyone of us could be like him any second, that of course includes you Hiyoko, you could end up killing someone aswell." I tell her thinking of my experience from my last Killing Game.

"Hm? Hm?" Akane began sniffing the air again.

"Is something wrong Akane?" I asked.

"Can any of ya smell that?" Akane asked.

"It'd better not be another dead body!" Ibuki exclaimed.

"Nah, it's not the smell of blood this time, it just smells really bad." Akane clarified.

"Ah! I got it Nekomaru's breath smells bad!" Hiyoko said raising her arms in the air, the horrible smell got stronger which is how I found out where it's coming from.

"Gahaha! You got me there!" Nekomaru laughed.

"She didn't even say anything remotely funny then.." Hajime replied.

"No this smell is not coming from Nekomaru it's coming from.. you Hiyoko." Akane confirmed.

"Woah! It's true! Hiyoko you reek!" Kazuichi said realizing where the smell is coming from.

"Tch, a rotten smell stings my eyes! It's as if a demonic eclipse is about to commence!" Gundham exclaimed.

Hiyoko was on the verge of tears, and then she began crying, I can't tell if she's faking or not.

"I said it before but you guys are really insensitive!" Mahiru scolded.

"Ah well it doesn't smell that bad.. if I just close my mouth.." Really Kazuichi?

Hiyoko cried even louder at that point.

"Are you even takin' baths?" Akane asked

Hiyoko was sniffing before she gave her answer "No.."

"You haven't bathed yet!?" Hajime exclaims.

"I can't help it, I can't tie my kimono sash by myself" Hiyoko admitted.

"Hey Hiyoko, you don't have to cry so much.. I'll tie your kimono for you." Mahiru comforted her.

"R-Really?"

"I can only tie a simple knot but I can teach you how." Mahiru said.

Hiyoko then erupted in joy "Yay! Thank you Mahiru I'll give you a biiiig kiss!"

"H-Hey Hiyoko..." Mahiru looked... flustered to say the least.

"Kekeke It appears she's taken a liking to you." Gundham commented.

"Welcome to the world of girl love! It's slippery when wet!" Ibuki squeals.

"Please never say that again Ibuki..." I sweatdropped.

"Getting back on topic, we appear to be missing Fuyuhiko and Nagito." I noticed.

"I saw Fuyuhiko earlier, I invited him to breakfast, but he declined." Peko admitted.

"Wouldn't expect anything else from him to be honest." I say "And as for Nagito-"

"Who cares about Nagito?" Akane says.

"Huh?"

"He is a cursed child who summons misfortune." Gundham says.

"That may be, but..." Hajime says before Nekomaru interrupted him.

"J-Just so you know, I don't know anything at all." Nekomaru said in a worried tone.

"He's right! Let's just ignore him!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Your both clearly hiding something." I say.

"They're definitely acting suspicious aren't they?" Chiaki commented.

"I'm not suspicious!" Kazuichi protested.

Monokuma then showed up.

"What happened? Someone get kidnapped?" The ursine Headmaster said.

"Y-You just came at the right time!" Nekomaru blurted out in a panic.

"Hm? At the right time?" Monokuma parrots.

"F-Forget it." Nekomaru said as he realized what he said.

"I don't get it but, your body must've reacted on it's own, 'ohhh I just can't live without Monokuma y'know'" Monokuma says to mock the man.

"I think that's enough, you wouldn't be here unless you want something from us right?" I say.

"Well yeah, I'm searching too, one of my valued servants have disappeared." Monokuma grimly says.

"What do you mean?" Hajime asks.

"You know, one of my Monobeasts? One of them just straight up disappeared last night." Monokuma clarified 

Must've been Usami's doing, she took out Monorilla last time, I think she took out Monotiger so we can access the Second Island.

"But that guy is the weakest of League of Four, how shameful for a Monobeast to lose to a mere human, that is what you wanted to say right?" Gundham asked.

Monokuma started to grow furious at his words.

"Though this the prelude, the climax will occur soon after, now let me hear your scream, I shall make sweet music for you!" Gundham boasts.

This made Monokuma more mad.

"Hey Gundham, you should stop messing with that Stuffed Animal." Mahiru notes.

"I'm still being called a Stuffed Animal..." Monokuma glooms. "Oh well it looks like you guys don't know what happened either, I shouldn't worry about it, I don't wanna go bald from worrying too much."

"But..you're a robot.." I note before Monokuma just disappeared.

"Hey, what do you think of that? A Monobeast disappearing Last Night?" Peko asks.

"The only possibility I can think of is-" Chiaki began. And as if on cue Usami appears.

"Did I arrive at a bad time? I can return later you know?" Usami asks.

"Then Leave!" Akane spat out.

"Gyah! At least ask me to leave kindly!" Usami says.

"Ah wait, before you go I want to know. Did you have anything to do with the disappearing Monobeast?" Chiaki asks.

"Ah yes that reminds me! Yes I'm the one who defeated that Monobeast!" Usami proudly declared.

"I'm honestly not surprised. Byakuya told me that he witnessed you destroying the last Monobeast." I say

"He did?" Hajime asked.

"Anyways, you can now visit the Second Island, though something weird is happening on there we can now work together to kick the evil Monokuma off this Island." Usami cheers.

We're going to the Second Island... this is where I can see with my own eyes what I did to it with my shitty programming skills.

"That's n-not important.. escaping the Island is our true goal." Mikan says.

"Yeah, Mikan's right." Mahiru says.

"It seems...everyone is united on a different path then what I wanted.." Usami says.

"Alright! Let's find a way to leave the Island!" Akane cheers!

"That.. isn't possible..leaving the Island is no longer possible." Usami says before disappearing.

"All right then, I say we move out to the Second Island and see what's there." I say.

Everyone began leaving one by one. With me, Hajime, Mahiru and Hiyoko remaining.

"Alright, we should go!" Mahiru says.

"You can't, you promised me you would help me tie my kimono!" Hiyoko says.

"Well, we can do that after exploring the Second Island." Mahiru says.

"But..if we don't take a bath..they're going to call me smelly again.." Hiyoko tears up.

"You two can stay behind to do what you must. Explore the Second Island once both of you are ready." I say.

"Well if Aria is okay with it, then let's do that." Mahiru says.

"Yay! We're going to wash each other! Let's go!" Hiyoko cheers.

"Huh? Wash each other!? H-Hey Hiyoko wait up!" Mahiru said before running after Hiyoko.

Hajime was still deep in thought before he spoke up "Wash each other?"

I then realized what he was thinking.

"I suppose even you have those urges" I say.

"Huh?"

"Don't worry I not going kick there just for thinking of it, I only did that to Teruteru because he went too far. Tell you what, how about we make a deal?"

"A deal?" Hajime parrots.

"If you can spy on Mahiru and Hiyoko, then I'll give you a reward, okay?"

"Y-Yes!" Hajime says with his man's urges before running off. I give a saccharine smile. So then I head to the Central Island.

Centrico Plaza

So Monotiger has been destroyed.. I stare at the bridge before crossing it. And then...

Welcome to Island #2 The Cool Edge

I make to the other side of the bridge and I see the rest of the class, completely floored at the sight of the Second Island and now that I see it, it's understandable.

"H-Hey how is it snowing here!?" Kazuichi asked.

"This place is supposed to be a Tropical Island so how is one of these Islands covered in a field of white snow?" Nekomaru asked.

Monokuma then popped up "Those guys are the only ones capable of putting a Tropical Island in a harsh snowy condition." He then disappeared again. Those guys?

Everyone then split up still confused at why it was snowing here.

I then explored the Island going counter clockwise.

Frosty Fruits Diner

I appear to be outside some diner and then I read the sign. "Frosty Fruits Diner?" Curious I step in.

Inside the diner I saw Fuyuhiko who was eating here.

"Huh? So that's where you were?" I say.

"Oh? It's you. Leave me alone I'm trying to eat!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Suit yourself." I snarked before exiting. I see a tunnel ahead and it seemed like it leads to a beach.

"Well what's over here?"

Holoskan Beach

It was warm on the beach but strangely there was no snow in sight. It could be because of how I messed it up, but it's weird there's no snow here.

"GYHAAAAA!"

That scream...no...Ibuki!

I dash to the front of the beach to see Ibuki panicking, Hajime showed up aswell.

"Th-Thisisbad!" Ibuki said.

"What happened?" Hajime asked.

"I'mpanikingsomuchidontevenhavetimetospacemywords!"

"Whats' worng?" I ask.

"Th-The Killing..the Killing started again!" Ibuki said whilst foaming at the mouth.

I paled..

"Look over there!" Ibuki pointed.

And I saw....

 

Akane and Nekomaru..who were.... actually just having a friendly spar.

"MUDADADADADADADA!" Akane cried out.

"Your speed is adequate but it's not enough, each blow you land is too soft, you're not using your muscles properly, your athletic body is going to waste." Nekomaru told her.

"Shut up! All I gotta do is win!" Akane says.

"What was that? You're gonna win? Against me? That's quite ABSURRRRRD!!!" Nekomaru bellowed before striking Akane in the stomach.

"Gwah!" Akane cried out before falling on the ground.

"H-He's done it! Nekomaru's Ultimate move Super Body Blow! That's instant death! She'll only live to five minutes maximum!" Ibuki yells.

"Akane at your current power level you cannot defeat a mere team manager." Nekomaru says.

"Wh-Why were were you fighting?" Hajime asks.

"Hm? This isn't a fight." Nekomaru replied.

"It's a one-sided beatdown!" Ibuki cheers.

"That's even worse! Didn't the rules state that extensive violence is prohibited?" Hajime reminded them.

"It's fine Hajime, I violated that rules plenty of times and nothing happened to me." That's only because of the perks my E-Handbook Deluxe has.

"This isn't a fight! We're training!" Nekomaru answered.

"Training?" Hajime parrots.

"Nekomaru was likely teaching Akane how to fight better, is that it?" I ask.

"Yes! Both parties agreed to this training, so we didn't cross any rules at all!" Nekomaru explains.

"E-Even so, why the sudden interest in training?" Hajime asks.

"Gugh...if I gotta be honest.." Akane said whilst getting up.

"Ah! She's still alive!" Ibuki exclaimed.

"She's not a weakling to be killed by a blow like that!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"He looked pretty strong, so I got really excited, and I challenged him to spar against me! There's a lotta strong dudes in the world." Akane said.

"Um.. guys..there's something off about this beach." Hajime spoke up.

"It's because there's no ice or snow on this beach right?" I reply.

"Well yes, but why is the sand black? Sand is supposed to be a beige colour." Hajime says

"Oh that's easy, black sand beaches actually exist... but I thought black sand beaches were because of volcanic activity... but from what I remember of my World Tour to Jabberwock Island, the nearest Volcano is actually close to the Fifth Island, not the second." The sand actually is NOT meant to be black, take a wild guess why. (Yes, my shitty programming skills).

"Well I'm going to check the beach house. See ya!" I tell them before entering the beach house. Hajime followed me there.

Beach House

"So this is the beach house?" I say. Kazuichi was also in there.

I turn to Hajime "Hajime, have you done exactly as I asked?"

"C-Can we not!? Kazuichi's here." Hajime says

"Huh? What are you two talking about?" Kazuichi asks.

"Just answer with a yes or no Hajime, did you do as I tasked?" 

Hajime nodded at that, a devilish smile made it's way to my lips. "Good, as I promised here's your reward."

*CRUNCH*

"AHHHHHH!" Hajime screeched in pain.

"Woah! Aria did you just kick Hajime right in the.." Kazuichi freaks out.

"Ahh, I've been needing an excuse to use that again." I say

"Y-YOU SET ME UP!" Hajime yelled.

"Well that was your own fault for being too trustworthy. Maybe you'll share that Fate Kazuichi." I joke.

"But anyway! This place looks nice, hey don't you both think it'd be awesome if we could splash here!? Ah..I wonder if Miss Sonia would come too?" Kazuichi dreams.

Suddenly Usami popped up. "You can't!"

"Woah!" Kazuichi was startled by Usami's surprise appearance "Hey! What do you mean I can't? Are you trying to interfere in my love for Miss Sonia?" Kazuichi snapped.

"Changing in the beach house is prohibited! It'd be bad if shameful peeking occurred." Usami announced.

"Ah, so you mean changing in the beach house itself is prohibited, but anywhere else is fine?" Hajime asks. And then Monokuma appears with a gattling gun and straps of bullets wrapped around him.

"Wh-Where!? Where is the rule breaker?! I'll beat the crap outta them no questions asked!" He exclaimed.

Kazuichi let out a loud scream that hurt my ears.

"Gah he's here!"

"Why..do you have that?" I asked.

"Oh you should remember Aria, Rule Breakers will be shot to death, it's just common sense." Monokuma answered.

Didn't you stab Mukuro with spears instead of shooting her?

"It's common sense where? It's not like we're under military dictatorship!" Kazuichi panicked.

"I really want to shoot something, but I can't.." Monokuma grunted.

"C-Control yourself!" Usami says.

"I have iron willpower, so I'll hold it in, until the day someone breaks the rules.." Monokuma then disappeared.

"Um...as you can see it's definitely not safe to change in the beach house so please refrain from doing so..." Usami disappeared aswell.

"Man...now we can't swim here, we can't change in here and it's too cold on the Second Island to walk in our bikini and trunks so..." Kazuichi says bummed.

"No there's still a way. We stay in the beach house and one person goes outside on the beach and changes, then comes back in and it repeats." I suggest.

"Huh? That's clever." Hajime says.

 "I love finding Loopholes in rules." I say.

I then leave the beach house to go back to the main area.

The Cool Edge

Continuing from that direction I apparently arrived at a pharmacy or drugstore of some kind. So I enter it.

Medic Hall

I step inside to find Mikan there

"Squeeeee" she squeals.

"You seem happy." I note

"I'm just...the happiest I've ever been" Mikan says

"I see so is this some kind of drugstore?" I ask.

"Y-Yes I recognise quite a few of these." Mikan confirms.

"I see, I'm happy we have you here, your medical knowledge is helpful when someone is ill." I praise.

"Hah! I'm being praised? Th-Thank you Aria I'll remember this.." Mikan tears up.

"Oh you might want to look at Hajime later." I requested.

"Why?" Mikan asks me.

I remember that I kicked him in the...planets and decided to stop talking about it.

"Um..no reason, just keep your eyes out for him." I say.

"O-Okay Aria, let me know if you ever feel ill, if you do I'll give you lots of shots, lots and lots of shots.." Mikan says with a flustered face.

"That would more likely kill me than save me." I sheepishly point out.

Mikan Apologies lots after that and I comforted her.

I then left to go somewhere else.

The Cool Edge

So continuing on the path... there's just the Ruins and the Library. I chose to investigate the Library first.

Holoskan Library

"Wow this place is really huge!" I say.

I see Peko, Sonia and Hajime.

Sonia is reading something..so I go to ask her.

"Hey Sonia, what are you reading?" I ask.

Hajime was also reading with her.

"Oh! I'm reading Occult Weekly! And the reason is that they have a special section on serial killers." Sonia glees.

"Oh? That's unexpected to be honest." I say, well not all Princesses are the same I suppose.

"However it seems this writer has good taste.. I mean even Genocide Jack is mentioned in this."

"Huh? Jack's in there too!" I exclaim, I was not expecting Genocide Jack to be brought up. Especially since the Towa City incident was stopped by her and Makoto's sister, Komaru I think her name was..

"I know her!" I say.

"Huh? Wait you know Genocide Jack?" Hajime asks surprised.

"We're good friends actually, she was in the same Killing Game I was in last time." I explain.

"So Genocide Jack was involved in your last Killing Game!? D-Do you know her identity?" Sonia asks.

"I do, but I'm not saying it, I'm respecting her privacy." I say, Jack is still a good friend, Toko is a good friend and she's getting better at socializing lately.

"Ah and this one's a favourite of mine!" Sonia says

"Sparkling Justice is a serial killer who calls themselves the Ally of Justice! They are a serial killer who only kills criminals!" Sonia explains.

"So they're a serial killer - killer?" I say.

"Hey I've been hearing you three for a while and I'm wondering why you're talking about murderers" Peko asks jumping into the scene.

"Sonia just is fascinated by serial killers, I'm just good friends with one of them." I sum up the experience to Peko.

I then lean to Peko, "By the way we won't be swimming today, we're just exploring this new island today, we'll resume tomorrow, it'll be like this for future Island's Okay?" I whisper to Peko, she just nodded at this.

"What are you two whispering about?" Hajime asks.

"Keep your nose outta other people's business Hajime!" I scold.

Hajime walked over to a magazine and looked at it.

"W-what language is this? I have no idea?" Hajime was stumped.

"Let me see that.." It was written in English, one of the most common and easiest languages to learn and use.

"Jabberwock Island is a small island in the Pacific Ocean known for being a paradise of eternal summer" I read "Well this book didn't age well." Technically true though.

"Aria you can understand what that says?" Hajime asks.

"Vantaggi di un giro del mondo!" I reply

"What did you say?" Hajime asks baffled.

"I said "Perks of a World Tour" in Italian." I clear up.

"What else does it say?" Sonia asks

"It's saying that there was a building in the centre of the Island." I examined the book.

"But.. that would be Jabberwock Park.." Hajime realized.

"Exactly! And did both of you see a building there?" I ask "Didn't think so!"

"Well anything else?" Hajime asks.

"Yeah, it said that the only way to travel between islands is by boat. Bridges were considered, but apparently critics were worried about it's effects on the environment." I read "Um yeah, those critics definitely won't be happy when they see bridges anyway and one of the islands' covered in snow!" I say.

"I mean, it is possible that this is an artificial island like Palm Jumeirah." Sonia theorized.

"An artificial Island?" Hajime parrots.

"You definitely were raised by parrots Hajime." I snark.

"Palm Jumeirah is an artificial island and tourist site located in the Persian Gulf. Similarly this Island may be an artificial island designed to look like Jabberwock Island-" Sonia explains, but I cut her off.

"Well they already messed up with this Island! Seriously it should not be snowing here." I comment.

And then Monokuma appears. "My My, your very intuitive to believe this is an artificial island."

"Um, actually she was just theorizing." I correct Monokuma.

"Even then Those guys are the only ones who could do something on a massive scale." Monokuma says.

"And there you go with the Those guys talk again, what does that even mean?" I ask.

"The hint is.. the enormous organisation you were all talking about back then. Well it's true that those guys deserve to be called a terrible group of people." He then vanished...is he referring to the Future Foundation? Because if so... the main branch is honestly corrupt and ridiculous, I'm glad Makoto was able to clean up most of their act's. I only trust Three of them.

I walk over to Peko. "You're examining the collection of books thoroughly." I say.

"Yes, there're all in alphabetical order, save for a few stray...sticky books." She hesitantly says.

"Oh..gross, how'd this even get in the library?" I ask

All of a sudden Chiaki burst through the door.

"Hey, hey I'm letting everyone know, can you please come to the Ruins next to the library? I found something intriguing I want to share to everyone." Chiaki requests.

Well I guess we should listen.. so I head over to the Ruins.

Snowknuckle Ruins

Everyone was gathered here, well... except for Nagito, seriously where is he?

"Such a gigantic building!" Nekomaru noticed.

"But..it's clearly faded, it looks like an Ancient Ruin."

I then took out my E-Handbook Deluxe to double check something. "According to the E-Handbook this Ancient Ruin is known as Snowknuckle Ruins." I say.

"I mean..even if it's supposedly an Ancient Ruin, doesn't it resemble a school more?" Mahiru asks whilst shivering from the cold, both her and Hiyoko.

"I'll fucking cut you if this is a waste of time!" Fuyuhiko threatened.

"Oh welcome to the party Fuyuhiko! Glad to see you finally joined us." I snark.

"Since when did you become very snarky?" Hajime snarks right back.

"Only because that bitch over there, kept bugging me, so I finally caved in." Fuyuhiko explains.

"Did you find a way off this Island?" Ibuki asks.

"No, but it's interesting, and I figured you'd like to hear it." Chiaki says.

"Let's hear it then." I say.

"Okay, look at this door then." Chiaki says after removing the frozen vines covering it.

"So what's with this door? Can we open it?" Mahiru asks.

"Before that, let's brush the frost covering this door up, and you'll understand why it's unnatural." Chiaki says.

We then defrosted the door until it was clear enough.

"This door... it doesn't look like it'll belong here.." Hajime says, the door had a symbol on it and a keypad next to it.

"It definitely looks sci-fi instead of stoney." Mahiru noticed.

"What does that symbol mean?" Hiyoko asked pointing at said symbol.

"I think..if I get a closer look..it looks like it says Mirai which as you know, is Japanese for Future." I say.

"Who cares about a symbol on the door? More importantly how do you open it?" Fuyuhiko asked.

"It looks like there's a liquid crystal display next to the door. Could the two be related?" Mahiru asked.

"Oh right, that's probably the key to open the door, you just have to put the password in." Fuyuhiko guesses.

Is this what Makoto meant when he mentioned a place to use the password to answer? It probably is.. unfortunately Makoto kept the password to himself, but knowing him... that five digit number must be the key! Hm.. true respect to Hina and Leon..

I stepped forward to enter the password, but Chiaki pulled me away "Wait, we shouldn't yet Aria!"

"And why not?" I ask.

Chiaki pointed at a gun that was above the keypad.

"Oh, how'd I not see that?" I rhetorically asked.

"Well no matter what the password could be, this place definitely seems important." Chiaki says.

And then both Usami and Monokuma appear with their heads down.

"Your both quiet." Peko notices.

"You guys know about this building too right?! Just be honest with us." Akane says.

"I don't have a clue what this is.." Usami says.

She's clearly lying, we told her about this building before, only with 100% less snow.

"I don't know either.." Monokuma says.

Okay I can't tell if he's lying or not.

"Hey, is it possible that there's a connection between this door and the reason the Island is uninhabited? For instance there may be natives inside and the place was built as a shelter." Nekomaru guessed.

"Hmmm, several possibilities cross my mind... there's really no way to know yet, that door is sturdy but... not in a material sense, more... essential than that." Monokuma theorized.

"Huh? What are ya sayin?" Akane asked.

"Usami and I can show up wherever we please, but even we can't go beyond this door." Monokuma admits.

Usami spoke up "Huh? You can't go through either? Does that mean you're the same as me and-"

"NOT YET!" Monokuma shouts whilst holding Usami's mouth "Do spoilers mean nothing to you?"

"So then this is the Mystery of Jabberwock Island, A mystery even Usami and I can't solve, that's why I have high expectations for you guys! One day, you'll be able to solve this." Monokuma teased.

"Heh, that seems easy enough. All we gotta do is remember what he said the other day." Fuyuhiko smirked.

"You mean...about the Traitors.." I asked.

"Yeah, there's two Traitors that's what that ugly tanuki said before." Hiyoko said.

"Calling me ugly and a tanuki..that doesn't depress me in the slightest." Monokuma claims.

"You're totally depressed." Ibuki points out.

"If there's two Traitors, then one of them might know the password to open the door. And there's probably boats or a way to contact the outside behind it right?" Fuyuhiko says.

"Or..maybe who ever is controlling Monokuma and Usami is behind this door.." Mahiru guesses 

"And I bet you are one of the Traitors Aria!" Fuyuhiko points at me, causing everyone to look at me.

"Hm? What makes you think I'm one of the Traitors?" I ask.

"Why do you doubt Aria?" Ibuki asks in my defense.

"Think about it...when Monokuma first showed up you was the first one to run off to Jabberwock Park, you also scooped Usami up when she was fighting Monokuma, then there's also the fact that you admitted to being in a previous Killing Game... I'm right aren't I?" Sad thing is..he is right, but I have to defend myself.

"I see, when you say all that it does make me look suspicious, but I can guarantee you I'm not one of the Traitors, we can't go around accusing each other of being a traitor until we find something more concrete." I say.

"Monokuma, you truly know right? You're the one who mentioned it after all." Fuyuhiko said.

"Phuhuhuhuhu!" Monokuma laughed.

"What's so funny?" Gundham asked.

"Oh it's just...have you guys ever heard of an organisation called World Ender?" Monokuma asked.

"World Ender?" Hajime parrots again.

"I-I'm the one asking you a question! Don't fucking change the subject!" Fuyuhiko threatened.

"I can see why you wanted to ignore it, World Ender is such an embarrassing name. So embarrassing that only middle school students..no elementary school students would come up with it. But the name is unavoidable, as that organisation exists." Monokuma explains.

"Well..what do you mean by World Ender, what is it about?" I ask.

"It's obvious from the name, those guys ended the world." Monokuma says.

"E-Ended the World?!" Mikan shrieks.

"That's not an overstatement or a metaphor, you know. They really did end the world. So don't you think it's more appropriate to call them World Ender?" Monokuma chuckles.

"You mean their a terrorist group?" Peko asks.

"Terrorist huh? That might be accurate.. But only losers are terrorists, if they manage to win, they become heroes.. so they're more like heroes who ended the world." Monokuma said.

Oh now I get it! He's referring to the Future Foundation!

"S-So what don't say things that don't make sense!" Mahiru shouted. "Don't tell me that you're going to say that this organisation is behind this!?"

"World Ender... are you saying that you and Usami are also meant of that organisation?" Nekomaru asked.

"Who knows? The only thing I can tell you is.. Both Traitors are working for that organisation, and they also brought you to this Island, yep World Ender is behind it all." Monokuma chuckles.

Well I told Ibuki alot about this last night, the only thing I left out was Chiaki being the other traitor.

"Wh-Why are we being targeted by a horrifying organisation like that?" Kazuichi shrieked.

"It's just another made up story to trick us, like he said we lost our school memories.. I can't suspend my disbelief for something as ridiculous as World Ender, there's no way that organisation or the Traitors exist." Peko says.

"Monokuma I shall listen to you spout nonsense all you want, while I puff cigar smoke at your lifeless body." Gundham boasted.

"My,my I was kind enough to keep you guys informed. Are you calling me a liar?" Monokuma asked.

"They basically are." I reply.

"But that's enough of World Ender for now, everyone please head to Jabberwock Park." Monokuma announces.

"Why Jabberwock Park?" Hajime asks.

"Phuhuhu"

 

 

"You're getting a new party member!"

Chapter Text

Jabberwock Park

Night of the Fourth Day - 18 Days Left

We have arrived at Jabberwock Park, but why would Monokuma bring in a new student? Who is it? The Future Foundation never told me about any of this...

"It seems like everyone is here... Well other than Nagito. Seriously where is that guy?" I asked

Monokuma appeared just now.

"Phuhuhu it seems like we're all here, well I'll inform Nagito about this later, but for now, it's time I introduced you all to a new student."

"And who is this new student?" Hajime asks.

"I think I'll let her introduce herself. Hey new student, that's your cue!"

A girl then walked from behind the statue, and her appearance... wait... she's....me. She looks exactly like me but her colour scheme was Red and Black instead of my Cyan and Pink.... and then I realized who it was..

"I-it's you..." I ran to the girl.

"It's nice to finally reunite with you....sister." I say.

"WHAT!!??" That was the other students reaction to what I said and I presume that was your reaction too.

"Aria this is your sister?! How did you never tell Ibuki about this?" Ibuki asks.

"Well it's just... I thought she was dead for years..so I had no reason to bring her up." I reply.

"And we're not just sisters." My sister started "We're twins actually, we've been separated from each other for about..7 years now."

"S-Seven years!? That long?!" Kazuichi exclaimed.

"I guess I should introduce myself." My sister started.

"I'm Silhouette... Silhouette Shamar! The Ultimate Guitarist!"

Shadowy Twin

Silhouette Shamar

Ultimate Guitarist

"So then next form of business. Getting to know you all." Silhouette said.

"Wait. Is Silhouette actually your name?" Mahiru asked.

"Well.. yes and no. See I know it's not my real name, but... my parents never gave me a name, they only cared about Aria, so I've taken the name Silhouette Shamar in the meantime."

I then whisper to her "Why weren't you at Hope's Peak when we started?"

"I did get an invitation as the Ultimate Guitarist, but I couldn't make it in time." She explained.

I then introduced her to everyone, but for Nagito I showed her a picture of him on my E-Handbook Deluxe. I also showed her Byakuya and Teruteru's pictures and explained everything that happened so far to her.

"Hm.. I see then. So then Kuya and Mario have been snatched, and Cloud is mysteriously missing." 

"Cloud?" Hajime wondered.

"Yeah get used to that, my sister always calls people nicknames, well everyone but me that is." I explain.

"All right then! It's nighttime soooooo I better make the nighttime announcement." And Monokuma then played the nighttime announcement. All of us began to return to our cottages.

Guitarist Fragment 1 Obtained

"Ah! Aria could you hold on? I want to talk." Chiaki says.

"What is it Chiaki?" I asked.

"How did Silhouette get in here? I'm very confused by that." Chiaki pipes up.

"I'm sure the Future Foundation let her in, they probably gave her special permission just like me."

"Yes. But the virus that's infecting this program made it tricky for people to get in or out." Chiaki testifies.

"Oh. Well then I have-" I start but was interrupted.

*Ring, Ring*

"Huh? My E-Handbook." It's Ringing.

I got my E-Handbook Deluxe and answered it.

"Hello Aria"

"Sayaka? Whats' Worng? Why did you contact me at this time?" I ask.

"It's just...we've got a surprise for you..um...remember when you talked to me about your dead sister?" Sayaka asked.

"Oh. Well she's already here, so you don't need to tell me." I say.

"Okay then... but my unit found her and brought her here, I then told her everything that happened to you. She then rushed to the pod room, and then brought herself into there." Sayaka says.

"So that's how she got in... I see. Thank you Sayaka."

"Um could you also keep an eye on Sonia?" Sayaka asked.

"On Sonia? Sure but why?" I asked.

"She did some.... disgusting things in front of the cameras earlier." Sayaka explained still looking a bit unsettled by what she saw.

"Oh..." So that's why those books in the Library were sticky then.

Sayaka is still as pretty as ever out there.

"I know I'm pretty, you don't have to tell me." Sayaka says.

"Wha-"

"Did you forget? I'm Psychic! Did you also forget that I was kidding and just have great intuition?"

I swear she's actually the Ultimate Psychic.

"Thanks Sayaka, I'll talk with you later." I then hang up and headed back to my Cottage.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

It was a tiring day of exploring, so I went to get ready for bed... but when I looked in the bathroom...

"What the..." It was all gothic and metal... definitely wasn't that way this morning.

"Silhouette... why did you make my bathroom your personal bedroom?" I asked my edgy wannabe sister.

"You weren't using it. Besides, this way you can focus on the rest of the Adventure without accidentally leaving a pee break in the middle of it." Silhouette smirked.

Motherfucker...

"Whatever I'll just be going to bed now, night sis." I say.

So Silhouette will be sharing the same cottage as me from now on, that's nice but... it would be easier if she didn't... well, take over my bathroom.

Dawn of the Fifth Day - 18 Days Left

I awoke and so did Silhouette. The two of us got ready for today and we headed for the restaurant.

Mirai Restaurant

We were all in the restaurant, and Hajime as per usual was the last one to enter.

"Why are you always the last one to show up Hajime?" I ask.

"I wake up to Monokuma's announcement." Hajime replied.

"Fair enough." I say.

"Um, What do you guys think?" Kazuichi asked.

"Kaz, you'll have to be more specific." Silhouette sheepishly asked.

"Argh! Isn't it obvious?! That stuff Monokuma said about Traitors and World Ender! I'm asking if anyone knows anything about it!" Kazuichi snapped.

"World what now?" Silhouette asked with curiosity.

"Oh right, you weren't here yesterday when Monokuma was talking about it." I then explained it all to Silhouette.

"Well, there's no way I'd figure it all out after one night's sleep." Hajime says.

"That's obvious... it was the same for me too." Mahiru admitted.

"I didn't get enough sleep last night because of that baffling nonsense." Peko says.

"But...I wonder if it's really true... that's there's two Traitors among us..." Mikan trails.

"No need to worry! You don't have to worry about one of the Traitors at all!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"However... if, by chance..a worst case scenario-" Mikan started, but Nekomaru cut her off.

"Impossible! Even in a worst case scenario! You don't have worry about one of the Traitors at all!" Nekomaru argued.

"You seem awfully certain." I lampshade.

"Of course! In fact, one of the Traitors is tied up and can't move!" Nekomaru blurted out.

"Could you be referring to Nagito? Who we've not seen since yesterday?" Sonia asks.

"Who else could it be? Nagito has to be one of the Traitors!" Nekomaru bellowed.

"Wait. But didn't you just say you tied up Cloud and he can't move?" Silhouette asked.

"And even if Nagito is one of the Traitors, the Second one is still hiding amongst us." I say.

It was at this moment Nekomaru knew.... he fucked up.

"AW CRRRRRAAAAAAAPPPPPP!!! Hey Kazuichi! What should we do?" Nekomaru asked the mechanic.

"Dumbass! Don't rope me into this! They'll find out we worked together to-" Kazuichi then realized what he was saying "Aw Crap!"

"You guys are both idiots!" Hiyoko scoffed.

"It was honestly obvious that you two were behind the disappearance of Nagito, you both got extremely nervous when we brought him up." I say.

Mahiru then stepped forward to confront the two boys. "Hey, what does this mean?"

"W-Well you know... There's no way we can let him run around free! He tried to put us all in danger you know!" Kazuichi protested.

"Teruteru committed a murder because that guy tempted him right? That makes him a killer too! It's necessary to treat him the same way!" Nekomaru justified.

"So that's why you left him tied up... however... that cannot be helped, he's quite dangerous." Peko states her opinion

"How should I put this... he's a little creepy.. ah! Not that I want to bad mouth him." Mikan fumbles.

"He honestly reminds me of someone from my past." I say.

"But he's creepy to the max! His creepiness is so high he could sell tickets for people to see them!" Ibuki shrieks.

"Where did you two tie him up?" Mahiru interrogates.

"Th-The Dining Hall in the Old Building." Kazuichi stammered.

"That's... where Byakuya got killed." Hajime realized.

"He needs to reflect what he did at that place." Nekomaru said.

"So you're saying it's better to kill off a troublesome ally before they turn into an enemy?" Hiyoko asks.

"Gyah! You killed him?!" Mikan shrieks.

"Argh! He's obviously alive! I just knocked him out so we could tie him up!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Then what shall we do with Nagito? Let's hear everyone's opinion." Peko asked.

"Hmm, it's not safe to let him walk around freely. There's no telling what he'll end up doing next." Mahiru says.

"He's also the most likely person to be one of the Traitors, we just need to know who the Second one could be." Hiyoko giggles.

"So isn't it okay if we keep him tied up for a while?" Akane asks whilst eating.

"If so.. it seems it would be better to watch him for a while. But it would be bad if we don't let him eat or drink. He might end up dying for real." Sonia suggests.

"Yes, if he dies from starvation or thirst, it would count as a murder and you two would be blamed for it." I tell them.

"I-I know that already!" Kazuichi said.

"Jeez I didn't expect you two to do something like that." Mahiru scolds.

"I'd wish you treat it more like an achievement." Kazuichi sweatdropped.

"Teehee! And I thought that tiny boy was up to something again." Hiyoko giggles.

"Who are you calling "tiny boy"?" Fuyuhiko said from the stairs, startling us all.

"Wah! You're here?!" Hiyoko jumped.

"It figures, you guys are messed up. Is this what you do? If you don't like your 'buddy' you corner them. Tch look at you sheep acting all righteous." Fuyuhiko said.

"Well I'm glad you're trusting us a little mor-" I start, but Kazuichi cut me off.

"What did you say?! We didn't do anything wrong!" Kazuichi snapped.

"Oh? Did the shitty sheep all bleat at me?" Fuyuhiko mocked.

"We're human, not sheep Fuyu." Silhouette replied.

"It looks like... there's one more bastard who needs to get tied up." Kazuichi grits his teeth.

"Try it if you dare bastard!" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Y-you can threaten me, but I'm not scared." Kazuichi began, I don't buy that for a second. "Y-Your just a pipsqueak without the Kuzuryu Clan backing you up!"

"Oh no." I mutter

"Wh-what did you say?!" Fuyuhiko grumbles.

"You shouldn't have said that." I told Kazuichi.

"Knock it off, you two!" Peko stepped in front of them to stop them from killing each other.

"Y-you bastards... I'll make sure you regret this later!" Fuyuhiko said before rushing out of the restaurant.

"Wh-What the heck? He's just a whiny loser!" Kazuichi said.

"That's enough Kaz, you can stop this now." Silhouette said.

"Jeez, all this fighting... I can tell it's not going to be easy for us in the future." Mahiru sighed.

"I wonder... if we even have a future..." Mikan mutters.

We all then went to do our own things, in the meantime.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Later at 2:25 PM

I was getting ready for my daily swim with Peko.

"Hey sis!" Silhouette called out. "Why are you getting ready for swimming? I thought you can't swim."

"Peko is nice enough to teach me how to swim. I'm getting better each day." I tell her.

"Would you mind if I joined? I'm a good swimmer too!"

"Sure. Just go get a swimsuit from the supermarket and arrive at the First Step Beach." I tell my sis.

Silhouette left and I headed to the beach to swim with Peko.

First Step Beach

When I arrived at First Step Beach I saw Peko and...

"Ibuki?! Why are you here aswell." I asked.

"She wouldn't stop pestering me when she wanted to swim with us, I caved in and I let her." Peko explains.

"Ibuki wanted to spend more time with Peko aswell."

"Sorry if I'm late!" A voice rang.

Silhouette came onto the beach wearing a black and red bikini.

"Woah! Silhouette, you came with your Bikini!?" Ibuki asks.

"Heh! Glad you like it Metalhead! So Ruby Eyes, are we ready to swim?" Silhouette asked.

"Yes, let us begin." Peko says.

The four of us started swimming, it was really enjoyable, once it hit 3:30 PM, we left. It was very loving and enjoyable.

Swordswoman Fragment 4 Obtained

Musician Fragment 4 Obtained

Guitarist Fragment 2 Obtained

Night of the Fifth Day - 17 Days Left

*Ding Dong, Ding Dong*

Monokuma made an announcement "I've come to make an announcem- Wait Sorry! Wrong announcement. Emergency! Emergency! Students Head over to Jabberwock Park as fast as you can! Come on! Hurry Up! Whoever gets there first I'll treat you to my special curry rice tomorrow. Come On! Hurry the eff up!"

If I know Monokuma well, that's most likely the next motive he's going to present, what's he got this time?

We all headed over to...

Jabberwock Park

And to no one's surprise, Akane arrived first whilst Hajime was last.

"Yahoo! I'm the first one here! The curry's all mine!" Akane cheers.

"I wonder what kind of curry it is." Sonia wonders.

"What's the scientific term for when you get hungry after hearing the word curry?" Ibuki asks.

"You guys are fucking stupid!... Don't get worked up over something so idiotic!" Fuyuhiko yelled "Hey! Where the hell is Monokuma!? Get over here!"

Monokuma appears!

"Okie-Doki! Thanks for waiting! Thanks for the Miracle of waiting!"

"Hey Monokuma! I'm the first one here! That means I get dibs on the curry!" Akane cheers.

"No need to rush, No need to rush, I'll treat you to my specially made Monokuma Curry tomorrow night." Monokuma says.

"And what is this?" That was a voice most of us Dreaded to hear, we turned around to see..

"Huh? Nagito!?" Hajime exclaims.

"So, is this why you've called us over for?"

"AAAAAHHHH!" Thanks for hurting my ears again Kazuichi! "Why the hell are you here! Who untied you!"

"Oh I untied Cloud." Silhouette admitted "Even he needs to know, don't worry I'll tie him back up after this."

"Monokuma would've most likely told me through the monitors anyway, by sending a live feed of the motive announcement. So I would've known either way." Nagito explains.

"Ahem! Now then I would like you all to turn your attention over there." Monokuma announces.

"Ah! Is this an arcade machine!?" Chiaki said with excitement.

"Phuhuhu! That's correct! Soooooo I would like the Recreation Time to begin!" Monokuma cackled.

"Don't tell me... you're going to tell us to play this game." Hajime nervously said.

"Hey, what's the game!? What games are on this!?" Classic Chiaki.

"I've only prepared one game, but it's truly a gem. After All, it's a game I personally created." Monokuma says.

"Then it is not something I could possibly look forward to playing." Sonia concluded.

"No, no, don't go comparing it to those amateur fanservice games. You know that famous Game that everyone's waiting a sequel for? Well I made a brand new game instead."

Monokuma turned the TV on and announced through the speakers.

"Tada! The name of the game is "Twilight Syndrome Murder Case"" Monokuma announces.

Twilight Syndrome... wasn't that the name for an incident that happened 4 years ago? If I remember from Ibuki telling me those years ago...

"What the heck! That's pretty lame! I wanna play game about riddle solving professors and collecting cute monsters." Hiyoko protested.

"Stupid! Don't say such things! What if we get weighed down by all the quarters?!" Monokuma snapped back.

"Twilight Syndrome is an Adventure Game published in 1996, it's about a group of high school girls who go exploring in order to verify numerous urban legends. The player controls the character like a sidescroller." Chiaki explains in her infinite wisdom on games.

"I have no interest in weak things like video games! And I don't even know what generation a game that old is." Nekomaru said.

"The Fourth Generation or the Fifth if I'm correct." I say.

"But Adventure Games are so boring and tedious to play right?" Hiyoko asks.

"Don't diss Adventure Games.. besides, there's a lot of reasons to make one. You know like budgetary reasons." Monokuma glooms.

"This is the next motive isn't it? Quit stalling." I tell him.

"Huh?"

"There's no way you're calling us over for a friendly game session right? We already have Chiaki for that." I explain. Chiaki blushed a little.

"Sharp eyed as always Aria, yes! That's right! This game is your next motive! The motive you need to kill people! After all, I'm gonna get bored if the next blackened doesn't show up soon." Monokuma revealed.

"So this is the true motive you've planned?" Nagito says.

"Why would a video game be our next motive?" Silhouette asks.

"Because this game's theme is a missing link. You know, it's a recurring theme for mystery's right? It's kinda like a hidden connection." Monokuma answered.

"Wh-What does that mean?" Mikan asks.

"If you're curious try playing it." Monokuma chuckles.

"O-okay.." Mikan steps forward, but Mahiru immediately pulls her back. 

"You can't! You gotta say no! It's a trap!"

"Hey! If that's the motive, isn't it okay if we just play it?" Kazuichi asks.

"You should! You Ultimates are-" Nagito started, but I immediately put my hand over his mouth.

"Yeah, let's just ignore him." I say.

"I see, that never thought of that. But, are you sure you wanna do that? Learning the motive means you're gonna be prepared you know? Humans who are prepared, and humans who aren't, I don't have to tell you which is strong and which is weak right?" Monokuma says.

"Wh-What do you mean?" Mahiru asks.

"For example... if someone secretly played it, that person might come and kill you. In the context of a preemptive strike... that's truly fatal." Monokuma laughed.

"Wh-What do you mean?" Kazuichi nervously asked.

"You guys are all Enemies you know? Is it really right for your enemy to have an advantage? If you're just going to ignore it, then do whatever you like, even if you're fully aware of the situation." And then Monokuma disappeared.

"Wh-what the heck?" Hajime mutters.

"Hey, what should we do?" Kazuichi asks.

"E-Even if you ask me, there's no way I should know." Mahiru says.

"Anyway, it would be dangerous to carelessly touch this game. There's no mistaking that." Peko concluded.

"Y-You are right, it might be better to wait and see how this plays out." Sonia says.

"But, wouldn't it be bad if someone secretly played the game whilst we're waiting? Whoever gets the motive becomes the hunter and the rest of us become prey." Hiyoko says

"That's one way to put it." I sweatdropped.

"Hate to say this, but I agree with Hiyoko." A few of us turned to Fuyuhiko "Heh.. it's your loss if you end up dying. All we need to do to win is to kill. I don't want to end up like Byakuya and Teruteru." And with that, Fuyuhiko walked away.

"Fuyuhiko makes a good point." Mikan says.

"You too!? What ya sayin'? Do ya really wanna kill someone that bad!?" Akane scolds.

"It's not like that... I mean.. how can you be cautious if you don't even know the motive?" Mikan clarifies.

"That... That might be true... but.." Mahiru trails off.

"It doesn't matter!" Chiaki spoke up in a more intense voice.

"What do you mean by that Aki?" Silhouette asked.

"Motive or otherwise, it doesn't matter, I will never, ever let another killing happen again." Chiaki pipes up.

Powerful words Chiaki, Powerful Words.

The nighttime announcement played.

"It's already that time, I guess we should break for today." Nekomaru said 

"I'll try to think about it tonight more carefully... the correct thing to do. But regardless I will never kill anybody. I mean, it's impossible." Mahiru says.

"M-Me too, it's definitely impossible." Mikan shrieks.

"Then we should turn in for the day I'll see y'all tomorrow." Kazuichi says before he and Nekomaru left to put Nagito back in the Dining Hall.

Everyone else shortly afterwards, but... I was the only one in the park.

Thinking about the words they all said... maybe... if I get the motive before everyone else can...then no one will have to die.

And so I walk up to the game.

Let's Play, Twilight Syndrome Murder Case.

Chapter Text

Jabberwock Park

"I should play this game..."

Monokuma then appears besides me.

"What's this? I never thought you would be the first to play this game, and immediately after I announced it. Are you finally going to give in to your murderous desires?" Monokuma asked.

"You should know that I have no intention of killing anyone, I've heard of the Twilight Syndrome incident that happened 4 years ago. I don't know all the details, but since I know you would reveal the awful truth to those involved, this game would help me clear things up-" I monologue, but Monokuma cuts me off.

"Geez! You sure do talk alot! Come on! Come on!" Monokuma eggs me into playing the game.

"Fine, let's begin then." I say.

"Brilliant... Play the Game... Nathan.."

"That's... not even my name." (A/N I'll be impressed if one of you understands the reference.)

Let's Play, Twilight Syndrome Murder Case.

2nd Day

Girl A:... Ah, it's already late... I'm gonna be late for our meeting..

Girl A: Everyone's waiting... I gotta hurry and go. If I'm late... everyone's gonna hate me.

Girl A: Um.. There waiting in classroom 1-A.

I was then in control of Girl A who I've already noticed had speech similarities to Mikan, I moved her to Classroom 1-A and went inside.

Girl B: Man, you're finally here! You're so late! What was you doing!?

Girl A: I-I'm sorry... if you're angry. I'm sorry, um.. don't be mad...

Girl D: We're not angry.

Girl B: Just hurry up and get over here!

Girl A: Okay... I should go talk to Girl B.

I went up to Girl B and pushed up to talk to her.

Girl A: Um.. we're here because you had something important to say right?

Girl E: Obviously it's about yesterday's incident. 

Girl B: Hey, you already saw the newspaper right?

Girl D: Y-Yeah.

Girl A: Huh? What newspaper?

Girl B: Gawd. You're such a slowpoke Girl A. It's even in today's evening newspaper.

Girl C: This one. Here you go!

Girl E: Just read it.

July 8th: Around 6AM a janitor from XX Academy came to work... and discovered the body of a female high school student in the music room on the 2nd floor. The student had been struck forcefully in the head with a blunt object, and was already dead. It seems the killer broke a window to escape. Based on the details of the crime, authorities say... the investigation is still ongoing, and believe someone may have snuck into the school to commit the act.

Girl B: I was a little surprised. I never expected it would make the newspaper.

Girl E: It says 'someone may have snuck into the school to commit the act' so they might be thinking that a pervert did it. 

Girl E: It is the only lead they have. I mean, her high school swimsuit did get stolen, too...

Girl C: That sick, twisted dastard!

Girl C: Sneaking into a school to steal a swimsuit, killing a nearby girl, and escaping out the window.

Girl C: Kyaaahhhhh! We're all in danger too!

Girl A: B-But is this really okay?

Girl A: We were the first one's to discover the body... and kept it a secret.

Girl B: It would have been the same no matter who found the body first. Don't worry about it.

Girl B: It's not like we have anything to hide anyway.

Girl E: That's right.. all we did was find a body and not report it.

Girl E: That's not really a crime.

Girl A: B-But still...

Girl E: I know you're a masochist but there's no way I'm going to get involved in this.

Girl E: I'm finally a student at this academy! There's no way I'm getting expelled over something like this.

Girl E: Right? Isn't that right Girl D?

Girl D: U-Um.. I actually have something to discuss with you guys.

Girl A: Girl D... I wonder what's going on? What does she want to talk about?

I had to talk to Girl D to keep the game going.

Girl D: To be honest, I...I ended up taking several photos of her yesterday...

Girl E: A-Are you talking about her body!?

Girl D: I thought we might get questioned by the police... so I thought I should take them just in case.

Girl A: Wh-Where are the photos now?

Girl D: I have them... right here.

Girl C: Wah! I don't wanna look at them!

Girl C: We're definitely gonna get cursed.

Girl A: C-Cursed!?

Girl E: Stupid! Curses aren't even real!

Girl E: You seriously need to throw away those photos! Give them to me!

Girl D: Ah! Hey!

Girl C: This is bad! If you rip it like that, the curse-

Girl E: I just said Curses don't exist!

Girl E: It's better to just rip these photos to shreds and throw them into the incinerator.

Girl E: Girl D! If you have any digital copies, you need to erase those too!

Girl D: O-Okay...

Girl B: Hey Girl E, what happened? Why do you sound so desperate?

Girl E: N-Never mind that! Let's just forget about the whole incident!

Girl E: We had nothing to do with it! And we weren't the first to discover the body!

Girl E: Okay? The End!

Girl E: Seriously let's just go home already! C'mon it's getting late.

Day 4

Girl E: Man, it's already late. The hardest part of being in the archery club is changing clothes.

Girl E: Everyone's probably gone back by now.. then I guess I have to go back on my own.

Girl E: I think this is around the time that incident occurred too.

Girl E: Ah Geez! Why am I thinking about something so stupid again.

Girl E: That's right I gotta hurry up and forget about that incident.

???: I won't.....let....you......forget.

Girl E: Huh!?

???: I won't.....let....you......forget.

Girl E: Wh-Who's There!? Where are you!?

???: I won't let you forget I won't let you forget I won't let you forget.

Girl E: F-Forgive Me.

Girl E: FORGIVE ME!!!

???: Never.

???: Nevernevernevernevernevernevernever.

I WILL NEVER FORGIVE YOU!

The screen was then splattered in blood before returning to the hallway.

Girl D: Ah! Girl A!

Girl A: Wh-What Happened!? Did something happen?

Girl D: This is bad...really bad!

Girl D: Ugh! Uggghhhh!

Girl C: Her head is split open like that one time. It's probably... the curse..

Girl C: It's the curse! It's all the Curses fault! Because of the curse... Girl E....

Girl A: What happened to Girl E?

Girl B: Take a look...in there.... Classroom 1-B

I moved to classroom 1-B and entered it, when I did...

A picture of Girl E's corpse was shown she was bludgeoned to death at the back of the head with a baseball bat and she was slumped against the wall.

And then...

GAME OVER

Down Five...

"Huh? I doubt that this is the end of the game.." I say.

"You're right, there's still mystery's for you to uncover." Monokuma says.

"The 1st and 3rd days are missing, plus there's that mysterious game over message. Down Five." I say.

...

"Maybe..."

I then reset the game to the title screen, I then push down on the joystick five times and...

"The title screen changed!" I noticed.

"Yep! You figured it out! If you can complete the 1st and 3rd days, then you'll receive your prize." Monokuma says

"All right then, Game Start!"

"That's right, Play the Game.... Nathan..."

We open with a specific murder case.

A tragic killing that occurred within the grounds of the academy that the girls attended.

Based on their understanding of the crime scene, the police ruled that the incident was the work of a pervert who snuck into school grounds.

However there was a secret behind that incident. Even before the janitor first discovered the body, there were students who witnessed the crime itself.

The students were five high school girls.

They didn't want to get involved in the incident, so they tried to hide the fact that they were the first to discover the body.

Several days after the incident...

One of the five girls Girl E, is murdered by someone.

What in the world happened, at this once peaceful Academy?

By playing the missing "1st Day" and "3rd Day", you'll be able to understand that mystery.

All the answers you seek are hidden in this Truth Edition.

Will you be able to reach the truth?

Now then, let's start with the 1st Day where everything all began.

1st Day

Girl A: I-I'm sorry... I'm really sorry for keeping you all waiting.

Girl B: Jeez! We're gonna go home late because we had to wait for slowpoke Girl A.

Girl D: Come on Girl B. You don't have to get that mad.

Girl D then took a photo of the other three girls.

Girl B: Hey! Don't go taking photos without permission. People might mistake us for good friends.

Girl A: I-I'm not your friend?

Girl B: Whaaat? There's no way I'd ever be friends with a nasty trashy pigshit like you.

Girl C: Tahaa! The way Girl B treats people, even loan sharks looking to collect would be sick to their stomachs.

Girl A: Huh? Is Girl E here yet?

Girl C: Ah! Apparently she forgot something. She told us to wait just a little longer.

Girl D: She can't find her school swimsuit.

Girl B: Her swimsuit huh? Maybe it got stolen.

Girl A: Stolen!?

Girl B: You don't know? A pervert was spotted in the area recently.

Girl B: Kehe! You should be careful Girl A, A chubby weakling like you makes the perfect prey.

Girl D: S-Stop it! Girl A is getting really scared.

Girl B: Gyahaha! It's fun to bully Girl A.

A loud crash suddenly boomed through the halls.

Girl D: What... was that sound?

Girl B: It sounded like... glass breaking...

Girl B: It sounds like it came from the 2nd Floor! Let's go.

I then moved the joystick to climb up to the 2nd Floor.

Girl E: Huff...Puff...Puff..

Girl A: Girl E! What happened!?

Girl E: I don't know... I heard the sound of breaking glass as I was walking by this door, it startled me good.

Girl C: Is... someone in there?

Girl E: That's what I think but... the door's locked. I can't get it open.

Girl B: You're right, it's locked.

Girl C: Did someone lock it from the inside!? Is someone really in there?

Girl E: If we use the key from the teacher's lounge, we can open the door.

Girl D: I'll get the key to the music room from the teacher's lounge.

Girl D: The teachers are probably gone by now, so I'm sure we can bring it over in secret. 

The game turns black for a moment and Girl D returns with the music room key.

Girl D: I found the key, no one was in there so it was super easy to get.

Girl C: Then lets open it right away!

The door was then unlocked.

Girl D: Okay.

Girl B: Girl A you lead the way.

Girl A: Huh? Me?

Girl B: Come on! Come on!

I then made Girl A enter the music room and then made her examin the... unpleasant sight there.

Girl A: Someone's... laying down here...

Girl B: This is... she's not laying down... she's dead.

Girl D: D-Dead!?

Girl E: That's impossible... why?

Girl A: KYAAAAAA!

Girl B: Lower your voice they might still be nearby!

Girl E: N-Nearby!?

Girl B: I mean.. this looks like someone murdered her.

Girl C: Murdered!?

Girl B: Seriously shut up! What's gonna happen if the killer notices us?

Girl D: Wh-What would we do?! What should I do!?

Girl B: I see, so that's what happened... I found it! The killer's escape route.

Girl A: Ah! The window is broken!

Girl B: Someone probably locked the music room from the inside, and after killing her, they broke the window and made their escape.

Girl B: Looks like she was hit by something where she died, but I can't seem to find anything bloody here.

Girl B: What happened to the weapon? Did the killer take it?

Girl C: Soooo the killer ran out of the window?

Girl A: But.. if they just wanted to run away, they could've opened the window, why'd they feel the need to break it?

Girl E: They were probably trying to leave in a hurry. Look! There's evidence.

Girl E: The fish tank by the window is tipped over, and the gravel is all scattered.

Girl B: They've likely accidentally tipped it over when they were trying to frantically get away.

Girl E: It's not too high to jump from the 2nd Floor, so maybe they thought it'd be safer than using the hallway.

Girl A: B-But is that really it?

Girl B: I mean, to lock the door, you'd either have to lock it from inside the music room... or use the lounge key.

Girl D: Oh! When I went to get the music room key, it was in the teacher's lounge.

Girl B: So the killer wouldn't have had time to return the key before they broke the window.

Girl C: Then, the door could've been locked from the inside... that means the killer was inside the music room.

Girl B: Also to get outside the music room. they'd need to have passed by us in the entrance hall. But we didn't see anyone pass by.

Girl B: Which means the killer's only escape Route was this window.

Girl E: It's probably... that pervert I heard about.. he's the one who snuck into school grounds.

Girl A: Huh?

Girl E: My school swimsuit was stolen. I couldn't find it anywhere.

Girl C: Then... the pervert who stole Girl E's swimsuit also murdered that girl over there?!

Girl B: They... probably locked the music room so they could rape her, but she ended up resisting.

Girl A: So they frantically tried to get away, broke the window and escape!?

Girl E: Isn't it bad if we stay here much longer.

Girl E: I mean.. I don't want to get involved in something like this... and the killer might be around too.

Girl C: That's bad, Uber bad! We better hurry up and run.

Girl A: B-But... don't we have to report this to the police?

Girl E: Don't you know what happens when you report this kind of stuff to the police?

Girl E: You become a prime suspect just because you found the body first. I definitely don't want that.

Girl B: Yeah... it'd be best if we left this room how we found it. Just lock the door, leave everything how it was.

Girl A: Ah! Hey! Please wait! Don't leave me!

Girl D: ...

Later that Day.

It was outside on a street and Girls C and D bumped into someone else.

Girl G: Oh! Hey Girl C! Nice to see you again! And you must be Girl D.

Girl C: Oh! Girl G! Yay! I needed cheering up.

Girl G: Whats' Worng? You both look upset.

Wait a minute... I say What's wrong like that... is...Girl G supposed to be me?

Girl D: There...was a murder today...

Girl G: Woah! Really!? Were you two the first to find the body?

Girl C: Us two as well as Girl A, B and E.

Girl D then took a photo of Girl C and G.

Girl G: Well... I hope things will be okay... I'll need to go now, I'll be late for my next practice of my next song.

Girl G then walks away.

3rd Day

Girl E: Girl D!

Girl E: Sorry, did I make you wait?

Girl E: So what's up? You asked me to meet you here, don't tell me you're gonna confess your love to me?

Girl D:...

Girl E: Huh? What happened?

Girl D: Um.. I want you to look at this photo...

Girl D: On the day of the incident... I found this when I peeked into the next door classroom as I was going home.

Girl D: And I couldn't help but take a picture. What do you think these broken vase pieces mean?

Girl E:..

Girl D: That sound we heard from the entrance hall wasn't the sound of a window breaking.

Girl E: Wh-What is this... I...I don't know anything about that vase!

Girl D: And if that's the case... the killer didn't escape from the window.

Girl E: Seriously, I don't know anything!

Girl D: It's okay... I made sure to throw it away.

Girl E: Huh?

Girl D: If anyone found it, you'd be in trouble right Girl E?

Girl E: Are... are you trying to blackmail me?

Girl D: O-Of course not! That's not what this is about!

Girl D: If there's something you're hiding from me... I want you to say it.

Girl D: I mean... we're friends right?

Girl E: You... you didn't say anything either..

Girl E: I knew you know? I knew that girl who got killed was tormenting you..

Girl D: Huh?

Girl E: No.. she wasn't just tormenting you.. She was seriously making your life a living hell.

Girl E: That bitch... was in your photography club back in middle school right?

Girl E: She was probably jealous of your talent... so she..

Girl E: I'm supposed to be your best friend! If you just told me, none of this would've happened!

Girl D: Girl E...d-don't tell me you...

Girl E: That bitch.... thought she could do anything she wanted because of her family's influence.

Girl E: And I just couldn't stand it anymore!

Girl E: You know... at first I tried to talk to her.

Girl E: But that bitch... started talking shit about how she'd target me next time, so...

Girl E: I felt... a sudden rage... and before I knew it. I was choking her.

Girl E: And then she lost consciousness... but things would've been worse if she woke up so...

Girl E: That's why I had to do something about it!

Girl D: Th-That's...

Girl E: It's not my fault or yours!

Girl E: It's all her fault!

Girl D: Ah! Girl E!

Girl E runs away and it cuts to the incinerator, Girl E places something next to the incinerator and runs away, then a new guy walks on screen.

Guy F: That bitch, Girl E was it?

Guy F: Word was she was with her on the day of the incident...

Guy F: Looks like she threw something away, what was it?

Guy F: What the hell is this photo!? This vase is...

!

Guy F: Could it be!? The sound of breaking glass was actually this!?

Guy F: If it wasn't... why'd she try to secretly get rid of this?

Guy F: That bitch! What the hell did she do to my little sister?!

Guy F: Looks like I need to ask her a few questions... and if that bitch really did... that...

Guy F: I will never

I WILL NEVER FORGIVE HER!

GAME CLEARED!

"Huh? That was quite the Game.. now I know most of the incident... I just need to pin down who was involved.." I say.

"Well maybe you'll find the answer if you look at the staff credits. It may help you." Monokuma hints.

The staff credits were nothing but Monokuma, until it got to Cast.

Cast

Tsumiki

Koizumi

Saionji

Mioda

Sato

Adabat

Kuzuryu

Kuzuryu

"Congratulations Aria you were the first one to clear Twilight Syndrome Murder Case, since you cleared it first, here is your prize!" Monokuma then hands me an envelope.

"What's in this?" I ask.

"Open it once you return to your cottage, after that do whatever the hell you want with them." Monokuma then disappeared. I decided to return to my Cottage.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

"You sure took your time getting back." Silhouette greeted.

"What's that sis?" She asked.

"It's the prize for clearing the game." I say.

"So you've already played the game!?"

"Yeah.. I've got a plan to make sure a murder won't happen." I say.

"Well what's in it?" Silhouette asked.

"Let's find out." I open the envelope and in it were five pictures.

The first picture was of Mikan, Hiyoko and Ibuki, all in Hope's Peak Academy.

The second picture was of Ibuki and me, posing together.

The Third picture was of the broken vase that caused the crashing sound.

The Fourth picture was of a corpse, considering how identical Girl E's corpse was to this picture, it's clear that this was Girl E, I believe she's who Sato refers to.

The Final picture was of the victim who died at the start, this must be one of the Kuzuryu's.. well I only know one Kuzuryu... so this must be Fuyuhiko's Sister..

"Well that's information I like to know... I'll play the game the next time I get the chance.." Silhouette said.

"Right. First I need to make plans.." I say.

I grab my diary Hajime gave me and write 5 identical letters. I then put them in the mailboxes of the 5 people who were in the game.

The letter was a request to meet at the Beach House at The Cool Edge at 6PM tomorrow.

And with that I went to sleep, completely done with the day.

Chapter Text

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Dawn of the Sixth Day - 17 Days Left

Daybreak. It was now a new day. And so I awoke and it seems Silhouette was awake for some time now.

"What am I gonna do with these?" I say as I look at the ending prize. I get changed and head out side.

Mirai Restaurant

As soon as I stepped in Mahiru came over to me.

"Ah! Good timing Aria, I was waiting for someone to come at a time like this." Mahiru says.

"Is something wrong Mahiru?" I asked

"Um.. I want you to deliver this.." Mahiru shows me a tray containing someone's breakfast.

"Is that Nagito's?" I ask.

"Well... if we leave him all tied up, he's gonna starve... Like, how long are they going to do this?" Mahiru questions.

"Well, we can't tie him up forever. Maybe until we get off this Island?" I suggest.

"Yeah.. I think that's appropriate." Mahiru starts.

"Wait did you go to see him already?" I ask.

"Yeah... I went to see him and kindly brought him breakfast.. And then listen to this! He seriously pisses me off! He said that he doesn't like rice so he wanted toast instead! Doesn't he understand the situation he's in right now!?" Mahiru outbursts.

"That must be tiring for you. Hey Mahiru if it'll make things easier for you, I'll do it." I offered.

"You'd really do that for me? Thank you Aria I'm already done being his maid." Mahiru says before taking her leave.

"Well I guess I know what I'm doing then." I say before grabbing the tray and making my way to..

Old Building

"No! You can't go in this old building, it's being renovated!" Usami says as she blocks my path.

"Then why is Nagito allowed in there?" I say to the White rabbit.

"Ha-wa-wa! You know too Aria!? Cuz Kazuichi and Nekomaru said "Usami's the only one we can trust." And it's true Nagito needs to reflect on his actions." Usami explained.

"Well I'm just gonna deliver this food to Nagito, it counts as murder if he starved to death, yes?" I say.

"Starve!? O-Okay then go on through. Make sure to tell him to chew before he swallows." Usami says.

Then she disappeared and I make my way to the...

Dining Hall

As soon as I enter I'm greeted with..

"Ah.. Aria? Could it be? You went out of your way to come see little old me?" Nagito starts.

I then put his breakfast down "Here just as you asked." 

"Wait.. aren't you gonna feed me?" Nagito asked.

"Wha?" It took me a moment to process what that meant "Oh, you're tied up! You can't eat properly."

I then proceeded to feed Nagito and then he finished.

"There we go." I say.

"So.. what happened to Mahiru? Did she leave having some business to do?" Nagito asked.

"I think so, she never outright said it to me." I say.

"By the way, about the motive.. Twilight Syndrome Murder Case. I have mixed feelings, I really liked that game alot." Nagito suddenly says.

"If you're trying to twist your words to manipulate me to play the game, it won't work. I've already played the game and beaten it. I was the first person to do so, so I ended up getting the ending prize, the contents of which, I believe is the true motive." I admit.

"So you've already played it? Amazing you have such daring hope to play at the first opportunity!" Nagito praised.

"I know a man Nagito..." I say suddenly.

"Hm?"

"In my first Killing Game that I've mentioned, I met a young boy in there, he was the Ultimate Lucky Student of his class, and he was all about hope like you. But the way you two view hope, is quite different." I tell.

"How different?" Nagito asked.

"It's... difficult to describe, but the way I see it. He clings to hope in a more normal way, he tends to believe the best in people, and never assumes the worse things about someone. You on the other hand, remind me of a Hope version of another girl I met in that Killing Game, she was the cause behind that Killing Game and she had kind of a similar personality to you, only.. instead of Hope, that girl craved Despair, she would do anything to feel the ecstasy and pleasure she got from Despair. That's who you remind me of Nagito, a twisted version of both of them." I explain 

"So.. you were willing to give that information to me?" Nagito asked.

"I needed to get that off my chest once you revealed your true colours to everyone, well, looks like there's only one last thing to do." I say.

I then broke the locks on Nagito, freeing him from being tied up.

"You're letting me go?" Nagito asked with bewilderment.

"It's wrong for them to leave you tied up, I know you're not the most sane person, but I wouldn't want anyone to end up like this. If anyone asks, just shift the blame on to Usami or Monokuma till then." I tell Nagito, Sorry Usami.

"Okay, then."

I then headed back to my Cottage and made preparations for tonight's meeting I'm holding.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

It was 2:25 PM, so as per daily route, I was preparing myself for my daily swim with Peko.

*knock knock*

"It's open." I say

The door then swung open and Peko stepped inside.

"Are you ready Aria?" Peko asked.

"Yep I'm ready let's get going then!" I say.

"By the way, I'll inform you that Sonia, Gundham and Silhouette are joining today." Peko told me.

"Ah, thank you for letting me know Peko." I tell her.

First Step Beach

Sonia, Gundham, Silhouette, Peko and I arrived at the First Step Beach. But when we got there we saw something unexpected happen.

"🎵 Here I come, rougher than the rest of them. The best of them tougher than leather. You can call me Akane, unlike Coach I don't chuckle! I'd rather flex my muscles!🎵"

Akane and Nekomaru were sparring again and on First Step Beach.

"Huh? How long were you all watching us?" Nekomaru asked.

"Too long." Peko replied.

"Oh? Are you all swimmin'?" Akane asked.

"We are indeed Muscles." Silhouette replied.

Akane and Nekomaru left the beach, then our hourly swim happened.

It was alot of fun, we swam for awhile, Gundham said that he had to leave the Four Dark Devas of Destruction at his cottage, since hamsters can't swim well in a ocean.

An hour later we finished our swim and Gundham left immediately to make sure the Devas didn't make a mess of his Cottage.

"Oh everyone I just had a great idea." Sonia announced.

"We should have a big beach party for the girls! I want it to happen on the Second Island." Sonia suggests.

"Um.. are you sure Sonia? The Cool Edge is a Island covered in snow, it'll be cold there." I remind her.

"True, but that doesn't apply to the Holoskan Beach, there's no snow on the Beach and it's hella warm there." Sonia countered.

"I suppose you're right Platinum." Silhouette smirked.

"However, is it okay if we have it at 4PM tomorrow?" Sonia asks.

"That will be fine, I'll still give Aria a little more practice at swimming before that." Peko says.

"We'll meet up at the Frosty Fruits Diner at the Second Island okay?" Sonia says.

"Sure." We all then went back to our cottages.

Animal Breeder Fragment 2 Obtained

Swordswoman Fragment 5 Obtained

Princess Fragment 3 Obtained

Guitarist Fragment 3 Obtained

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

It was 5:50 PM.

It's about time.. I'm nervous about this meeting, but... they need to know the truth...

I grab the Ending Prize and make my way to the..

Beach House

I arrived at the beach house, and a few minutes later Mikan, Hiyoko, Ibuki, Mahiru and Fuyuhiko arrived.

"Huh? Aria You were invited to this meeting too?" Ibuki asks.

"Actually, I'm the one who invited the five of you, I have something very important to talk about." I reply.

"I only came here because I feel that some important information would be here." Fuyuhiko claimed.

"S-So.. Aria why d-did you invite the five of us?" Mikan asks.

"Well..." I held the Ending Prize in front of them "I won a special prize, for being the first to beat the game, that prize is in this envelope."

"You already played it!? I thought we all agreed to not play it!" Mahiru said.

"I only played the game because I wanted to make sure that it was safe, and... you five deserve to know the truth."

I start to take the photos out of the envelope.

"This is the first photo, it's Hiyoko, Mikan and Ibuki in Hope's Peak Academy's main hall."

"I don't remember that!" Hiyoko scoffed.

"It's only natural you don't remember, this photo was taken in your years of Hope's Peak Academy, it was past the cut off point where our memories were cut off."

I then change to the second photo.

"This one is of Ibuki and I, don't know how that got in there.."

I then change to the Third Photo, the broken vase.

"Why are showing us this picture?" Fuyuhiko asked.

"I know a picture of a broken vase seems random and weird, but it'll all make sense if you play the game, it'll make sense why this picture is included."

"I'm going to warn you, these last two photos are... unpleasant to put it lightly." I then change to the Fourth Photo, Sato's Corpse.

"This is one of the five main girls of Twilight Syndrome Murder Case, and she was killed."

Mahiru looked shaken and horrified at what she's seeing.

(A/N Sato to my knowledge, doesn't have a canon first name, we only know that Sato is her last name, so in this story her full name will be Maiko Sato.)

"M-Maiko..no.." Mahiru was visibly fighting back tears at the sight of her friends corpse. So her name is Maiko?

"Who killed her!?" Hiyoko fiercely demanded.

Ibuki and Mikan looked speechless to say the least.

"Why'd you invite me if all the bloody photos you're showing relate to these four!?" Fuyuhiko yelled.

"Actually... this last photo involves you Fuyuhiko." I wasted him no time showing him the last photo, his sister's corpse.

Fuyuhiko eyes widened and he was most shocked he's ever been..

"N-Natsumi... no.." Fuyuhiko was silent for awhile.

"GODDAMMIT!! Who did this!? Once I find out who's responsible for this! I'll fucking kill them!" Fuyuhiko then stormed out of the Beach House, with the girls following suit moments later.

"Well... that went to shit." I say, maybe this wasn't such a good idea after all.

I then head back to my Cottage.

Night of the Sixth Day - 16 Days Left

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

I couldn't even think straight at the moment, I went to bed earlier than I usually do hoping this would resolve tomorrow.

Chapter Text

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage 

Dawn of the Seventh Day - 16 Days Left

It was a new day, I woke up feeling refreshed, Silhouette must have woken up earlier, because she's not here. Knowing where everyone is I headed for the restaurant.

Mirai Restaurant

I went into the restaurant to see almost everyone there.

"Good morning, everyone." I say.

"Ah Good Morning Aria." Sonia greeted.

I then notice Silhouette eating something... peculiar

"Sis.. what is that you're eating?" I ask perplexed by the bizarre dish in front of her.

"Apparently she asked Monokuma for something called a "Blaze Heatnix Combo" and Monokuma brought to her within seconds." Hajime answered for me.

"Six chromium donuts, a medium corrosive purple fanta, and a spicy jerkass chicken, she also asked Monokuma to make it "fresh as hell."" Peko recaps.

"That sounds... weird..." I then move to Silhouette and asked her "Sis.. can I have a bite?"

"Sure, careful, it's hot!" Silhouette warns

"It can't be that hot surely?" I then bite down on it..... INSTANT REGRET!

I felt my mouth erupt in a wildfire I never felt before.

"AAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!! IT BURNS! IT BURNS! MAKE IT STOP!"

I was running around the restaurant like a madman desperate to soothe my mouth from the intense inferno it was in.

"S-Someone go get water!" Mikan declares.

Hajime then ran into the kitchen to fill a glass full of cold water and handed it to me.

"W-WATER! WATER!" I then down the water and I was feeling much better.

"A-Are you ok-okay Aria?" Mikan asks me concerned about my fiery rush of pain.

"I'm okay now... thank you Mikan..." I say, Mikan grows happy after hearing those words.

"Where's my thanks? I brought you the water!" Hajime protested.

"After that travesty I think I'm done eating for now." I say.

"Huh? Is that seriously all you're eatin'?" Akane asks.

"You just eat too much Akane." Hiyoko points out.

"You're one to talk, All you eat is candy." Akane fires back.

"Just because it's candy doesn't mean you should make fun of it. These gummies have four different fruit flavours, so I'm sure they're full of nutrients." Hiyoko countered

"You should just eat real fruit." Akane counters

"...Is Mahiru missing?" Gundham interrupts to break the fight.

I look around and sure enough, Mahiru was missing from the restaurant.

"That's strange, she's always amongst the first to arrive in the restaurant." I say, before a dark reminder entered my mind.

Is she.... dead? Because.... that's what happened to....

Quickly I shake my head to remove the thought out of my mind.

"I wonder if she's not feeling well?" Sonia asks.

"If she doesn't feel well, that's fine... but there's a small chance she's..." Kazuichi trails off.

"A small chance she's what!?" Hiyoko panics.

"Oh, I saw Mahiru outside the hotel earlier." Akane says.

I breathe a sigh of relief. "Please do not scare us like that again Kazuichi." I say.

"Um.. noted." The Mechanic replied.

"You dummy! Don't do that again! As punishment, how about you run around in a circle three times, say 'woof' and jump off a cliff." Hiyoko snaps, furious at Kazuichi.

"I don't wanna die like that!" Kazuichi snapped back.

"But, what was Mahiru doing outside the hotel?" Ibuki asks, wanting to get back on topic.

"She said she wanted to be alone, I even invited her to come eat with us, but she turned it down." Akane answers.

"Wanted to be alone?" Peko parrots.

"M-Maybe... she's planning on playing that game..." Mikan mutters.

It could be possible, after yesterday's meeting it possible she played the game to confirm if Maiko Sato really is dead.

"What are you saying pig barf! There's no way Mahiru would play video games! She's not like that slowpoke gamer girl over there!" Hiyoko yells.

"Hiyoko I swear to god if you insult Mikan one more time I'm gonna make sure you regret insulting her." I shout at her, defending Mikan.

"....Was she.... referring to me?" Chiaki asks, having only just processed what Hiyoko said.

" *hic* Th-thank you Aria.." Mikan says whilst in tears.

Ultimate Vocalist's Cottage

Soon enough we all departed to do our own thing. I decided to go back to my Cottage to think of a plan.

A plan to make sure Chiaki doesn't die in the Neo World Program once we've finished using it. Maybe something for Usami too.

Several Hours Later

2:25 PM

I hear a knock on my door, it seems I've accidentally fell asleep whilst planning.

I open the door to find Peko there.

"It's almost 2:30 Aria, I think you know what to do." Peko states.

"Ah yes! How could I forget. I then get changed for my daily swimming with Peko and I head to the...

First Step Beach

 "So it's just us two today?" I ask Peko.

"Indeed, after this Sonia asked us to meet up at the Frosty Fruits Diner at The Cool Edge."

"I see, let us begin then."

Peko and I spent the hour swimming around the Tropical Resort, it was really fun... I've been enjoying all these swims with Peko, whether it's just us two or not.

Eventually time was up and we had to get out, we wore our normal clothes over our swimwear to protect us a bit from the cold the Second Island usually emitted.

Swordswoman Final Fragment Obtained

Peko and Aria can now use each other's skills in Class Trials and can team up in Rebuttal Showdowns

Frosty Fruits Diner

Peko and I arrived at the Frosty Fruits Diner we heard noise inside so the two of us went in there.

"Sorry if we're late a bit." I say as we enter, Chiaki, Ibuki, Silhouette and for some reason Hajime and Kazuichi were inside aswell.

"Hm? Hajime, Kazuichi why are you two here?" Peko asked.

"Hey. Aren't you two breathing pretty heavily?" Kazuichi noticed.

"We just did a little swimming." I explain.

"A little swimming?" Hajime parrots skepticly.

"We swam around the Tropical Resort for an hour." Peko says.

"That's too obvious for Ibuki to not comment on, that's definitely not "a little swimming"".

"Why were you two swimming? You're about to swim on the Holoskan Beach now aren't you?" Kazuichi asks.

"It's a daily thing Peko and I do, I asked her to teach me how to swim and she obliged." I reply

"Hey Hajime." Kazuichi gestured to the boy "A woman with wet slicked back hair is also pretty attractive right?" I could hear what they were whispering thanks to my good hearing, I could do THAT to him... but I won't.

"Okay let's see we're only missing Platinum now." Silhouette recounted.

"Just Sonia?" I ask.

"Yes, Nursie is taking care of Muscles' wounds she got whilst sparring with Coach. And Banana and Redhead turned down the invitation." Silhouette explains.

"Wait. Mahiru seriously turned it down!?" I say baffled, something like this would absolutely be something she'd go to.

"We saw both Hiyoko and Mahiru run from the beach house earlier." Hajime says.

"At least that was cleared up..so now we're just waiting for-" I start but was cut off.

"Ah! I am terribly sorry for my delay." Sonia announced.

"WAHH! Miss Sonia's here!" Kazuichi shouts double downing on excitement.

"What kind of sexy swimsuit is Miss Sonia wearing!?" Kazuichi says.

I am starting to feel that Teruteru's ghost has possessed Kazuichi... well at least Teruteru is not here to see this, he would probably die from blood loss of having too many nosebleeds from seeing us girls in swimwear.

Kazuichi then got a good look at Sonia and...

"Gah! It's a wetsuit!" Kazuichi looked shattered.

"It is to prevent sunburn, I do not want my skin to be sun damaged, however, as I've never worn a wetsuit before I've had a hard time putting it on which resulted in my delay. Really it is, my bad." Sonia announced.

"No problem, I've had trouble putting on a wetsuit before when I went to do Kayaking. I only attended once before quitting because of how tricky the wetsuits were to put on." That was easily the worst 2 hours of my life, that Kayaking event.

"Anyway, what are the two of you doing here?" Sonia asked Kazuichi and Hajime.

"Miss Sonia... I'm gonna be honest, please let us go to the beach with you." Kazuichi asked.

"Hm.. this was supposed to be a girls only thing.." Sonia pondered. "Okay I'll allow you to come, but on one condition."

"And what is that?" Hajime asks.

Sonia gestured to me and winks... guess that means I'm doing that after all.

I approach Kazuichi and do to him what I did to Teruteru and Hajime.

*CLANG*

Only to be met with a nasty reply.

"Yow! My foot!" I screeched in pain.

"Heh. I came prepared expecting that would happen." Kazuichi grins.

Clever Bastard...

"Alright then, that's sorted out now let's go!" Kazuichi said.

"What about Akane? She's still being treated." Hajime reminded him.

"Shut Up! There's no way I can just stand around! I'll go ahead and prepare! You come with me Hajime!" Kazuichi tells him.

"W-Wait a minute-" Hajime didn't a chance to fight back as Kazuichi dragged him to the Holoskan Beach.

"Are you okay Aria?" Ibuki asks.

"I'll be fine, it'll heal."

Mikan then came out with Akane.

"Ah! Mikan glad to see you here." I say.

"So then are we ready?" Peko asked.

Silhouette then interrupted her "There's one thing I want to ask-"

She never would get to finish that question.

*Ding Dong, Dong Ding*

"Huh? No that bell... that means..." I trail off.

Monokuma then appeared on the TV.

"A Body has been Discovered! Now then after a certain amount of time has passed the Class Trial will begin."

There was something else written aswell.

"Body Location - Beach House"

We were all terrified, someone has died again.

Who was it this time?

"Let's go." I say before heading to the Beach House.

Beach House

The Girls and I arrived at the beach house. And we were all stunned at the crime scene that played before us.

The polished tiles were now stained a crimson blood red, the murder weapon lay before us a metal baseball bat that was covered in blood and a trail of blood that led to the most prominent thing in sight. A corpse.

 

 

 

 

The Corpse of the Ultimate Yakuza, Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu.

 

"YOUNG MASTER!"

Chapter 2

Sea and Punishment, Sin and Coconuts

Deadly Life

Chapter Text

Beach House

The mood was dreadful, there was a perfectly good reason for that.

Kazuichi, Hajime and all the girls attending the beach party, walked in on Fuyuhiko's corpse in the beach house... someone... please tell me! Why is this happening again?!

Kazuichi spoke up shortly afterwards "H-Hey... everyone... before this, we were having a great time right? We were excited about going to the beach...we... were having a lot of fun, but why...Why did something like this happen!?"

Ibuki was foaming at the mouth, and everyone was horrified by the sight... but... one of us took this revelation the hardest.

"Young...Master?" It was of all people, Peko, her stoic nature completely shattered at the sight of the Yakuza's corpse.

"Please! Young Master! Wake Up!...Wake Up...wake....up......" Peko fell to her knees and gave a lifeless stare as she finally accepted that Fuyuhiko, was truly gone...

"Wh-What do we do now?" Mikan asks as she walks closer to inspect the body, Chiaki noticed something important.

"Ah! Mikan. Careful you don't step on those beneath you." Chiaki warned.

"Beneath?" Silhouette asked.

"You know.. the footprints infront of that door, There's footprints that lead outside of the Beach House right? That's probably an important clue, so don't step on them." Chiaki clarified.

"Indeed, anything can be important in the next trial." I tell them.

"If you mean...evidence..." Sonia trailed off.

"Correct. It means a Class Trial will happen soon, since a body was found." I confirm.

"A Class Trial huh? It'll be my first one." Silhouette replied.

"Trust me, it's a lot less fun than you think." I tell my twin sister.

"If another Class Trial will happen... Aria are you saying..." Akane started but was interrupted by Monokuma.

"That's right! One of you killed him." Monokuma chuckles.

"Killed!? Th-That's impossible!" Mikan shrieks.

"I-It's not like.. an accident or something right?" Kazuichi asks.

"If it was an accident, that still means someone was responsible for the accident happening right? That also counts as a legitimate murder. Though such deaths fall into grey areas, on this Island I'll make it clear to you that dying by sickness is the only cause of death that doesn't count as murder, Well it's impossible to get sick and die on this Island. Not when Usami takes such good care of people." Monokuma explains.

And as if on cue, Usami shows up..

"Oh speaking of which.." Monokuma trailed off.

Usami remained silent as she looked at the body with a sad expression.

"There it is! The silent treatment attack! This like the number one thing that hurts me! Well fine! I'm not gonna lose to your bashing! I've decided to become a tough kid!" Monokuma glooms.

"Th-This is the worst... another...horrible death... another victim... all because of Monokuma." Usami cries.

"Jeez! It's not my fault" Monokuma laughs "But whose fault is it? To find out, we hold the Class Trial! So let's begin already! No whining, no waiting! I'll pass out, the Monokuma File 2, This should start to feel very familiar. Now then do your very best, I'll see you at the Class Trial." And with that, Monokuma vanished.

"Class Trial.... Investigation.... this is all too horrible..." Usami tears up.

"Then you should've stopped the murder before it occurred! Don't you have that kind of power?" Kazuichi snapped.

"That... I did have that power before Monokuma appeared." Usami says.

"Even if she tried to stop it, Judging from Monokuma and Usami's relationship, she would get stopped herself." Chiaki says.

"Yes... Monokuma took everything from me, including my Magic Stick... and the surveillance cameras... the only thing I can rely on are these ears... but they only can hear about 3 times that of a normal person." Usami explained.

"So you've got no clue either?" I asked.

"I'm the worst... a powerless rabbit like me is just the worst." And thus Usami vanished from the crime scene.

"Hey! Now's not the time to focus on that... more importantly... what should we do?" Akane asked.

"Peko...? Are you.... are you going to be alright?" Ibuki asked.

Peko didn't respond, she didn't move, she was in shock..

"I don't think we're getting a response from Ruby Eyes for a while Metalhead." Silhouette replied dryly.

"D-Do we have to... do that cruel thing again?" Mikan cries.

"To kill Fuyuhiko... who could do this?" I asked.

"I can't do this anymore... Investigation... the Class Trial... seriously I'm done." Kazuichi stammered.

"We don't have a choice though... you heard the bear, we need to find out who did this, or all of us will die." Silhouette replied grimly.

"Silhouette is right. We all feel the same way Kazuichi, but we can't do anything about it, we need to do this. And... there's no way we can ignore the reason Fuyuhiko was killed." Hajime explains.

"Yeah... the only thing we can do, is investigate, cuz... we should never forgive this... Killing should never be forgiven." Chiaki says with a serious expression.

"Fine then!" Silhouette shouted "We need to solve this mystery, and I think... a fitting name for this mystery is...

 

TRAVESTY! BEACH PARTY GONE WRONG!

"That's what I'd call it anyway.." Silhouette said.

We all sweatdropped at the dramatic title Silhouette came up with for the murder.

"Let's do this!" Akane roars with preparation.

"Fuyuhiko may have not have been the nicest... but I think even he would want us to find out the truth behind his death.." Sonia says somberly.

"I understand, if everyone is doing it, I will do it too, but... please give me a little time, a little time to calm myself down, Also... I'll go tell the others about this." Mikan says.

"Okay then, you go do that, we'll get a head start on the Investigation." I say.

"Well then Aria, everyone, see you soon." And thus Mikan walked out.

"Okay then everyone, let's begin!" I announced.

"Sis! Let's team up!" Silhouette demanded.

And with this, the Investigation of Fuyuhiko Kuzuryu was underway!